At3w Catalogue English

Our goal as a company is to provide safe and
technologically advanced solutions within

the area of lightning protection. Our aim is
to be the technological reference in this
field, providing the most complete range of
products and solutions.
Our internationalization policy is go further
to be each day closer to our clients.
Our successful presence in the international
market is the result of our effective adaptation
to local needs and requirements. We work in
more than 70 countries (in Europe, Africa,
America and Asia) through a network of local
distributors, whom we support to successfully
develop their businesses by providing
them with training, market understanding,
technical support and marketing.
With the objective of promoting the evolution
of the normative in our field, we actively
participate in both national and international
standardization committees, which lead
also to an improvement of our products and
services.
We are experts in lightning
protection and we supply all existing
technologies in this area thus offering
the most suitable solution for each
particular case. We have our own
productive processes for all the range
of products.
We are at the forefront of the sector thanks
to our important investments in this area.
Our R+D+i department is composed
of a multidisciplinary team of technical
experts, engineers, physicists, chemists
and researchers who participate in the
development of new products, services and
processes.
In APLICACIONES TECNOLOGICAS, S.A we are experts in lightning
protection. We have at your disposal all the existing technology and innovate
every day, giving suitable solutions to each particular case. We manufacture
our products according to maximum quality standards. Research, innovation
and safety are the key factor underlining our leadership and presence the
world over.
MISSION AND VISION R+D+i: EFFORT AND
INVESTMENT
STANDARDIZATION:
PARTICIPATION AND DEDICATION
WE ARE MANUFACTURERS INTERNATIONALIZATION
LIGHTNING PROTECTION
DIVISION
OTHER DIVISIONS
OF APLICACIONES TECNOLGICAS
EXTERNAL
PROTECTION
INTERNAL
PROTECTION
EARTHING EXOTHERMIC
WELDING
PREVENTIVE
PROTECTION
ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL
TECHNOLOGIES
RADIOLOGICAL PROTECTION
AND MEDICAL PHYSICS
Aplicaciones Tecnolgicas headquarters
Certified products by tests in official and
independent laboratories.
Aplicaciones Tecnolgicas S.A offers you a whole team of
specialists to facilitate all the following services:
Studies and projects: risk of lightning strike analysis, regulatory
compliance, reports, diagrams and quotations.
Technical assessment: Technical team for evaluating the most
suitable solution for each case.
Verication and maintenance: inspection of the lightning
protection installations according to the standards and adjustment
/maintenance of them.
Installation: groups of installers and specialists in vertical works
for carrying out the installations.
Our company is fully committed to the environment and sustainable
development. Company registered by IVAC (Certification Institute)
which certifies that we have implemented an Environmental
Management System under the UNE-EN ISO 14001:2004 for our
products and services.
ENVIRONMENT: COMMITMENT AND
RESPONSABILITY
We are aware that our products, services and processes must be
oriented to the full satisfaction of the client. Company registered
by AENOR (Spanish Association of Regulation and Certification)
which certifies that we have implemented a quality assurance
system in accordance with the UNE EN ISO9001:2008 for our
products and services.
QUALITY: SOLUTIONS AND PRODUCTS
ACCORDING TO THE STANDARDS
We provide continuous training and
technical seminars, both national and
internationally, for the knowledge of our
products and the management of adequate
lightning protection solutions. Thousands
of professionals of this sector attend each
year these courses given by our company.
Complete software for lightning protection projects. Users have the possibility of receiving via e-mail a report, diagrams, quotations, construction
details and instructions, all according to the relevant standards (UNE, EN, IEC, REBT, CTE).
SOFTWARE: RISK CALCULATION AND PROJECTS
CERTIFIED PRODUCTS
SERVICES
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION PLEASE GET IN
CONTACT WITH US OR VISIT OUR WEBSITE
TRAINING: KNOWLEDGE
INDEX
EXTERNAL
PROTECTION
05-80
INTERNAL
PROTECTION
81-250
EARTHING
251-276
EXOTHERMIC
WELDING
277-288
PREVENTIVE
PROTECTION
289-299
INDEX BY
PRODUCT
301-313
INDEX BY
REFERENCE
315-319
EXTERNAL PROTECTION SYSTEMS
EXTERNAL PROTECTION 6
Arts and Science Palace of Valencia. (Mesh) Spain square, Seville, with early streamer emission air terminals
HOW IS LIGHTNING FORMED? 2
In normal conditions there is in the atmosphere a balance between positive
and negative charges, where the ground is more negatively charged than
the air and other elements on the ground.
However, the formation of storm clouds creates a charge polarization:
usually, the lower part of the cloud is charged negatively, inducing then a
positive charge at the ground and other elements on it. The electric field at
the atmosphere can then reach tens of kilovolts.
This positive charge is more evident at metallic elements, pointed objects
and well-earthed objects, including trees.
When the electric field is high enough, the cloud starts discharging towards
the ground. The path formed by this discharge is called the downward
leader and produces a very sharp variation in the electric field, causing
the corona effect.
One of these objects will be the one forming the upward leader, which
will move towards the downward leader thus forming the discharge path
between the cloud and the ground. This object will receive the lightning
strike. The cloud charge will find the most direct path to earth. If this path is
not controlled, damages can be severe.
NEED OF PROTECTION 1
These electrical discharges are a great hazard to
people, animals, buildings and electronic equipment.
The economic consequences of lightning are also
very important; it can cause re, stop production of a
factory or interrupt critical processes. A direct lightning
discharge to a person results in current owing through
the body. This current lasts a very short time but the
intensity is enough to provoke electrocution resulting in
heart failure and causing burns of different degrees.
Lightning is one of the most devastating natural phenomena. There are
many discharges during lightning storms and some of them can even reach
hundreds of kiloamperes.
The need for lightning protection should be considered preferably during the
first phases of the structures design.
A Lightning Protection System has 4 basic objectives:
1) Capture lightning.
2) Conduct lightning current to earth avoiding damage.
3) Disperse lightning current in the ground quickly and safely.
4) Avoid the secondary effects of lightning (overvoltages).
Aplicaciones Tecnolgicas, S.A. assures through its 5
product lines the best option for lightning protection:
External Protection (in this catalogue).
Internal Protection.
Earthing.
Exothermic welding.
Preventive Protection.
In a world where buildings and equipment are more complex every day,
lightning is a constant hazard. One discharge can damage buildings and
cause failures in electronic devices. It can even provoke fire and important
economical losses.
Until now, there is no device that can prevent lightning formation. However, it is
possible to create a path for the discharge to ground of lightning that minimizes
damage on the environment: the Lightning Protection System.
1 2 3 4
LIGHTNING DESTRUCTIVE EFFECTS 3
Electrical effects: equipment destruction. Ground voltage rises
and surges can damage all the equipment connected to the electrical
network. (1)
Electrodynamical effects: building damages. Conductors are
submitted to mechanical forces placed inside a magnetic field originated
in another conductor. These may cause deformation and rupture. (2)
Thermal effects: fires. Heat dissipation by Joule effect can even cause
fires. (3)
Effects on living beings: electrocution and burns. Current passing
through the body for a short duration is enough to cause electrocution
potentially resulting in respiratory or cardiac arrest and burns. (4)
Inductive effects: within a variable electromagnetic field, induced
currents appear in every conductor. If these conductors are connected to
computers or other electronic equipment, damages can be severe.
The consequences of all these effects are important economical losses because of the damage in buildings and equipment due to a lightning strike or fire
caused by a discharge.
Costs can also be very high if lightning causes service interruptions, stops production processes or forces the temporary shutdown of certain machinery
if the control equipment is affected by lightning.
The values of the main lightning parameters have
been obtained experimentally.
Lightning protection standards assume for a direct strike simulation a
current wave, double exponential, which rise time is 10s (up to 90% of
the peak value), the peak is 100kA and the tail (time to half value) is 350s.
LIGHTNING PARAMETERS
The measured values for lightning peak
current range from hundreds of amperes
to several hundred kiloamperes.
Waveshape and currents for positive
(ground to cloud) and negative (cloud to
ground) discharges.
wave 10/350s
RISK ASSESSMENT
The procedure for calculating the risk factor is described in Lightning Protection standards. The result determines the
need for installing a Lightning Protection System and its degree of security (Protection Level). The risk assessment
compares the expected lightning incidence with the assumed probability of lightning strike on the structure. The
rate between these two factors indicates if the lightning protection system is needed and the security grade. This
value depends on several tabulated factors, such as the type of structure and its contents, although sometimes other
considerations could be taken into account, improving the protection level over the risk calculations.
Standards consider that lightning protection is needed in the following cases:
Any installation or machinery that is used for working
Large concentrations of people
Need of continuity in production or public services
Areas with high lightning density
Very high or isolated buildings
Buildings containing explosive or inflammable materials
Buildings containing irreplaceable heritage
Buildings or structures whose risk index, calculated according to the Standard, determines the need for a lightning
protection system installation with a certain protection level
Lightning Protection standards present the need for calculating the risk factors. Aplicaciones Tecnolgicas, S.A.
Technical Department is at your disposal for facilitating a full risk assessment in accordance with the relevant
standards.
The need for and level of protection often depends on subjective criteria since the protection level depends on the
acceptable number of strikes on the structure, which can always be limited to adopting Level I, the safest and most
effective.
Protection Level is thus related to the accepted probability of a lightning strike to a structure. A lower protection level
(level IV) will be able to intercept lightning with a high associated current, but a flash with a low current could avoid
the Lightning Protection System and strike the structure. Protection Level I assumes lower protection radius for the air
terminals, hence the system would also intercept lower current lightning.
Protected Area with level I
Protected Area with level IV
PROTECTION LEVELS
LEVEL I
LEVEL II
LEVEL III
LEVEL IV
Higher probability of lightning strike
L
a
r
g
e
r

c
o
n
s
e
c
u
e
n
c
e
s

i
n

c
a
s
e

o
f

l
i
g
h
t
n
i
n
g

s
t
r
i
k
e
The ability of an installation to protect properly is guaranteed by the compliance with all standards relating to lightning
protection:
Specific Standards for Lightning Protection
NF C 17 102, UNE 21186 and other National Standards: Lightning Protection with Early Streamer Emission Air Terminals.
IEC/EN 62305 Series: Lightning Protection using rods and meshed conductors.
EN 50164 Series: Lightning Protection Components.
BS EN 62561 Series: Lightning Protection System Components.
Guide documents
BIP 2118: Protection against lightning. A UK guide to the practical application of BS EN 62305.
Other standards
Typically, in every country there are codes that may be related to lightning protection, such as:
National Electric Code
National Construction Code
Its highly advisable to check carefully if there are lightning protection requirements within national obligatory standards.
Other laws and codes may also apply to lightning protection. Typical cases are:
Requirements for protection of flammable and explosive areas
Work health and safety codes
Particular requirements for other high risk structures and areas, such as hospitals, campsites,
dangerous industries, etc.
IEC/EN 61663 Series: Lightning protection. Telecommunication lines.
BS EN 2591-214: Aerospace series. Elements of electrical and optical connection. Test methods. Lightning strike, current
and voltage pulse.
BS EN 3841-308: Aerospace series. Circuit breakers. Test methods. Lightning.
BS EN 50468: Resistibility requirement to overvoltage and overcurrents due to lightning for equipment having
telecommunication port.
BS EN 50289-4-14: Communication cables. Specifications for test methods. Environmental test methods. Lightning.
BS EN 60076-4: Power transformers. Guide to the lightning impulse and switching impulse testing. Power transformers
and reactors.
IEC/TR 61400-24: Wind turbine generator systems. Lightning protection.
IEC/TR 60479-4: Effects of current on human beings and livestock. Effects of lightning strokes on human beings and
livestock.
LEGISLATION AND STANDARDS
Several protection examples:
historic buildings, factories,
houses, fuel stations, residential
buildings, malls, etc.
Interception systems and accesories.
Elements installed for intercepting lightning.
Nowadays there are standards relating to
two types of lightning protection systems:
some using Early Streamer Emission (ESE)
air terminals and others using rods and
meshed conductors.
Down-conductors.
Components conducting
lightning current to the earth.
Fixings, lightning event
counters and spark gaps for
aerial mast are included in
this category.
Earthing.
Components that disperse
lightning current in
the soil. Elements for
equipotentialization of
metallic items are included
herein.
Conductors.
Metallic components
transporting the lightning
current. They can be used
in the air termination,
down-conductor and earth
termination systems.
APLIWELD
:
Exothermic welding. Procedure that
provides long-lasting connections
by welding the conductors
autonomously, using graphite moulds.
This drawing does not pretend to represent real
applications but to show the different products
appearing in the catalogue in order to perform a
lightning protection installation.
LIGHTNING
PROTECTION
SYSTEMS
GUIDE FOR THE DESIGN:
EARLY STREAMER EMISSION AIR TERMINALS (ESE AIR TERMINALS)
Installation standards
The installation of the LPS using ESE air terminals must follow the relevant
standards (NFC 17102, UNE 21186 or similar):
The radius of protection offered by an ESE lightning conductor is related
to its height (h) relative to the area to be protected, to its triggering
advance and to the protection level. The following table shows the DAT
CONTROLER
PLUS radii of protection.

PROTECTION RADIUS (Rp) IN METERS
AS CTE SU 8, UNE 21186 and NFC 17102
CTE SU 8
UNE 21186
NFC 17102
DAT CONTROLER
PLUS
AT-1515 AT-1530 AT-1545 AT-1560
h DC+15 DC+30 DC+45 DC+60
Level 4 Level IV
2 20 28 36 43
4 41 57 72 85
6 52 72 90 107
8 54 73 91 108
10 56 75 92 109
Level 3 Level III
2 18 25 32 39
4 36 51 64 78
6 46 64 81 97
8 47 65 82 98
10 49 66 83 99
Level 2 Level II
2 15 22 28 35
4 30 44 57 69
6 38 55 71 87
8 39 56 72 87
10 40 57 72 88
Level 1 Level I
2 13 19 25 31
4 25 38 51 63
6 32 48 63 79
8 33 49 64 79
10 34 49 64 79
The air terminal must be installed at least 2 meters higher than any other
element within its protected area.
Each air terminal must be connected to the earthing using two
down-conductors that will preferably be placed on different
external walls of the structure.
The down conductor should be installed such that its routing is as
straight as possible and takes the shortest path to earth without sharp
bends or upward sections. Care should also be taken to avoid crossing
or running conductors in close proximity to electrical cables.
When external routing is impracticable, the down-conductor may be
internally routed inside an insulating non-flammable duct with a minimum
internal cross-sectional area of 2000mm
2
. The project manager must
also be aware of the reduced lightning protection system effectiveness,
maintenance difficulties, and the risks resulting from the entry of voltage
surges into structures.
The number of fixings is determined considering 3 clips per meter.

Down conductors should be protected by installing guard tubes up to a
height of 2m above ground level.
The installation of a Lightning Event Counter over the guard tube is
recommended in order to perform the verification and maintenance
operations which are essential for any lightning protection system.
The down-conductor must always be at least 3 meters from external gas
pipes.
Each down-conductor must have an earth termination system.
Earth terminations should be located externally to the building.
The connection with the earth termination system must be done directly
at the end of each down-conductor, using a device that allows the
disconnection of the earth electrode and should be placed inside an
inspection pit marked with the earth symbol.
The resistance of the earth measured by conventional means
must be lower than 10 when separated from other conductive
elements.
The inductance of the earthing must be as low as possible. The
recommended arrangement is vertical electrodes forming a triangle with
a minimum total length of 6m. The vertical electrodes must be bonded
with a conductor buried 50cm deep and separated at a greater distance
than their length.
The use of a soil conductivity improver is recommended in high resistivity
ground.
All the earth termination systems should be bonded together and to the
general earth system of the building.
It is recommended to use a spark gap to connect the lightning earth
termination system to the general earthing, as well as the lightning air
terminal mast to any aerials.
All elements of the earth termination system must always be at least 5
meters from any buried metallic or electrical service.
h: air terminal height over the surface to be protected.
Down-conductors should have a cross-section of at least
50mm. Since lightning current is impulsional, at conductors
(tape) are preferable to round conductors because they have
a larger surface for the same amount of material. On another
side tin-plated copper is recommended due to its physical,
mechanical and electrical characteristics (conductivity,
malleability, corrosion resistance and so on).
Working basis and main materials
The functioning of Early Streamer Emission Air Terminals is based on the electric characteristics of lightning formation. Lightning initiates with a down-
conductor, propagating in any direction. Once it approaches a close proximity to objects on the earth surfaces any of them can be struck. The objective of an
external lightning protection system is to control the lightning strike point and provide the lightning current with a path to earth avoiding damage to the structure.
The main feature of Early Streamer Emission (ESE) Air Terminals is the generation of the continuous upward leader before any other object within its protected
area. The standards define this characteristic using a parameter called advance time (t): Average gain in upward leader triggering compared with a reference
point having the same geometry. It is obtained by laboratory tests, and is measured in microseconds.
The advance time determines the protection radius of each air terminal. If the triggering occurs earlier, then the distance at which the downward leader is
intercepted increases, thus avoiding a lightning strike in a wider area. The advance time must be measured in a High Voltage laboratory, following the test
procedure described in the ESE lightning protection standards.
The components for a Lightning Protection System using ESE Air Terminals are as follows:
External Lightning Protection System
One or more air terminals.
Two or more down-conductors.
An Earth Termination System.
Internal Lightning Protection System
A correct surge protection installation (see Overvoltage Protection
catalogue)
Other measures minimizing the destructive effects of lightning
(equipotential bonding, screening, etc.)
Recommended materials for a lightning protection installation using ESE Air Terminals:
Interception systems Reference Page
ESE lightning air terminal AT-1560 19
Adapting piece AT-011A 26
Mast AT-056A 30
Anchorage AT-023B 30
Down-conductors Reference Page
Clip AT-015E 40
Tile support AT-094E 54
Downpipe support AT-073E 56
Clamp AT-020F 60
Spark gap for aerial mast AT-060F 66
Lightning event counter AT-001G 67
Guard tube AT-060G 68
Conductor AT-052D 74
Earthing Reference Page
Earth electrode AT-025H 256
Ground enhancing product AT-010L 263
Earth pit AT-010H 264
Bonding bar AT-020H 266
Spark gap for earthing AT-050K 269
Conductor AT-052D 74
AT-1560
AT-011A
AT-056A
AT-023B
AT-052D
AT-060F
AT-020F
AT-028E
AT-001G
AT-094E
AT-060G
AT-010H
AT-020H
AT-050K
AT-052D
AT-025H
AT-010L
GUIDE FOR THE DESIGN: RODS AND MESHED CONDUCTORS
Installation standards
The installation of a lightning protection system using rods and meshed
conductors must follow the standards IEC62305 Lightning Protection:
The volume protected by the air terminals can be determined using 3
methods:
Angle method
According to this method the protection volume is given by a line which
origin is at the air terminal, and which angle depends on the height and the
protection level, according to the following chart and graphic:
PROTECTION
LEVEL
h (m) 20 30 45 60
D (m)
I 20 25 * * *
II 30 35 25 * *
III 45 45 35 25 *
IV 60 55 45 35 25
* For structures higher than 60m, this method cannot be applied.
Self-standing rods (table 9) are recommended when the rods have to surpass
8m or higher elements on the roof.
Franklin rods should be placed on
the higher and most vulnerable
places (edges, overhangs, etc.),
as shown in the figure:
Rolling sphere method
The rolling sphere method is based on an electrogeometrical model, where
it is assumed that the downward leader that will strike the structure to be
protected has the shape of a sphere with a radius D (space where the last step
of the downward leader can stay). The points where this sphere can touch the
structure should be provided with air terminals.
According to the Standard IEC 62305-3,
the rolling sphere radius depends on the
protection level:
Protection Level I: D = 20m
Protection Level II: D = 30m
Protection Level III: D = 45m
Protection Level IV: D = 60m
Rp= 2Dh-h
2
Once these air terminals are installed, the protection radius (Rp) on a flat
surface can be defined as shown in the figure and the formula:
Mesh method
According to this method, conductors forming a mesh should be placed on the
structure. The separation depends on the protection level:
Protection Level I: w = 5m
Protection Level II: w = 10m
Protection Level III: w = 15m
Protection Level IV: w = 20m
The mesh should initially be applied to the cover perimeter, especially edges
and overhangs.
For buildings higher than 60m, a mesh with the same size should also cover
the upper 20% of the outer walls.
Down-conductors should follow these requirements:
To provide several parallel paths to share the lightning current.
The length of the current paths to the earthing should be as
short and direct as possible.
They should be connected to the grounded metallic parts of
the structure if the distance between them is shorter than the
separation distance as dened in the standard.
The distance between down-conductors depends also on the protection
level:
Protection Level Distance between down-conductors
I 10m
II 10m
III 15m
IV 20m
The conductors should be fixed to the structure once every meter.
For longer conductors, it is recommended to install expansion joints
every 20 meters.
A guard tube should be installed for each down-conductor, covering at
least 2m over the floor, in order to avoid mechanical damages.
Every down-conductor must be connected to the earthing. It is
recommended to equipotentialize all the down-conductors at ground
level and every 20m.
A disconnecting sleeve should be installed in each down-conductor for
measuring earth resistance separated from other conductive elements.
It is recommended that the earthing resistance is less than 10.
Earth conductors should be buried at a depth of at least 0,5m.
It is not recommended to install aluminium conductors or fittings directly
into earth.
Unions between copper and aluminium conductors or copper and
galvanized steel conductors are not recommended in order to avoid
corrosion. Bimetallic or stainless steel clamps should be used.
Protection
Level
Main materials
Lightning protection using rods and meshed conductors is intended to share and dissipate the lightning current through a network of down-conductors and
earth terminations.
The elements of a lightning protection system using rods and meshed conductors are as follows:
Internal Lightning Protection System
A correct surge protection installation (see Overvoltage
Protection catalogue)
Other measures minimizing the destructive effects of lightning
(equipotential bonding, screening, etc.)
External Lightning Protection System
Simple rods and/or meshed conductors.
Down-conductors.
Earth Termination System.
Recommended materials for a lightning protection installation using rods and meshed conductors:
This table gives the appropriate material for making a copper, aluminium, galvanized steel or stainless steel mesh.
Denomination
Reference
Cu
Page
Reference
Al
Page
Reference
Galv S
Page Reference SS Page
Air rod AT-005A 23 AT-008A 23 AT-038A 24 AT-032A 24
Self-supporting air rod AT-104A 24 AT-104A 24
Air rod base AT-115B 26 AT-116B 26 AT-030B 29 AT-030B 29
Flat washer AT-095B 29 AT-095B 29
Roof conductor holder AT-207E 43 AT-207E 43 AT-042E 51 AT-042E 51
Clamp AT-033F 59 AT-039F 59 AT-125F 62 AT-122F 62
Conductor AT-011D 74 AT-057D 75 AT-060D 77 AT-128D 77
Clip AT-114E 40 AT-121E 40 AT-128E 45 AT-128E 45
Clip for guard tube AT-132E 45
Tile support AT-094E 54 AT-094E 54 AT-090E 52 AT-090E 52
Gutter clamp AT-040F 54 AT-040F 54
Downpipe support AT-177E 58 AT-025J 58 AT-186E AT-186E
Clamp AT-033F 59 AT-039F 59 AT-125F 62 AT-122F 62
Test clamp AT-081F 64 AT-094F 65
Spark gap for aerial mast AT-060F 66 AT-060F 66 AT-060F 66 AT-060F 66
Guard tube AT-060G 68 AT-060G 68 AT-057G 68 AT-054G 68
Joint protection AT-010J 264
Earth electrode AT-041H 259 AT-041H 259 AT-049H 261 AT-080H 260
Coupling AT-038K 261
Ground enhancing product AT-010L 263 AT-010L 263 AT-010L 263 AT-010L 263
Earth pit AT-010H 264 AT-010H 264 AT-010H 264 AT-010H 264
Bonding bar AT-020H 266 AT-020H 266 AT-020H 266 AT-021J 266
Earth clamp AT-080J 272 AT-080J 272 AT-131J 275 AT-133J 275
I
n
t
e
r
c
e
p
t
i
o
n

s
y
s
t
e
m
s
D
o
w
n
-
c
o
n
d
u
c
t
o
r
s
E
a
r
t
h
i
n
g
INTERCEPTION SYSTEMS
ESE lightning air terminals
Rods and meshed conductors
AND ACCESORIES
Fixings
Masts and anchorages
An Early Streamer Emission (ESE) Air Terminal is characterized by reacting
when lightning approaches, intercepting it earlier than any other element
within its protection area in order to conduct it safely to the ground.
This time ahead is normatively called Advance time (t) and it determines
the air terminal protective radius.
ESE AIR TERMINAL
DAT CONTROLER

PLUS
1
For an enhanced guarantee,
the DAT CONTROLER

PLUS Air Terminals have
been submitted to several
tests in offcial and
independent laboratories:
It is necessary to verify that the air terminals are not perishable and
they continue working after repetitive lightning strikes, maintaining the
advance time capability.
DAT CONTROLER
PLUS has been submitted to a withstand current

test prior to the test where the advance time is determined. This group of
tests is called lightning current advance time consecutive test. DAT
CONTROLER
PLUS has obtained the AENOR Product Certification for

passing this test.

Besides, an ESE Air Terminal has to maintain the isolation of the source
that supplies the triggering device in order to assure its advance time
(t). It is therefore necessary to verify that the triggering device is not
disabled under rain conditions since the air terminal would then loose
its protection radius. DAT CONTROLER
PLUS has been tested under

heavy rain conditions thus ensuring this isolation.
The DAT CONTROLER
PLUS Air Terminal employs the environmental

electric field as the only power supply. It is fully autonomous,
maintenance-free and its working can be verified at any moment.
DAT CONTROLER
PLUS must be installed following the relevant

standards.
PROTECTION RADIUS (Rp) IN METERS
AS CTE SU 8, UNE 21186 and NFC 17102
CTE SU 8
UNE 21186
NFC 17102
DAT CONTROLER
PLUS
AT-1515 AT-1530 AT-1545 AT-1560
h DC+15 DC+30 DC+45 DC+60
Level 4 Level IV
2 20 28 36 43
4 41 57 72 85
6 52 72 90 107
8 54 73 91 108
10 56 75 92 109
Level 3 Level III
2 18 25 32 39
4 36 51 64 78
6 46 64 81 97
8 47 65 82 98
10 49 66 83 99
Level 2 Level II
2 15 22 28 35
4 30 44 57 69
6 38 55 71 87
8 39 56 72 87
10 40 57 72 88
Level 1 Level I
2 13 19 25 31
4 25 38 51 63
6 32 48 63 79
8 33 49 64 79
10 34 49 64 79
h: air terminal height over the surface to be protected.
DAT
CONTROLER

PLUS remains
working properly
after withstanding
repetitive lightning
discharges, with no
disruption to the
advance time (t)
The below described A.1 and A.2 tests have been performed on the same air terminals consecutively with the aim of
assuring its proper working after withstanding repetitive lightning currents. These tests have been carried out by the
LCOE (Central Official Electrotechnics Laboratory, Ministry of Science and Technology).
A.1) CERTIFIED WITHSTAND CURRENT: 100kA. Direct application of 10 lightning current impulses (10/350s)
with a current peak higher than 100kA and specific energy higher than 2,5MJ/, according to IEC60060-1 and
IEC61083-1.
A.2) CERTIFIED ADVANCE TIME, tested according to UNE 21186 and NFC 17102 (Annex C Test for the evaluation
of a ESE air terminal) and fixed after applying a security factor equal to twice the uncertainty registered during the
test:
A) AENOR PRODUCT CERTIFICATION NR. 058/000003
(Lightning current advance time consecutive test)
The DAT CONTROLER
PLUS
Air Terminal is provided with:
B) CERTIFICATE OF EFFECTIVE PERFORMANCE
UNDER RAIN.
Insulation superior to 95%.
These tests have been performed according to the standard UNE
21308 (IEC60060-1) in the LCOE (Central Official Electrotechnics
Laboratory, Ministry of Science and Technology).
B.1) Comparative dry/rain tests with continuous voltage
(simulating the electric field during a storm)
B.2) Comparative dry/rain tests with switching impulses
(simulating the approach of the downward leader)
C) CERTIFICATE OF PROTECTION
RADIUS AND FULFILLMENT OF
THE RELEVANT STANDARDS
Certificate of the protection radius for each model and protection
level calculated according to the relevant standards.
For an ESE Air Terminal, the triggering device supply comes from
the high difference of potential, in storm conditions, between its
isolated metallic armatures. It is therefore necessary to guarantee
this potential difference under bad weather conditions.
Ref. Model
Advance time
during the test
Uncertainty
of the test (i)
Security
factor
Certified
Advance
Time
AT-1515 DAT CONTROLER
PLUS 15 39 s 11 s 2 x i 15 s
PLUS 30 52 s 11 s 2 x i 30 s
PLUS 45 68 s 12 s 2 x i 45 s
PLUS 60 86 s 12 s 2 x i 60 s
Lightning current
advance time
consecutive test
The patented design of DAT
CONTROLER
PLUS avoids
the contact between the metallic
framework at atmospheric potential
(in blue) and the metallic axis
connected to earth (in red)
ESE LIGHTNING AIR TERMINALS EXAMPLES
These are several examples of interception systems with ESE lightning air terminals, showing the most relevant material:
Reference Denomination Table
PLUS 1
AT-011A Tape adapting piece 14
AT-056A Mast 26
AT-023B U shaped anchorage 27
AT-015E Tape clip 42
AT-094E Tile support 71
AT-020F Square tape clamp 87
AT-060F Spark gap for aerial mast 101
AT-052D Tape conductor 116
PLUS 1
AT-080B Chimney anchorage 36
AT-081B Isolated support for chimneys 36
AT-085B 5m rod for chimneys 36
AT-015E Tape clip 42
PLUS 1
AT-012C Free standing mast 38
PLUS 1
AT-010A Cable adapting piece 14
AT-031C Trestle tower 39
AT-044C Cable trestle tower clip 40
AT-046C Cable to Guy wire clamp 40
AT-050D Cable conductor 124
ESE lightning air terminals
AT-084B
AT-081B
Ver tabla 1
AT-080B
AT-085B
INTERCEPTION SYSTEMS AND ACCESORIES
These are several examples of interception systems with rods and meshed
conductors, showing the most relevant material:
AT-002A Multi-point 12
AT-056A Mast 26
AT-023B U shaped anchorage 27
AT-043E Cable clip 56
AT-090E Curve tile support 67
AT-120F T clamp 88
AT-060D Round conductor 125
AT-005A Taper pointed air rod 5
AT-115B Air rod base 16
AT-033F Square tape clamp 85
AT-038A Lightning rod for wedge 8
AT-111A Self-supporting air termination rod 9
AT-030B Concrete base 25
AT-095B Flat washer for concrete base 25
AT-042E Roof conductor holder 64
AT-025F Rod universal clamp 91
AT-125F Universal clamp 91
AT-012G Expansion unit 104
AT-060D Round conductor 125
AT-041E Pyramidal roof conductor holder 63
AT-145E
Pyramidal roof conductor
holder with square clamp
63
RODS AND MESHED CONDUCTORS EXAMPLES
ESE AIR TERMINAL / Rods
Reference Model Dimensions (mm) Material Weight (Kg)
AT-1465 TRAZOR T- PDC / 5 175 x 175 x 750 Stainless steel 6,5
Reference Dimensions (mm) Thread Material Weight (Kg)
AT-053L 20 x 300 female thread M10 Stainless steel 0,65
AT-055L 20 x 500 female thread M10 Stainless steel 1,14
AT-096A 20 x 1000 female thread M10 Stainless steel 2,35
AT-097A 20 x 300 female thread M10 Chrome plated copper 0,7
AT-023A 20 x 400 M20 Stainless steel 0,9
AT-019A 20 x 400 M20 Chrome plated copper 1
AT-121A 16 x 300 M16 Stainless steel 0,5
AT-122A 16 x 300 M16 Stainless steel 1
2 ESE AIR TERMINAL TRAZOR
AT-1465
Meets UNE 21186, NFC 17102
3 AIR TERMINATION ROD
20mm rods assemble for example with AT-022F or AT-003M (Tables 23, 24), except AT-023A and AT-019A that assemble
for example into AT-010A (Table 14). 16mm rods assemble with AT-124B (Table 17).
For using in conjunction with the mast anchorages (Tables 27 to 35). AT-024A and AT-017A include an adapting piece AT-011A (Table 14) for fixing the conductor
(tape, cable or round) inside the mast. The rest of the references need to fix the conductor outside the mast. (For example AT-033A. Table 61).
Meets with IEC 62305, EN 50164
AT-053L (SS)
AT-097A (CC)
AT-023A (SS)
AT-019A (CC)
AT-024A (SS)
AT-017A (CC)
4 AIR TERMINAL WITH MAST
Reference Dimensions (mm) Total height (m) Material Weight (Kg)
AT-013A 20 x 400 mm + Mast 1 x 1000 mm 1,4 Stainless steel / Stainless steel (mast) 2,5
AT-015A 20 x 400 mm + Mast 1 x 1000 mm 1,4 Chrome plated copper / Stainless steel (mast) 2,6
AT-016A 20 x 400 mm + Mast 1 x 2000 mm 2,4 Chrome plated copper / Stainless steel (mast) 4,6
AT-017A 20 x 400 mm + Mast 1 x 2000 mm 2,4 Chrome plated copper / Galvanized steel (mast) 8,4
T-PDC/5 T-PDC/7 T-PDC/9 T-PDC/10
Level I 37 42 52 77
Level II 44 48 59 85
Level III 52 57 69 95
Level IV 59 64 77 105
Protection radius in meters
Height of air terminal
Reference Dimensions (mm) Total height (m) Thread Included Material Weight (Kg)
AT-004A 16 x 350 + 15 x 150 0,5 M16 Tightening nut Copper 0,73
AT-005A 16 x 850 + 15 x 150 1 M16 Tightening nut Copper 1,51
AT-006A 16 x 1850 + 15 x 150 2 M16 Tightening nut Copper 3
AT-007A 16 x 350 + 15 x 150 0,5 M16 Tightening nut Aluminium 0,29
AT-008A 16 x 850 + 15 x 150 1 M16 Tightening nut Aluminium 0,53
AT-009A 16 x 1850 + 15 x 150 2 M16 Tightening nut Aluminium 1,06
Reference Dimensions (mm) Thread Included Material Weight (gr)
AT-092A 10 x 500 M10 Tightening nut Copper 330
AT-093A 10 x 1000 M10 Tightening nut Copper 650
AT-094A 10 x 500 M10 Tightening nut Aluminium 110
AT-095A 10 x 1000 M10 Tightening nut Aluminium 220
AT-116A
TAPER POINTED AIR ROD 5
10 TAPER POINTED AIR ROD 6
These air rods are available in copper or aluminium and fit into the rod couplings, the flat and ridge saddles, air rod base, and multi-point.
(For example AT-104B, AT-110B or AT-000A. Tables 15 to 20, 10).
These air rods are available in copper or aluminium and fit into the horizontal and vertical air terminal saddles.
(For example AT-122B. Tables 21 and 22). Only for applications where mechanical stress such as wind loading is not critical.
Suitable for using with threaded concrete bases.
(For example AT-097B. Table 25)
THREADED LIGHTNING ROD 7
AT-004A (Cu)
AT-007A (Al)
Meets with IEC 62305, EN 50164, BS 1432 C101, BS 2897, AS 1567
Meets with IEC 62305, EN 50164, BS 1432 C101, BS 2897, AS 1567
AT-092A (Cu)
AT-094A (Al)
Reference Dimensions (mm) Total height (m) Thread Material Weight (Kg)
AT-114A 16 x 500 + 10 x 1000 1,5 M16 Aluminium 0,48
AT-115A 16 x 1000 + 10 x 1000 2 M16 Aluminium 0,76
Tapered air-termination rod with hinged tripod support for protection of larger roof structures such air conditioners. The air termination rods are designed for
wind velocity up to 145 Km/h. The stackable concrete bases (AT-030B. Table 25), the flat washers (AT-095B. Table 25) and the clip for round conductor 6-10
mm (AT-138E. Table 59) are included. The rod is made of aluminium.
9 SELF-SUPPORTING AIR TERMINATION ROD
AT-026A (GS)
AT-032A (SS)
AT-036A (Cu)
AT-038A (Al) AT-045A
AT-111A (Aplicacin)
No threaded lightning rods suitable for using with stackable wedge concrete bases
(For example AT-030B. Table 25)
Reference Base occupation (mm) Mast height (m)
N of
concrete
bases
Material Weight (Kg)
AT-100A 1700 3 3 Galvanized steel / Aluminium 60
AT-101A 1700 3,5 3 Galvanized steel / Aluminium 61
Reference Dimensions (mm) Total height (m) Material Weight (Kg)
AT-025A 16 x 750 0,75 Galvanized steel 1,22
AT-026A 16 x 1000 1 Galvanized steel 1,6
AT-027A 16 x 1250 1,25 Galvanized steel 2
AT-028A 16 x 1500 1,5 Galvanized steel 2,4
AT-030A 16 x 2500 2,5 Galvanized steel 4
AT-032A 16 x 1000 1 Stainless steel 1,6
AT-034A 16 x 1500 1,5 Stainless steel 2,38
AT-035A 16 x 2000 2 Stainless steel 3,2
AT-036A 16 x 1000 1 Copper 1,85
AT-037A 16 x 1500 1,5 Copper 2,77
AT-038A 16 x 1000 1 Aluminium 0,54
AT-039A 16 x 1500 1,5 Aluminium 0,82
AT-040A 16 x 2000 2 Aluminium 1,8
AT-041A 16 x 2500 2,5 Aluminium 1,4
AT-042A 16 x 3000 3 Aluminium 1,68
AT-043A 10 x 1000 1 Aluminium 0,22
AT-044A 16 x 500 + 10 x 1000 1,5 Aluminium 0,48
AT-045A 16 x 1000 + 10 x 1000 2 Aluminium 0,76
AT-046A 16 x 1500 + 10 x 1000 2,5 Aluminium 1,02
AT-047A 16 x 2000 + 10 x 1000 3 Aluminium 1,3
8 LIGHTNING ROD FOR WEDGE
Multi-point suitable only for use with copper taper pointed air rod. (For example AT-004A. Table 5)
GUNMETAL MULTI-POINT 10
Reference Points dimensions (mm) Material Weight (gr)
AT-000A 3 x (9 x 90) Gunmetal 325
AT-000A
AT-000A Application
AT-001A Application
COPPER MULTI-POINT WITH MAST 11
Meets with IEC 62305, EN 50164, BS 6651, BS 1432 C101, BS
1400, BS 2897, BS 2874, AS 1567
Copper multi-point to be mounted at the top of metallic structures. Total height: 1,5m (including mast and anchorage). It includes 8
anchorage holes of 18mm, at 80mm from the centre.
Reference Multi-point dimensions (mm) Material Weight (Kg)
AT-001A (16 x 495) + 4 x (16 x 315) Copper (points) / Galvanized steel (mast) 9,5
Reference Multi-point dimensions (mm)
Conductor range
Material Weight (gr)
(mm) mm
2
AT-002A (16 x 185) + 4 x (8 x 72) 8-10 50 - 70 Stainless steel (points) 885
AT-003A (16 x 185) + 4 x (8 x 72) 8-10 50 - 70 Copper (points) 940
Reference Dimensions (mm) Material Weight (gr)
AT-112A 112 x 112 x 25 Copper 410
AT-113A 112 x 112 x 25 Aluminium 130
MULTI-POINT 12
Multi-point with the adapting piece made of naval brass, suitable for use with galvanized steel mast 1 1/2". (For example AT-066A. Table 26)
AT-003A (Cu)
AT-002A (SS)
STRIKE PAD 13
Provided with a screw to attach it to the lightning conductors.
AT-112A(Cu)
AT-113A (Al)
Fixings
14 ADAPTING PIECE
Suitable for fixing the lightning rod in the mast (Table 26) with internal conductor (tape, cable or round) connection. The lightning
rod-adapting piece thread is M20.
Used for supporting lightning conductor air terminals onto the roof and connecting to the tape.
Used for supporting lightning conductor air terminals onto the ridge of the roof and connecting to the tape.
Reference Mast
Dimensions
(mm)
Conductor range
(mm) mm
2
Tape (mm)
AT-010A 1 48 x 70 8-10 50 - 70 - Naval brass 675
AT-011A 1 48 x 70 8-10 50 - 70 30x2 - 30x3.5 Naval brass 655
AT-012A 1 34 x 97 8-10 50 - 70 - Naval brass 420
AT-020A 1 48 x 70 8-10 50 - 70 - Stainless steel 615
AT-021A 1 48 x 70 8-10 50 - 70 30x2 - 30x3.5 Stainless steel 640
AT-022A 1 34 x 97 8-10 50 - 70 - Stainless steel 400
AT-011A (NB)
AT-021A (SS)
AT-110B (Gu)
AT-111B (Al)
15 RIDGE SADDLE
Reference Dimensions (mm) Conductor range (mm) Thread Material Weight (gr)
AT-110B 150 x 150 x 71 25x3 - 30x3 M16 Gunmetal 1070
AT-111B 150 x 150 x 71 25x3 - 30x3 M16 Aluminium 340
Reference Dimensions (mm) Conductor range (mm) Thread Material Weight (gr)
AT-115B 100 x 100 x 33 25x3 M16 Gunmetal 470
AT-116B 100 x 100 x 33 25x3 M16 Aluminium 150
AT-110B Application
16 AIR ROD BASE
AT-115B (Gu)
AT-116B (Al)
AT-011A Application Meets with EN 50164, UNE 21186, NFC 17102
Meets with IEC 62305, EN 50164, BS 6651, BS 1400, BS 1471, AS 1866, AS 1567
See table 5
See table
1 and 2
See table 26
Fixings
Used for supporting lightning conductor air terminals onto the roof and connecting to the cable or round.
The brackets are mainly used where it is not possible to fit a saddle on the roof. Used in conjunction with
couplings and taper pointed air rods.
This unit screws onto the air rod and connects to the tape with the fixing screw provided. Used in conjunction with rod brackets and
taper pointed air rods.
This unit screws onto the air rod and connects to the cable with the fixing screw provided. Used in conjunction with rod brackets
and taper pointed air rods.
FLAT SADDLE 17
Reference Dimensions (mm)
Conductor range
Thread Material Weight (gr)
(mm) mm
2
AT-112B 85 x 85 x 64 8 50 M16 Gunmetal 1030
AT-113B 85 x 85 x 64 10 70 M16 Gunmetal 950
AT-114B 85 x 85 x 64 13 95 M16 Gunmetal 950
AT-124B 30 x 34 x 57 8-10 50-70 M16 Stainless steel 170
AT-125B 30 x 34 x 57 8-10 50-70 M20 Stainless steel 170
Reference Dimensions (mm) Rod (mm) Material Weight (gr)
AT-104B 120 x 24 x 60 16 Gunmetal 900
AT-105B 120 x 24 x 60 16 Aluminium 280
AT-114B
ROD BRACKETS 18
AT-104B (Gu)
AT-105B (Al)
AT-100B (Gu)
AT-101B (Al)
ROD TO TAPE COUPLING 19
Reference Dimensions (mm) Rod (mm) Material Weight (gr)
AT-100B 39 x 39 x 80 M16 Gunmetal 200
AT-101B 39 x 39 x 80 M16 Aluminium 60
ROD TO CABLE COUPLING 20
Conductor range
(mm) mm
2
AT-102B 39 x 39 x 80 8 - 10 50-70 M16 Gunmetal 220
AT-103B 39 x 39 x 80 13 95 M16 Aluminium 70
AT-122B Application
AT-102B (Gu)
AT-103B (Al)
Meets with IEC 62305, EN 50164, BS 6651, BS 1400, BS 1494, BS 2897, AS 1567
See table 5
Aplication AT-104B
21 VERTICAL AIR TERMINAL SADDLE
Fixings
Conductor range
(mm) mm
2
AT-122B 65 x 65 x 35 8 50 M10 Gunmetal 300
Conductor range
(mm) mm
2
AT-120B 65 x 65 x 35 8 50 M10 Gunmetal 300
Used for supporting 10 taper pointed air rods on the wall and connecting to the cable or round. An additional fixing AT-192E
or AT-193E (Table 51) may be used for 1 m taper pointed air rods.
AT-122B (Gu)
AT-123B (Al)
AT-120B (Gu)
AT-121B (Al)
22 HORIZONTAL AIR TERMINAL SADDLE
Used for supporting 10 taper pointed air rods on the roof and connecting to the cable or round. Its not
recommended to use it in combination with the 1 m taper pointed air rods.
Used for supporting lightning conductor air terminals onto the roof and connecting to the earth rod.
Reference Model
Dimensions
(mm)
Max. conductor width (mm)
(mm) mm
2
Tape (mm)
AT-022F For flat roofs 55 x 55 x 40 8 - 10 50 - 70 30x2 30x3.5 M10 Naval brass 360
AT-011M For the ridge of the roof 270 x 160 x 140 8 - 10 50 - 70 30x2 30x3.5 M10 Naval brass 610
23 NAVAL BRASS ROOF CLAMP
Meets with IEC 62305, EN 50164, BS 6651
Meets with EN 50164, UNE 21186, NFC 17102
AT-022F Application
AT-011M Application
AT-022F
AT-011M
See table 3
See table 3
See table 63
AT-122B Application
See table 6
See table
51
Fixings
SPECIAL ROD SUPPORTS 24
Reference Model Dimensions (mm) Included Material Weight (gr)
AT-003M To vertical surface 40 x 40 x 40 M10 Stainless steel 130
AT-030M To top of the antennas mast 60 x 70 M10 female Stainless steel 600
Reference Model Dimensions (mm) Rod (mm) Included Material Weight (Kg)
AT-030B Stackable wedged concrete base 325 x 90 16 Wedge Concrete 17
AT-029B Stackable wedged concrete base 230 x 90 10 16 Wedge Concrete 8,5
AT-095B Flat washer 360 x 10 - - EVA 0,22
AT-096B Flat washer 270 x 10 - - EVA 0,19
AT-097B Threaded concrete base 350 x 100 16 Female M16 Concrete 12
For fixing air rods with male or female M10 (for example AT-053L, AT-092A tables 3, 6) to vertical surface or to the top of
the antennas mast. AT-030M accepts masts from 6 50 mm.
For supporting air termination rods, on flat roofs. For air rods higher than 3 m, these bases are not recommendable due to wind load. AT-029B only allows 10
x 1000 mm and 16 x 1000 mm air termination rods (for example AT-043A or AT-026A. Table 8).
See table 3 See table 3
CONCRETE BASE 25
AT-003M Application AT-030M Application
AT-029B
AT-030B
Meets with UNE 21186, NFC 17102
AT-095B
AT-097B AT-030B Application
See table 8
26 MASTS FOR WALL OR STRUCTURAL FIXING
1 elevation fixture up to 8 m. To be fixed with 2 anchorage supports, except the 8 m height with 3 anchorage supports. The
distance between supports must be 60 cm. In atmospheres with a high level of corrosion, the use of stainless steel masts is
recommended.
Reference Model Dimensions Included Material Weight (Kg)
AT-051A 1 m mast 1 x 1 m 1 section x 1 m Galvanized steel 3.3
AT-052A 2 m mast 1 x 2 m 1 section x 2 m Galvanized steel 6.6
AT-053A 3 m mast 1 x 3 m 1 section x 3 m Galvanized steel 10
AT-050A 4 m mast 1 x 4 m 2 sections x 2 m Galvanized steel 13
AT-056A 6 m mast (2 sections) 1 x 6 m 2 sections x 3 m Galvanized steel 20
AT-057A 6 m mast (3 sections) 1 x 6 m 3 sections x 2 m Galvanized steel 20
AT-058A 8 m mast 2" - 1 x 8 m 3 sections x 3 m Galvanized steel 35
AT-060A 1 m mast 1 x 1 m 1 section x 1 m Stainless steel 3
AT-085A 4 m mast 1 x 4 m 2 sections x 2 m Stainless steel 12
AT-066A 6 m mast (2 sections) 1 x 6 m 2 sections x 3 m Stainless steel 18
AT-067A 6 m mast (3 sections) 1 x 6 m 3 sections x 2 m Stainless steel 18
AT-068A 8 m mast 2" - 1 x 8 m 3 sections x 3 m Stainless steel 30
Reference Model Dimensions (mm) Included Material Weight (Kg)
AT-013B 30 cm U shaped anchorage to embed into the wall 2 x (50 x 340 x 390) 2 supports Galvanized steel 4,6
AT-014B 30 cm U shaped anchorage to embed into the wall 3 x (50 x 340 x 390) 3 supports Galvanized steel 6,9
AT-016B 60 cm U shaped anchorage to embed into the wall 2 x (50 x 640 x 615) 2 supports Galvanized steel 11
AT-017B 60 cm U shaped anchorage to embed into the wall 3 x (50 x 640 x 615) 3 supports Galvanized steel 16
AT-023B 30 cm U shaped anchorage to screw into the wall 2 x (50 x 400 x 290) 2 supports Galvanized steel 6
AT-066A (SS)
AT-056A (GS)
27 U SHAPED ANCHORAGE
1 - 1 mast anchorage to be embedded or screwed into the wall. The 60 cm U shaped anchorages are designed to avoid
obstacles such as 50 cm cornices. The anchorages need a minimum separation of 60 cm from each other and at least 30 cm
from the top of the wall, in order to assure a correct fixation.
Single extra supports, ref: AT-012B, AT-015B, AT-021B, AT-025B respectively.
AT-013B
AT-023B
AT-013B Application AT-023B Application
See table 26 See table 26
AT-019B
AT-019B (application)
See table 26
ANGLE BAR ANCHORAGE 28
AT-035B 30 cm angle bar anchorage 2 x (50 x 120 x 300) 2 supports Galvanized steel 4
AT-036B 30 cm angle bar anchorage 3 x (50 x 120 x 300) 3 supports Galvanized steel 5,5
AT-045B 30 cm angle bar anchorage 2 x (50 x 120 x 300) 2 supports Stainless steel 3
AT-046B 30 cm angle bar anchorage 3 x (50 x 120 x 300) 3 supports Stainless steel 4,5
AT-048B 60 cm angle bar anchorage 2 x (50 x 120 x 600) 2 supports Stainless steel 4,5
AT-049B 60 cm angle bar anchorage 3 x (50 x 120 x 600) 3 supports Stainless steel 7
1 - 1 mast anchorage to be welded to metallic structures. The anchorages need a minimum separation of 60 cm from
each other, in order to assure a correct fixation.
1 - 1 mast anchorage to be fixed in trestle towers. Not recommendable for masts higher than 6 m. The anchorages need
a minimum separation of 60 cm from each other, in order to assure a correct fixation.
Single extra supports, ref: AT-034B, AT-044B, AT-037B, AT-047B respectively.
Single extra support, ref: AT-018B
MAST TO TRESTLE TOWER ANCHORAGE 29
Reference Dimensions (mm) Included Material Weight (Kg)
AT-019B 2 x (50 x 120 x 700) 2 supports Galvanized steel 7,6
AT-038B (GS)
AT-048B (SS)
30 LIGHT ANCHORAGE
AT-032B 30 cm light anchorage to embed into the wall 2 x (50 x 100 x 300) 2 supports Galvanized steel 3,4
AT-033B 30 cm light anchorage to embed into the wall 3 x (50 x 100 x 300) 3 supports Galvanized steel 5,1
AT-042B 30 cm light anchorage to screw into the wall 2 x (50 x 165 x 300) 2 supports Galvanized steel 4,2
AT-043B 30 cm light anchorage to screw into the wall 2 x (50 x 165 x 300) 3 supports Galvanized steel 6,3
1 - 1 mast anchorage to be embedded or screwed into the wall. The anchorages need a minimum separation of 60 cm from each other and at least 30 cm
Single extra supports, ref: AT-031B, AT-041B respectively.
AT-042B
AT-032B
31 PARALLEL ANCHORAGE
AT-052B 2 x (50 x 90 x 340) 2 supports Galvanized steel 5
Double bracket anchoring system, for fixing 1 - 1 mast in parallel to a handrail or pipe. The anchorages need a minimum separation of 60 cm from each
other, in order to assure a correct fixation.
Single extra support, ref: AT-051B , AT-061B respectively
See table 26
See table 26
AT-062B
LAMPPOST ANCHORAGE 32
1 - 1 mast anchorage fixture adjustable for conic structures such as lampposts. The anchorages need a
minimum separation of 60 cm from each other, in order to assure a correct fixation.
Double bracket anchoring system, for fixing 1 - 1 mast in cross to a handrail or pipe. The anchorages need
a minimum separation of 60 cm from each other, in order to assure a correct fixation.
Due to the covers or cornices of the roofs, a substantial horizontal distance (from 60 to 80 cm) needs to
be avoided. In these cases it is necessary to use the extendable tube. The anchorages need a minimum
separation of 60 cm from each other, in order to assure a correct fixation.
AT-068B Application
AT-072B Application
AT-078B Application
CROSS SHAPED ANCHORAGE 33
See table 26
See table 26
See table 26
ADJUSTABLE ANCHORAGE 34
35 MAST TO POST ANCHORAGE
Suitable to fix a 1 - 1 mast to a 25 cm square or round post. The anchorages need a minimum separation of 60 cm from each other and at least 30 cm
1 - 1 mast anchorage fixture suitable for chimney in operation. The isolation of the anchorage is necessary
in order to maintain the difference of potential between the parts of the Dat Controler
Plus. The body of the Dat

Controler
Plus has to be mounted at least 2 m below the hole of the chimney to avoid the heat of the gases
deforming the structure of the mast and quickening its corrosion rate. The anchorages (AT-088B) have to be
mounted right in the threaded union between the Dat Controler
Plus and the rod (AT-084B or AT-085B), and right

in the threaded union between the two parts of the rod (AT-084B or AT-085B), and at least 30 cm from the top of the
wall, in order to assure a correct fixation. In order to comply with UNE 21186, the rod AT-085B has to be mounted
to make sure that the rod is 2m higher than the chimney.
Single extra supports, ref: AT-070B, AT-076B respectively.
AT-080B Application
AT-074B, AT-083B Application
AT-074B Mast to 25 cm square post anchorage 2 x (40 x 360 x 300) 2 supports Galvanized steel 6
AT-075B Mast to 25 cm square post anchorage 3 x (40 x 360 x 300) 3 supports Galvanized steel 9
AT-083B Mast to 25 cm round post anchorage 2 x (45 x 360 x 300) 2 supports Galvanized steel 6
AT-086B Mast to 25 cm round post anchorage 3 x (45 x 360 x 300) 3 supports Galvanized steel 9
36 ISOLATED CHIMNEY ANCHORAGE
Reference Model
Dimensions
(mm)
Material
Weight
(Kg)
AT-080B
Chimney anchorage for
DAT CONTROLER
PLUS
50 x 520
x 1000
Galvanized steel 7,5
AT-088B
DAT CONTROLER
PLUS rod isolated support

for high temperature chimneys (2 supports)
50 x 160
x 520
Galvanized
steel + Teflon
7
AT-084B
4 m DAT CONTROLER
PLUS rod for

high temperature chimneys
18 x
4000
Stainless steel 8
AT-085B
5 m DAT CONTROLER
PLUS rod for

high temperature chimneys
18 x
5000
Stainless steel 10
AT-084B
AT-081B
Ver tabla 1
AT-080B
AT-085B
See table 26
1 mast supporter for flat roofs which can be drilled. If not a concrete base will be needed. 70 x 70 x 25 cm concrete base is recommended in order to
avoid any damage to the roof.
MAST ANCHORAGE FOR FLAT ROOF 37
AT-003B
For 1 1/2" masts u
to 3m high
(300 x 300) x 500 Galvanized steel 8
AT-006B
For 1 1/2" masts up
to 6m high
(500 x 500) x 800 Galvanized steel 21
AT-006B Application
Self supporting mast dimensioned for wind velocity up to 145 Km/h. 1 at the top.
In models up to 15 m, the sections are joined by stud-bolts (it is not necessary to weld them) and the hinge allows the use of a small crane for its erection.
In models from 20 to 25 m, the sections have to be welded. Its important to use Anti-corrosion spray (AT-023G table 113) to protect the weld.
Preliminary work is needed, consisting of casting the steel support containing the hinge, in a concrete base (of different dimensions depending on the masts
height, as shown in the table). Its necessary to wait until the concrete has hardened, before placing the mast in its support. It is recommended to mount the
air terminal with the conductor inside the mast before elevating it. The conductor does not need to be fixed inside the mast.
FREE STANDING MAST 38
Reference Model Mast Dimensions
Solid Base
Dimensions
(mm)
Foundation
Dimensions (m)
Sections Included Material
Weight
(Kg)
AT-006C 6 m free standing mast (2" - 1 1/2 ") x 6 m 400 x 400 0,8 x 0,8 x 0,8 Screwed Hinge Galvanized steel 55
AT-008C 8 m free standing mast (2 1/2" - 1 1/2 ") x 8 m 400 x 400 0,8 x 0,8 x 0,8 Screwed Hinge Galvanized steel 75
AT-010C 10 m free standing mast (4" - 1 1/2 ") x 10 m 500 x 500 1 x 1 x 1 Screwed Hinge Galvanized steel 120
AT-012C 12 m free standing mast (5" - 1 1/2 ") x 12 m 500 x 500 1 x 1 x 1 Screwed Hinge Galvanized steel 155
AT-015C 15 m free standing mast (6" - 1 1/2 ") x 15 m 500 x 500 1,5 x 1,5 x 1,5 Screwed Hinge Galvanized steel 200
AT-020C 20 m free standing mast (9" - 1 1/2 ") x 20 m 600 x 600 2 x 2 x 2 Welded - Galvanized steel 435
AT-025C 25 m free standing mast (12" - 1 1/2 ") x 25 m 750 x 750 2 x 2 x 2 Welded - Galvanized steel 805
AT-012C Application
See table 26
See table 61
See table 63
AT-012C (foundation)
Elevation fixture up to 20,5 m with guy wires. 1 x 3 m mast is included. Each section measures 180 mm x 3 m.
If the flat roof does not allow perforation a concrete base is needed for the trestle tower and the guy wire anchorages. 3 Guy wire anchorages are needed with
120 between them.
The trestle towers can also be placed on walls using a trestle tower-wall anchorage (AT-037C).
The trestle towers are not assembled on the ground and are not lifted by a crane. They must be assembled section by section tightened by guy wires.
The 3 guy wire anchorages must be joined to the down-conductor at roof level.
For the first section (3 meters) no guy wires are needed.
For the second section, guy wires are fixed at the middle point of the section.
From the third section, guy wires are fixed at the upper part of the section.
Reference
Total height from
ground (m)
Included
Material Weight (Kg)
Guy wire
(AT-040C)
Guy wire
anchorage
(AT-041C)
Turnbuckle
(AT-042C)
Guy wire clamp
(AT-043C)
AT-031C 8,5 1 3 3 18 Galvanized steel 50
AT-031C Application
39 TRESTLE TOWER
TRESTLE TOWER ACCESSORIES 40
Different devices to complete a trestle tower installation.
Reference Model Dimensions (mm) Included Material
Weight
(gr)
AT-036C Trestle tower middle section 180 mm x 3 m - Galvanized steel 11500
AT-037C Trestle tower - wall anchorage 400 x 350 x 400 - Galvanized steel 6000
AT-038C Guy wire kit 1 AT-040C + 3 AT-041C + 3 AT-042C + 18 AT-043C 7500
AT-040C Guy wire ring 4 mm x 100 m 100 m Galvanized steel 6000
AT-041C Guy wire anchorage 55 x 30 x 55 - Galvanized steel 155
AT-042C Turnbuckle 25 x 15 x 200 - Galvanized steel 160
AT-043C Guy wire clamp 30 x 15 x 30 - Cast iron 40
AT-044C Cable to trestle tower clip 25 x 45 x 55 AT-010E Naval Brass - Stainless steel 85
AT-045C Tape to trestle tower clip 40 x 45 x 50 AT-015E Gunmetal - Stainless steel 125
AT-046C Cable to Guy wire clamp 40 x 20 x 40 - Galvanized steel 75
AT-040C
AT-038C
AT-037C, AT-036C, AT-041C, AT-042C, AT-043C, AT-044C, AT-045C and AT-046C Application
AT-044C
AT-046C
AT-043C
AT-042C
AT-041C
AT-036C
AT-045C
AT-037C
AT-050C Application
1 elevation fixture up to 26m. Specially used where welding work is not allowed.
The total height from ground includes the tower + 6m mast provided.
INSTALLATION
First of all, a hole for the foundation has to be done (the dimensions of the hole depend of the towers height).
The first section has to be embedded in the foundation, and wait 24 hours to harden the concrete. The top of the
concrete foundation needs a small slope to avoid the accumulation of water.
The rest of the tower (assembled on the ground previously) has to be lifted with a crane and bolted to the embedded
one.
* Other dimensions are available on customer request.
Reference
Height from
ground (m)*
Dimensions
Foundation
Dimensions (m)
Material
Weight
(Kg)
AT-050C 14 0,73 x 8,5 m + 1 x 5,5 m 0,9 x 0,9 x 1,85 Galvanized steel 300
AT-052C 18 0,87 x 12,5 m + 1 x 5,5 m 1,02 x 1,02 x 2 Galvanized steel 460
AT-053C 20 0,95 x 14,5 m + 1 x 5,5 m 1,1 x 1,1 x 2 Galvanized steel 560
AT-054C 22 1 x 16,5 m + 1 x 5,5 m 1,15 x 1,15 x 2,05 Galvanized steel 630
See table 102
See table
126&127
See table 1
41 SELF SUPPORTED TOWER
DOWN-CONDUCTORS
Clips for tape
Clips for cable
Clips for tape and cable
Supports
Clamps
Test clamps
Accesories
Clips for tape
42 NAVAL BRASS TAPE CLIP
Down-conductor holder suitable for fixing 30 x 2 or 30 x 3,5 mm tape to flat surface. The AT-006E includes screw and washer suitable for metallic sheets
or sandwich roofs. AT-180E and AT-181E designed to avoid obstacles such as cornices.
Reference Dimensions (mm) Tape range (mm)
Conductor
elevation (mm)
Included Material
Weight
(gr)
AT-015E 48 x 19 x 40 30x2 - 30x3,5 8 Plug and screw spike M6x25 Naval brass 115
AT-006E 48 x 19 x 40 30x2 - 30x3,5 8 Self-drill screw + neoprene washer Naval brass 115
Reference Dimensions (mm) Tape (mm) Tape kind Material Weight (gr)
AT-100E 50 x 20 x 10 20 x 3 Bare Copper Gunmetal 60
AT-104E 70 x 20 x13 31 x 3 Bare Copper Gunmetal 90
AT-105E 70 x 20 x13 31 x 6 Bare Copper Gunmetal 100
AT-114E 55 x 20 x 13 25 x 3 PVC covered Copper Gunmetal 100
AT-115E 55 x 20 x 16 25 x 6 PVC covered Copper Gunmetal 130
AT-116E 85 x20 x 13 50 x 6 PVC covered Copper Gunmetal 260
AT-117E 50 x 20 x 10 20 x 3 Bare Aluminium Aluminium 20
AT-121E 55 x 20 x 23 25 x 3 PVC covered Aluminium Aluminium 40
AT-122E 85 x 20 x 20 50 x 6 PVC covered Aluminium Aluminium 60
Meets with IEC 62305, EN 50164, BS 6651, BS 1400, BS 1471, BS 2874, BS 2897, AS 1567
43 DC TAPE CLIP
Suitable to secure the tape conductor to the building, fixed by one screw. Plug and screw included.
AT-015E
Application
AT-006E
Application
AT-216E
Application
AT-101E (Gu)
AT-118E(Al)
AT-101E Application
AT-015E
DOWN-CONDUCTORS
Clips for tape
This connection allows the joint between copper or aluminium tapes and metallic structures. The bolt size is M10.
Down-conductor holder suitable for fixing 30x2 or 30x3,5 mm tape to flat surfaces.
Suitable to secure the tape conductor to a flat surface, fixed by two screws. Plug and screw included.
AT-022J (Gu)
AT-023J (Al)
B BOND 44
Reference Dimensions (mm) Tape (mm) Material Weight (gr)
AT-022J 35 x 35 x 25 25 x 3 Gunmetal 100
AT-023J 35 x 35 x 25 25 x 3 Aluminium 60
AT-022J Application
METALLIC TAPE CLIP 45
Reference
Dimensions
(mm)
Tape range (mm)
Conductor
elevation (mm)*
Included Material
Weight
(gr)
AT-027E 60 x 20 x 20 30x2 - 30x3,5 14
Plug and screw
M4x25
Copper 47
AT-028E 60 x 20 x 20 30x2 - 30x3,5 14
Plug and screw
M4x25
Stainless
steel
46
AT-028E (SS) (application)
AT-027E (Cu)
AT-124E (Cu) (application)
AT-127E (Al)
TAPE CLIP 46
Tape
Size (mm) Type
AT-123E 70 x 20 x 7 20 x 3 Bare Copper Copper 30
AT-124E 75 x 20 x 7 25 x 3 Bare Copper Copper 30
AT-125E 70 x 20 x 7 25 x 3 PVC covered Copper Copper 30
AT-072F 70 x 11 x 8 30 x 2 Bare Copper Tin-plated copper 6
Meets with IEC 62305, EN 50164, BS 6651, BS 2870, BS 1471
DOWN-CONDUCTORS
47 PUSH-IN TAPE CLIP
Clips for tape
Reference Dimensions Tape (mm) Material Weight (gr)
AT-059E 45 x 10 x 8 25 x 3 Stainless steel 6
Holdfast clip to secure the tape conductor to a flat surface. Plug and screw included.
Down-conductor holder suitable for fixing 30x2 mm or 30x3,5 mm tape to flat surface. Using AT-050E with bare
copper tape may cause galvanic coupling.
AT-060E
AT-060E Application
48 LIGHT BRACKET
Reference Dimensions (mm) Tape range (mm) Material Weight (gr)
AT-050E 42 x 35 x 8 30x2 - 30x3,5 Galvanized steel 15
AT-051E 43 x 35 x 8 30x2 - 30x3,5 Stainless steel 15
AT-218E 13 x 11 x 40 - Nylon 1,2
AT-050E(GS)
AT-051E (SS)
AT-050E Application AT-218E
DOWN-CONDUCTORS
POLYPROPYLENE TAPE CLIP 49
Suitable to secure the tape conductor to the building.
Reference Model
Dimensions
(mm)
Tape (mm) Tape kind Colour Included Material
Weight
(gr)
AT-196E Non-metallic DC tape clip 45 x 25 x 25 20 x 3 Bare tape Brown Plug and screw Polypropylene 10
AT-197E Non-metallic DC tape clip 45 x 25 x 25 20 x 3 Bare tape Grey Plug and screw Polypropylene 10
AT-198E Non-metallic DC tape clip 45 x 25 x 25 25 x 3 Bare tape Brown Plug and screw Polypropylene 10
AT-199E Non-metallic DC tape clip 45 x 25 x 25 25 x 3 Bare tape Grey Plug and screw Polypropylene 10
AT-200E Non-metallic DC tape clip 45 x 25 x 25 25 x 3 PVC covered tape Brown Plug and screw Polypropylene 10
AT-201E Non-metallic DC tape clip 45 x 25 x 25 25 x 3 PVC covered tape Grey Plug and screw Polypropylene 10
AT-202E Non-metallic DC tape clip 45 x 25 x 25 25 x 3 PVC covered tape Black Plug and screw Polypropylene 10
AT-203E Non-metallic DC tape clip 45 x 25 x 25 25 x 3 PVC covered tape Green Plug and screw Polypropylene 10
AT-204E Non-metallic DC tape clip 45 x 25 x 25 25 x 3 PVC covered tape Stone Plug and screw Polypropylene 10
AT-205E Non-metallic DC tape clip 45 x 25 x 25 25 x 3 PVC covered tape White Plug and screw Polypropylene 10
AT-206E Adhesive DC tape clip 65 x 35 25 x 3 Bare tape Brown - Polypropylene 30
AT-207E Adhesive DC tape clip 65 x 35 25 x 3 Bare tape Grey - Polypropylene 30
AT-208E Adhesive DC tape clip 65 x 35 25 x 3 PVC covered tape Brown - Polypropylene 30
AT-209E Adhesive DC tape clip 65 x 35 25 x 3 PVC covered tape Grey - Polypropylene 30
AT-210E Adhesive DC tape clip 65 x 35 25 x 3 PVC covered tape Black - Polypropylene 30
AT-211E Adhesive DC tape clip 65 x 35 25 x 3 PVC covered tape Stone - Polypropylene 30
AT-212E Adhesive DC tape clip 65 x 35 25 x 3 PVC covered tape White - Polypropylene 30
AT-197E Application AT-207E Application
Clips for tape
DOWN-CONDUCTORS
Round conductor
range
Conductor
elevation (mm)
Included Material Weight (gr)
(mm) mm
2
AT-010E 24 x 32 x 24 6 10 25 70 7 Plug and screw spike M6x25 Naval brass 70
AT-009E 24 x 32 x 24 6 10 25 70 7 Self-drill screw + neoprene washer Naval brass 70
AT-025E 30 x 30 x 40 13 95 10 Plug and screw spike M8x40 Naval brass 165
Clips for cable
50 NAVAL BRASS CABLE CLIP
Down-conductor holder suitable for fixing round or cable to flat surface. AT-011E suitable to use in corners. The AT-009E includes screw and washer suitable
for metallic sheets or sandwich roofs. AT-013E and AT-014E designed to avoid obstacles such as cornices.
AT-010E
AT-011E
51 HEAVY DUTY CAST CABLE SADDLE
Cable or round holder to flat surfaces, fixed by one screw.
Conductor range
(mm) mm
2
AT-190E 50 x 17 x 20 8 50 Gunmetal 60
AT-191E 50 x 17 x 20 8 50 Aluminium 30
AT-192E 50 x 17 x 20 10 70 Gunmetal 60
AT-193E 50 x 17 x 20 10 70 Aluminium 30
AT-192E (Gu) (application)
AT-193E (Al)
AT-009E Application AT-010E Application AT-013E Application
DOWN-CONDUCTORS
Clips for cable
TOWER EARTH CLAMP 52
AT-027J
AT-027J Application
Conductor range
(mm) mm
2
AT-026J 30 x 45 x 60 6 - 8 25 - 50 Aluminium 50
AT-027J 30 x 45 x 60 6 - 10 25 - 70 Gunmetal 130
AT-028J 35 x 50 x 65 10 - 15 70 - 120 Gunmetal 220
AT-029J 40 x 55 x 65 15 - 18 120 - 185 Gunmetal 300
AT-030J 40 x 60 x 65 18 - 20 185 - 240 Gunmetal 400
This connection allows the joint between copper cable or round conductor to metallic structures. The bolt size of AT-026J and AT-027J is M10. Other references
have a bolt size of M12. AT-026J has only a single plate.
Down-conductor holder suitable for fixing round conductor or cable to flat surface.
Round conductor
range
Conductor
elevation (mm)*
(mm) mm
2
AT-128E 40 x 20 x 40 6 10 25 70 18 Plug, screw and nylon support Stainless steel 21
AT-129E 40 x 25 x 40 6 10 25 70 18 Metallic support Stainless steel 25
AT-130E 40 x 25 x 40 6 10 25 70 18 Metallic support Copper 28
AT-131E 45 x 25 x 50 16 150 18 Plug, screw and nylon support Stainless steel 36
AT-132E 45 x 25 x 50 16 150 18 Plug, screw and metallic support Stainless steel 40
METALLIC CABLE CLIP 53
AT-131E Application AT-128E Application AT-129E (SS) (Application)
AT-130E (Cu)
DOWN-CONDUCTORS
Clips for cable
54 KS CABLE CLIP
Conductor range
Conductor elevation (mm) Material Weight (gr)
(mm) mm
2
AT-002E 25 x 25 x 40 6 10 25 70 8 Galvanized steel 65
AT-004E 25 x 25 x 40 6 10 25 70 8 Copper 65
AT-000E 25 x 25 x 40 6 10 25 70 8 Stainless steel 65
AT-003E 25 x 55 x 40 6 10 25 70 8 Galvanized steel 120
AT-005E 25 x 55 x 40 6 10 25 70 8 Copper 154
For connecting round conductor or cable to flat profiles.
Holdfast clips to secure round or cable conductor.
AT-004E (Cu)
AT-002E (GS)
AT-000E (SS)
AT-003E (GS)
AT-005E (Cu)
55 PUSH-IN CABLE CLIP
Conductor range
Conductor
elevation (mm)*
Included Material
Weight
(gr)
(mm) mm
2
AT-137E 20 x 14 x 12 8 50 - Plug and screw Stainless steel 4
AT-137E Application AT-135E Application AT-133E Application
AT-004E Application
DOWN-CONDUCTORS
Clips for cable
NYLON CABLE CLIP 56
Nylon clips to secure round or cable conductor.
Nylon clips to secure round or cable conductor. Suitable also to secure air termination rods to the side of the building.
Round conductor
range
Conductor
elevation (mm)*
(mm) mm
2
AT-043E 50 x 23 x 25 6 - 10 25 - 70 18 Plug and screw spike M6x25 Nylon 17
AT-044E 50 x 23 x 25 6 - 10 25 - 70 18 Integrated plug and screw Nylon 18
AT-045E Application
Reference
Round conductor range
Conductor
elevation (mm)*
(mm) mm
2
AT-045E 13 95 18 Plug and screw spike M6x25 Nylon 24
AT-049E 16 150 30 Integrated plug and screw Nylon 32
NYLON CABLE CLIP 57
AT-043E Application
AT-044E Application
DOWN-CONDUCTORS
Clips for cable
58 NYLON HOLDFAST CABLE CLIP
Nylon holdfast clips to secure round or cable conductor.
Round conductor
range
Conductor
elevation (mm)
Included Material
Weight
(gr)
(mm) mm
2
AT-020E 25 x 25 x 35 8 50 18 Plug and screw spike M6x25 Nylon 9
AT-021E 25 x 25 x 90 8 50 18 Integrated plug and screw Nylon 10
AT-039E 25 x 25 x 90 10 70 18 Integrated plug and screw Nylon 10
AT-022E 25 x 25 x 80 8 50 25 Anti-humidity plug and screw Nylon 20
AT-020E Application
DOWN-CONDUCTORS
Clips for cable
CLAMPING FRAME 59
AT-138E Application
Used for fixing the down-conductor (round or cable) to metallic structures. Include bolt M8 x 30 mm.
AT-138E (SS)
AT-139E (Cu)
AT-140E (Al)
(mm) mm
2
AT-138E 33 x 33 x 35 6 10 25 70 Stainless steel 34
AT-139E 33 x 33 x 35 6 10 25 70 Copper 35
AT-140E 33 x 33 x 35 6 10 25 70 Aluminium 27
ONE HOLE CABLE CLIP 60
Simple holder to secure cable or round conductor to the wall. Plug and screw included.
Conductor range
(mm) mm
2
Type
AT-056E 15 x 10 x 25 8 50 Bare copper Copper 9
AT-141E 20 x 15 x 30 8 50 PVC covered copper Copper 10
AT-142E 15 x 10 x 25 8 50 Bare aluminium Aluminium 4
AT-143E 20 x 15 x 30 10 70 Bare aluminium Aluminium 5
AT-144E 20 x 15 x 30 8 50 PVC covered aluminium Aluminium 5
AT-056E (Cu)(application)
AT-142E (Al)
DOWN-CONDUCTORS
61 CONDUCTOR-MAST SUPPORT CLIP
Clips for tape and cable
Down-conductor clip with 1 - pipe support holding the down-conductor outside the mast.
Reference Model Dimensions (mm)
Conductor range
Material
Weight (gr)
(mm) mm
2
Tape (mm)
AT-033A 1 73 x 52 x 40 8 - 10 50 - 70 30x2 - 30x3,5 Naval brass 275
AT-048A 1 1/4"-1 60 x 72 x 40 8 - 10 50 - 70 30x2 - 30x3,5 Naval brass 310
62 NYLON CONDUCTOR CLIP
Nylon clips to secure round, cable or tape conductor.
AT-031E Application
AT-048A Application
AT-054E Application
AT-048A
Conductor range
Conductor
elevation (mm)
Included Material
Weight
(gr)
(mm) mm
2
Tape (mm)
AT-030E 20 x 50 x 25 6 - 10 25 - 70 30x2 - 30x3,5 17 Plug and screw spike M6x25 Nylon 21
AT-031E 20 x 50 x 60 6 - 10 25 - 70 30x2 - 30x3,5 17 Integrated plug and screw Nylon 28
See table 26
See
table
27
DOWN-CONDUCTORS
Supports
PYRAMIDAL ROOF CONDUCTOR HOLDER 63
AT-005M
AT-147E
AT-149E
AT-040E Application
AT-184E Application
AT-041E Application
AT-183E Application
AT-145E Application
AT-005M Application
AT-147E Application
Conductor holder for flat roofs, where its not possible to drill to fix the conductor, such as on bitumen roofs. Supplied empty to fill with concrete, or already
full of concrete. The lip at the bottom of the pyramid allows it to be embeded in concrete or bitumen.
Conductor range
Conductor
elevation (mm)
Included Material
Weight
(gr)
(mm) mm
2
Tape (mm)
AT-041E 140 x 140 x 90 6 10 25 70 30x2 30x3,5 80 Empty with base. Holdfast clip. Polyethylene UV-resistant 80
AT-183E 140 x 140 x 90 6 10 25 70 30x2 30x3,5 80 Full of concrete
Polyethylene UV-
resistant + concrete
1000
AT-040E 140 x 140 x 90 8 50 - 65
Empty with base.
Holdfast clip.
Polyethylene UV-resistant 95
AT-184E 140 x 140 x 90 8 50 - 65 Full of concrete
Polyethylene UV-
resistant + concrete
1000
AT-005M 140 x 140 x 95 - - - - Empty with base. M10 Polyethylene UV-resistant 105
AT-145E 140 x 140 x 120 8 10* 50 70* 30x2 30x3,5 90 Empty with base. Polyethylene UV-resistant 400
See table 3
See table 89
ROOF CONDUCTOR HOLDER 64
AT-042E Application
Conductor
elevation (mm)
Material
Weight
(Kg)
(mm) mm
2
AT-042E 140 x 75 x 50 8 10 50 70 60 Polypropylene / concrete 1
Double holdfast fixing concrete support for cable or round conductor.
PLASTIC SUPPORT BLOCK 65
* Other conductor dimensions are available on customer request.
Clip support to be adhered or to be embeded in flat roofs. Suitable for use in
conjunction with clips (table 42, 43, 45, 49, 50, 53, 55, 56, 57, 58 or 62).
AT-147E 70 x 70 x 20 Nylon 10
AT-148E 110 x 110 x 40 Nylon 25
AT-149E 110 x 110 x 60 Nylon 30
DOWN-CONDUCTORS
Supports
66 METALLIC SUPPORT
These supports are fixed by screws or adhesive to flat surfaces or welded to metallic structures. Suitable for use in conjunction with rods such as AT-053L (table 3).
Reference Dimensions (mm) Included Material Weight (gr)
AT-178E 100 x 100 x 20 M10 Galvanized steel 155
AT-179E 80 x 30 x 12 M8 Galvanized steel 55
Reference Model Dimensions (mm) Material Weight (gr)
AT-090E 170-240 mm curve tile support 180 x 25 x 140 Stainless steel 79
AT-150E 190-300 mm curve tile support 200 x 25 x 155 Stainless steel 113
AT-151E 170-240 mm curve tile support 180 x 25 x 140 Copper 85
AT-152E 190-300 mm curve tile support 200 x 25 x 155 Copper 120
AT-091E 20 x 35 x 220 Stainless steel 55
67 CURVE TILE SUPPORT
For fixing the conductor clips to curved tiles or to the ridge of the roof. Suitable for use in conjunction with clips (table 42, 45, 50, 53, 55, 56, 57, 58 or 62).
AT-090E (SS)
AT-151E (Cu)
AT-090E Application
68 SPRING TILE SUPPORT
For fixing any kind of clip to a tile. This support has a spring to adjust it to the tile from 180 to 280mm. Suitable for use in conjunction with clips (table 42, 45,
49, 50, 53, 55, 56, 57, 58 or 62).
AT-091E Application
AT-178E
AT-179E
AT-091E
DOWN-CONDUCTORS
Supports
SANDWICH ROOF SUPPORT 69
AT-163E Application
Corrugated or sandwich roof support. Suitable for use in conjunction with clips (table 42, 45, 50, 53, 55, 56, 57, 58 or 62).
AT-095E
AT-095E Application
AT-169E
CLIP SUPPORT FOR ROOFS 70
AT-159E 210 mm flat tile elevated support 40 x 25 x 210 Stainless steel 37
AT-162E 210 mm flat tile smooth support 15 x 25 x 210 Stainless steel 43
AT-163E 260 mm flat tile smooth support 15 x 25 x 260 Stainless steel 51
AT-164E 210 mm flat tile support with tabs 15 x 25 x 210 Stainless steel 37
AT-165E 260 mm flat tile support with tabs 15 x 25 x 260 Stainless steel 43
AT-166E 210 mm flat tile support (against-hook) 15 x 25 x 210 Stainless steel 40
AT-167E 260 mm flat tile support (against-hook) 15 x 25 x 260 Stainless steel 48
AT-168E 130 mm flat tile angled support 60 x 25 x 130 Stainless steel 45
AT-161E
AT-163E
AT-093E AT-093E AT-167E
AT-165E
Different solutions for fixing the conductor clips to the roof. Suitable for use in conjunction with clips (table 42, 45, 50, 53, 55, 56, 57, 58 or 62).
DOWN-CONDUCTORS
Supports
71 TILE SUPPORT
For fixing the clip to the tile without the tile getting damaged and allowing the conductor to be fixed afterwards. Suitable for use in conjunction with clips (table
42, 45, 50, 53, 55, 56, 57, 58 or 62).
Clamp for 6-10 mm round conductor to be fixed at the edge of the gutter.
AT-156E 15 20 mm tile support 50 x 20 x 35 Stainless steel 30
AT-094E Universal tile support 25 x 40 x 80 Galvanized steel 85
AT-094E
AT-094E Application
AT-040F 50 x 50 x 40 Stainless steel 65
AT-153E 50 x 50 x 40 Copper 72
AT-016E 24 x 50 Naval brass 175
AT-017E 24 x 100 Naval brass 370
AT-040F (SS)
AT-153E (Cu)
73 EXTENSION
Used where the installation requires the conductor to be secured away from the face of the building. To use in conjunction with for example AT-010E or AT-015E
(Tables 42 and 50). Plug and screw spike M8x40 included. Suitable for use in conjunction with clips (table 42, 45, 50, 53, 55, 56, 57, 58 or 62).
AT-016E
AT-016E Application
72 GUTTER CLAMP
AT-158E
AT-040F Application
DOWN-CONDUCTORS
BACK PLATE HOLDFAST 74
Supports
AT-170E (Gu)
AT-171E (Al)
AT-172E(Gu)
AT-173E(Al)
Used where the installation requires the conductor to be secured away
from the face of the building. For use in conjunction with for example AT-
101E (Tables 43). Plug and screw included. Suitable for use in conjunction
with clips (table 43 or 49).
AT-170E 63 x 74 Gunmetal 300
AT-171E 63 x 74 Aluminium 100
Reference Dimensions (mm) Max. width (mm) Material Weight (gr)
AT-172E 20 x 15 x 35 12 Gunmetal 110
AT-173E 20 x 15 x 35 12 Aluminium 50
AT-018E 38 x 19 x 40 18 Galvanized steel 85
AT-174E 58 x 24 x 60 26 Galvanized steel 220
GLAZING BAR HOLDFAST 75
Suitable for holding any clip to narrow flanges such as metallic angles. Suitable for use in conjunction with clips (table 42, 43, 45, 49, 50, 53, 55, 56, 57, 58 or 62).
AT-170E Application
AT-018E Application
AT-018E
AT-172E Application
DOWN-CONDUCTORS
Rainwater support adjustable with a screwdriver. Suitable for use in conjunction with clips (table 42, 45, 50, 53, 55, 56, 57, 58 or 62).
AT-076E AT-070E
AT-070E Application
76 SCREWDRIVER DOWNPIPE SUPPORT
Supports
77 EARTHING PIPE CLAMP
Rainwater support with clamp to connect with the earthing system.
Reference Model Dimensions (mm) Conductor (mm) Downpipe (mm) Material Weight (gr)
AT-097E 3/4 -2" Earthing Pipe Clamp 60 x 25 x 35 2.5 - 6 (4 - 25 mm
2
) 27 - 60 (3/4 -2") Stainless steel 71
2
) 27 - 115 (3/4 -4") Stainless steel 76
2
) 27 - 165 (3/4 -6") Stainless steel 94
AT-185E 3/4 -3" Pipe Clamp for antenna mast 70 x 35 x 40 6 - 10 27 - 89 (3/4 -3") Stainless steel 133
AT-186E 3/4 -6" Pipe Clamp for antenna mast 70 x 35 x 40 6 - 10 27 - 165 (3/4 -6") Stainless steel 137
Reference Model Dimensions (mm) Downpipe (mm) Material Weight (gr)
AT-070E 50 - 70 mm Spiral pipe support 25 x 12 x 100 50 70 Stainless steel 70
AT-073E 100 120 mm Spiral pipe support 25 x 12 x 150 100 120 Stainless steel 78
AT-076E 25 27 mm Tube clip support 40 x 35 x 25 25 27 Stainless steel 30
AT-077E 31 34 mm Tube clip support 47 x 35 x 25 31 34 Stainless steel 33
DOWN-CONDUCTORS
AT-096E
AT-067E AT-066E
Supports
DOWNPIPE CLAMP 78
50-120 mm rainwater pipe clamp, for 6 - 10 mm round or 25 - 70 mm
2
cable.
Different pieces to customize your downpipe support. Suitable for use in conjunction with clips (table 42, 45, 50,
53, 55, 56, 57, 58 or 62).
Reference Dimensions (mm) Downpipe (mm) Material Weight (gr)
AT-082E 120 x 180 x 40 50 120 Copper 155
AT-083E 120 x 180 x 40 50 120 Stainless steel 130
AT-082E (Cu) (application)
AT-083E (SS)
DOWNPIPE SUPPORT 79
Reference Model Dimensions (mm) Downpipe (mm) Material
Weight
(gr)
AT-096E
Adjustable tensioning
strap up to 160 mm
160 x 180 x 20 hasta 160 Stainless steel 40
AT-069E
Continuous tensioning strap
14 x 0,3 mm (50 m)
14 x 0,3 (50 m) - Stainless steel 1800
AT-029E
Continuous tensioning strap
14 x 0,3 mm (100 m)
14 x 0,3 (100 m) - Stainless steel 4000
AT-067E Separate grip holder 36 x 22 x 20 - Stainless steel 10
AT-066E Downpipe clip holder 25 x 30 x 65 - Stainless steel 20
AT-069E, AT-067E and AT-066E Application
DOWNPIPE CABLE HOLDER 80
Adjustable rainwater pipe conductor holder, for 8 mm round or 50 mm
2
cable.
80 - 120 mm Aluminium rainwater pipe conductor holder, for 8 mm round or 50 mm
2
cable.
ALUMINIUM DOWNPIPE CABLE HOLDER 81
AT-084E 70 x 80 x 12 50 - 70 Stainless steel 27
AT-065E 120 x 120 x 18 80 - 120 Aluminium 10
AT-065E
AT-084E Application
AT-069E
DOWN-CONDUCTORS
82 PIPE BOND
Supports
For fixing a 8mm down-conductor to large diameter pipeworks.
Reference Dimensions (mm) Pipe (mm) Material Weight (gr)
AT-175E 60 x 35 x 40 50-200 Gunmetal 460
AT-176E 60 x 35 x 40 50-200 Aluminium 250
AT-175E Application
AT-024J Application
83 WATERMAIN PIPE BOND
Used for bonding copper tape to watermain pipes.
AT-177E
84 RAINWATER PIPE (RWP) BOND
Reference Dimensions (mm) Tape conductor range (mm) Material Weight (gr)
AT-024J 32 x 32 x 40 25 x 3 Gunmetal 180
AT-025J 32 x 32 x 40 25 x 3 Aluminium 70
This connection allows the joint between copper or aluminium tapes to metallic circular surfaces such as rainwater pipes,
handrail, etc. The bolt size is M10.
AT-175E (Gu)
AT-176E(Al)
Reference Dimensions (mm) Tape (mm) Material Weight (gr)
AT-177E 45 x 35 x 40 25 x 3 Gunmetal 260
AT-177E Application
AT-024J (Gu)
AT-025J (Al)
DOWN-CONDUCTORS
SQUARE TAPE CLAMP 85
Clamps
AT-037F Application
Clamp allowing end to end, T, L and cross shaped joints in tape.
AT-033F 55 x 55 x 15 25 x 3 Gunmetal 230
AT-034F 55 x 55 x 20 25 x 6 Gunmetal 420
AT-035F 85 x 85 x 25 50 x 6 Gunmetal 980
AT-039F 55 x 55 x 15 25 x 3 Aluminium 70
AT-026F 60 x 60 x 6 30x2 - 30x3,5 Galvanized steel 330
AT-029F 60 x 60 x 6 25x3 - 30x3,5 Copper 315
AT-131F 60 x 60 x 6 30x2 - 30x3,5 Stainless steel 300
Meets with IEC 62305, EN 50164, BS 6651, BS 1400, BS 1471, BS 2874, UNE 21186, NFC 17102
AT-033F (Gu) (application)
AT-039F (Al)
SQUARE CABLE CLAMP 86
Conductor range
Rod (mm) Material Weight (gr)
(mm) mm
2
AT-036F 60 x 60 x 40 8 50 - Gunmetal 320
AT-037F 60 x 60 x 40 10 70 - Gunmetal 290
AT-038F 60 x 60 x 40 13 95 - Gunmetal 250
AT-032F 60 x 60 x 22 8 - 10 50 - 70 - Copper 330
AT-023F 60 x 60 x 19 8 - 10 50 - 70 - Galvanized steel 330
AT-028F 60 x 60 x 21 7 - 13 35 - 95 - Stainless steel 330
AT-136J 60 x 60 x 22 8 - 10 50 - 70 16 Galvanized steel 330
AT-137J 60 x 60 x 22 8 - 10 50 - 70 16 Stainless steel 330
AT-138J 60 x 60 x 22 8 - 10 50 - 70 16 Copper 330
AT-089J-1 50 x 50 x 45 8 - 15 50 - 120 - Naval brass 250
AT-136J (GS) (application)
AT-138J (Cu)
AT-137J (SS)
AT-089J-1 Application
Clamp allowing end to end, T, L and cross shaped joints in round conductor and cable.
AT-023F (GS) (application)
AT-032F (Cu)
AT-028F (SS)
AT-026F Application
DOWN-CONDUCTORS
87 SQUARE TAPE AND CABLE CLAMP
Clamps
Clamp allowing end to end, T, L and cross shaped joints between round conductor or cable and tape.
Conductor range
Material
Weight
(gr)
(mm) mm
2
Tape (mm)
AT-020F 57 x 57 x 25 7 - 13 35 - 95 30x2 30x3,5 Naval brass 330
AT-031F 60 x 60 x 14 8 - 10 50 - 70 30x2 30x3,5 Galvanized steel 330
AT-130F 60 x 80 x 70 8 - 10 50 - 70 30x2 30x3,5 Galvanized steel 280
AT-133F 60 x 60 x 14 8 - 10 50 - 70 30x2 30x3,5 Copper 450
AT-134F 57 x 57 x 25 7 - 13 35 - 95 30x2 30x3,5 Aluminium 120
AT-136F 60 x 60 x 14 8 - 10 50 - 70 30x2 30x3,5 Stainless steel 333
AT-130F Application
AT-012F Application
88 T CLAMP
Material
Weight
(gr)
(mm) mm
2
AT-012F 50 x 40 x 20 8 - 10 50 - 70 Naval brass 120
AT-119F 49 x 27 x 21 8 50 Gunmetal 120
AT-120F 49 x 27 x 21 8 50 Galvanized steel 120
T shape equipotential joint for round conductor and cable.
Meets with IEC 62305, EN 50164, BS 6651, UNE 21186, NFC 17102
AT-120F (GS)
AT-133F (Cu)
AT-136F (SS)
AT-020F (NB) (application)
AT-134F (Al)
AT-134F (Al)
AT-134F (Al)
DOWN-CONDUCTORS
STRAIGHT CLAMP 89
Clamps
Linear joint for cable or round conductor.
Conductor range Rod
(mm)
Material
Weight
(gr)
(mm) mm
2
Tape (mm)
AT-015F 21 x 100 8 - 10 50 - 70 - Naval brass 140
AT-116F 15 x 75 6 - 8 25 - 50 - - Copper 140
AT-117F 15 x 75 6 - 8 25 - 50 - - Stainless steel 140
AT-118F 60 x 27 x 20 8 50 - - Galvanized steel 140
AT-105F 40 x 30 x 17 8 - 10 50 - 70 - - Aluminium 50
AT-135J 43 x 41 x 30 7 - 10 35 - 70 - 16 Galvanized steel 120
AT-090H 85 x 41 x 44 8 - 10 50 - 70 30x2 - 30x3,5 20 Naval brass 265
AT-135F 60 x 27 x 20 8 50 - - Gunmetal 100
Meets with IEC 62305, EN 50164, UNE 21186, NFC 17102
AT-015F (NB)
AT-116F (Cu)
AT-117F (SS)
AT-105F Application
AT-011F
AT-090H
AT-013F
AT-135J Application
AT-090H Application
PARALLEL CLAMP 90
Material
Weight
(gr)
(mm) mm
2
tape (mm)
AT-011F 45 x 45 x 14 8 50 30x2 - 30x3,5 Naval brass 120
AT-013F 42 x 42 x 25 6 - 16 25 - 150 - Aluminium alloy 140
AT-016F 42 x 42 x 25 4 - 13 16 - 95 - Naval brass 220
AT-009F 42 x 42 x 25 4 - 13 16 - 95 - Aluminium 217
Connection in parallel for cable or round conductor.
AT-016F (NB)
AT-009F (Al)
AT-135F (Gu)
DOWN-CONDUCTORS
Clamps
91 UNIVERSAL CLAMP
Connection in cross or in parallel between copper cables or round conductors.
Rod (mm) Material
Weight
(gr)
(mm) mm
2
AT-112F 33 x 33 x 35 (Miniature) 6 - 8 25 - 50 - Copper 80
AT-113F 33 x 33 x 35 (Miniature) 6 - 8 25 - 50 - Stainless steel 80
AT-115F 40 x 40 x 45 8 - 10 50 - 70 - Aluminium 60
AT-121F 40 x 40 x 45 8 - 10 50 - 70 - Copper 120
AT-128F 40 x 40 x 45 8 - 10 50 - 70 - Copper / Aluminium 120
AT-025F 48 x 44 x 45 8 - 10 50 - 70 16 Stainless steel 130
AT-127J 48 x 44 x 45 8 - 10 50 - 70 16 Copper 130
AT-121F (Cu) (application)
AT-115F (Al)
AT-122F (SS)
AT-125F (GS)
AT-128F (Cu/Al)
92 SPLIT BOLT CLAMP TYPE H
Connection in parallel between two stranded or solid circular conductor.
Material
Weight
(gr)
Conductor A ( mm
2
) Conductor B ( mm
2
)
AT-096F 20 x 20 x 25 10 2.5 - 8 Gunmetal 20
AT-097F 20 x 20 x 25 10 - 16 2.5 - 16 Gunmetal 30
AT-098F 20 x 20 x 30 16 - 25 2.5 - 25 Gunmetal 40
AT-099F 25 x 25 x 35 16 - 35 2.5 - 35 Gunmetal 60
AT-100F 27 x 27 x 42 25 - 50 2.5 - 50 Gunmetal 90
AT-101F 30 x 30 x 50 35 - 70 2.5 - 70 Gunmetal 140
AT-102F 35 x 35 x 55 50 - 95 10 - 95 Gunmetal 170
AT-103F 40 x 40 x 55 50 - 120 10 - 120 Gunmetal 180
AT-104F 45 x 45 x 60 50 - 185 10 - 185 Gunmetal 350
AT-100F Application
AT-100F
AT-113F (SS),(application)
AT-112F (Cu)
AT-025F (SS) (application)
AT-127J (Cu)
AT-128J (GS)
DOWN-CONDUCTORS
Clamps
METAL SHEET CLAMP 93
AT-054K Application
AT-046K Application
Conductor range
Sheet
(mm)
Material
Weight
(gr)
(mm) mm
2
Tape (mm)
AT-043K 56 x 45 x 60 7 - 10 35 - 70 - 5 - 18 Galvanized steel 210
AT-047K 30 x 40 x 50 6 - 10 25 - 70 - 1 - 8 Copper 100
AT-048K 30 x 40 x 50 6 - 10 25 - 70 - 1 - 8 Stainless steel 100
AT-049K 35 x 35 x 40 7 - 10 35 - 70 - 1 - 5 Zinc alloy 110
AT-053K 65 x 50 x 20 6 - 10 25 - 70 - 1 - 5 Copper 148
AT-056K 55 x 30 x 40 - - 30x2 - 30x3,5 1 - 5 Copper 280
AT-057K 55 x 30 x 40 - - 30x2 - 30x3,5 1 - 5 Galvanized steel 270
Equipotential connection between round conductor, cable or tape and metal sheet.
AT-056K (Cu) (application)
AT-057K (GS)
AT-047K (Cu) (application)
AT-048K (SS)
AT-052K (GS) (application)
AT-053K (Cu)
AT-055K Application
AT-045K Application AT-049K Application AT-043K Application
DOWN-CONDUCTORS
Test clamps
94 TAPE TEST CLAMP
Specially used for disconnection and test purposes for tape conductors.
Reference Model Dimensions (mm) Tape conductor range (mm) Material Weight (gr)
AT-081F OBLONG TEST CLAMP 60 x 35 x 30 25 x 3 Gunmetal 290
AT-083F OBLONG TEST CLAMP 60 x 35 x 30 25 x 3 Aluminium 120
AT-084F PLATE TYPE TEST CLAMP 80 x 80 x 40 25 x 3 Gunmetal 620
AT-085F SCREW DOWN TEST CLAMP 60 x 60 x 60 25 X 3 Gunmetal 720
AT-084F Application AT-085F Application
95 UNI DISCONNECTING TAPE CLAMP
Linear connection between tapes.
AT-111F 58 x 30 x 20 30x2 30x3,5 Galvanized steel 180
96 UNI DISCONNECTING CABLE CLAMP
Linear connection between cables.
Reference
Dimensions
(mm)
Conductor range
Rod (mm) Material
Weight
(gr)
(mm) mm
2
AT-108F 50 x 30 x 20 8 50 - Copper / Galvanized steel 180
AT-113J 58 x 30 x 20 8 - 10 (Copper) 50 - 70 (Copper) 16 (Galvanized steel) Copper / Galvanized steel 150
AT-115J 58 x 30 x 20 8 - 10 50 - 70 16 Stainless steel 100
Linear connection between cable and tape.
Reference
Dimensions
(mm)
Conductor range
Material
Weight
(gr) (mm) mm
2
Tape (mm)
AT-107F 58 x 30 x 20 8 10 (Copper) 50 70 (Copper)
30x2 - 30x3,5
(Galvanized steel)
Copper / Galvanized
steel
180
AT-109F 58 x 30 x 20 8 - 10 50 - 70 30x2 - 30x3,5
Galvanized
steel
180
AT-123F 58 x 30 x 20 8 - 10 50 - 70 30x2 - 30x3,5
Stainless
steel
200 AT-109F (GS)
AT-107F (Cu/GS)
AT-123F (SS)
AT-082F (Al)
AT-111F
AT-108F (Cu/GS)
AT-110F (GS)
AT-124F (SS)
97 UNI DISCONNECTING CABLE AND TAPE CLAMP
AT-114J (GS) (application)
AT-113J (Cu/GS)
AT-115J (SS)
DOWN-CONDUCTORS
Test clamps
CABLE AND TAPE TEST CLAMP 98
Specially used for disconnection and testing purposes, for cable, round or tape conductors.
Conductor range
Included Material
Weight
(gr) (mm) mm
2
Tape (mm)
AT-010F 55 x 30 x 75 8 50 30x2 - 30x3,5 Plug and screw M4x38 Naval brass 295
AT-086F 30 x 65 x 45 7 35 25 x 3 - Gunmetal 400
AT-087F 30 x 65 x 45 8 50 25 x 3 - Gunmetal 400
AT-088F 30 x 65 x 45 10 70 25 x 3 - Gunmetal 400
AT-089F 30 x 65 x 45 13 95 25 x 3 - Gunmetal 390
AT-090F 30 x 65 x 45 15 120 6 - Gunmetal 390
AT-091F 30 x 65 x 45 8 50 25 x 3 - Aluminium 90
AT-095F 55 x 75 x 20 8 - 10 50 - 70 30 x 3,5 Plug and screw M4x38 Nickel plated brass 500
AT-010F
TEST JOINT 99
BIMETALLIC CONNECTOR 100
Disconnecting sleeve between galvanized steel round and tape conductor.
Conductor range
Material
Weight
(gr)
(mm) mm
2
Tape (mm)
AT-106F 136 x 70 x 30 8 - 10 50 - 70 30x2 - 30x3,5 Galvanized steel 330
Conductor range
Material
Weight
(gr) (mm) mm
2
Tape (mm)
AT-092F 100 x 30 x 30 8 50 - Copper / Aluminium 250
AT-093F 100 x 30 x 30 8 (Aluminium) 50 (Aluminium) 25 x 3 (Copper) Copper / Aluminium 225
AT-094F 100 x 30 x 25 - - 25 x 3 Copper / Aluminium 200
AT-107F 58 x 30 x 20 8 - 10 (Copper) 50 - 70 (Copper) 30x2 - 30x3,5 (Galvanized steel) Copper / Galvanized steel 180
AT-108F 50 x 30 x 20 8 50 - Copper / Galvanized steel 180
AT-107F AT-108F
Meets with IEC 62305, EN 50164, BS 6651, BS 970, BS 1471, BS 2874
Used for joining copper to aluminium or galvanized steel conductors avoiding galvanic coupling, particularly where an aluminium or galvanized steel lightning
protection system has to be earthed with copper.
AT-093F Application
AT-091F (Al)
DOWN-CONDUCTORS
Accessories
101 SPARK GAP FOR AERIAL MAST
Aerials are objects especially exposed to lightning strikes and their consequences. The Lightning Protection system must protect the aerial against direct
impact, but part of the lightning current could side-strike it, following an uncontrolled path to earth. Even being only part of the lightning current, the damage
caused can be very significant.
The protector AT-060F is connected to the aerial mast in order to assure an equipotential union between metallic elements avoiding dangerous sparks between
the Lightning Protection System and the aerial mast, which can result in fire and damage to the structure.
Aplicaciones Tecnolgicas, S.A. supplies a specific Surge Protective Device for the aerial signal cable (ATFREQ Series. Please consult our Overvoltage
Protection catalogue), which will protect the connected equipment.
INSTALLATION
AT-060F is to be installed connecting the aerial mast to the closest grounded element of the Lightning Protection System. Its connecting clamp is suitable for
a wide range of conductors.
TECHNICAL DATASHEET
Lightning Impulse Current (10/350s wave): Ip (10/350) > 100kA
Nominal Discharge Current: In(8/20s) = 50kA
Protection Level at In (8/20s wave): Up < 4kV
Working Temperature: -55C to +85C
Dimensions: 32 x 40mm
Connections: Mast: holdfast for aerial of 30-50mm.
LPS: clamp for 8-10mm cable or 302mm / 25x3mm tape
Material: Polyurethane resin
Certificated tests according to: EN 50164
IEC61643
AT-060F Application AT-060F
Reference Dimensions (mm) Included Weight (gr)
AT-060F 50 x 50 x 230 Naval brass clamps for 8-10 mm round and/or 30 x 2 mm tape conductor 900
DOWN-CONDUCTORS
Accessories
LIGHTNING EVENT COUNTER 102
AT-001G
AT-000G
The AT-001G lightning event counter is a device to be inserted on the down-conductor, ahead of the guard
tube. It allows the automatic counting of the strikes received by the lightning protection system. It is very
robust and totally autonomous, but it is advisable to verify it periodically in order to check if there has been
a strike and, therefore, if the lightning protection system needs any special maintenance.
AT-000G is useful when no drill is allowed.
INSTALLATION
The counter installation is simple requiring the down-conductor to pass through the built-in hole in the
counter.
PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS
Register capacity 0 999999
Counting starting current 1 kA (8/20s)
Working temperature -25 70
Power supply No need, totally autonomous
No fungible elements
Direct display of registered data
AT-001G 176 x 80 x 57 Plug and screw M4 x 49 Polypropylene 0,5
AT-000G 250 x 185 x 50 - Galvanized steel 1,04
AT-000G, AT-001G and AT-053G Application
See table 103
The lightning counter has been successfully tested in official and independent laboratories. In these
tests, it has proved its effective operation, counting capacity and strength withstanding lightning currents
(100kA, 10/350s) without suffering any damage.
DOWN-CONDUCTORS
103 GUARD TUBE
Accessories
Anti vandal guard for round or tape down-conductors. In order to avoid the break of the cable by accidental impacts, it is necessary to install a guard tube, at
least 2 meter high, wherever the cable is accessible. AT-056G is recommended to avoid touch voltages in public buildings with low resistivity soil.
Conductor range
Included Material
Weight
(kg)
(mm) mm
2
Tape (mm)
AT-051G 27 x 2000 8 10 50 70 - Bonding clamps Galvanized steel 3
AT-050G 27 x 3000 8 10 50 70 - Bonding clamps Galvanized steel 5
AT-054G 27 x 2000 8 10 50 70 - Bonding clamps Stainless steel 2,3
AT-053G 27 x 3000 8 10 50 70 - Bonding clamps Stainless steel 3,5
AT-056G 26 x 2500 8 10 50 70 - Bonding clamps 3mm cross-linked polyethylene 0,7
AT-060G 40 x 14 x 2000 - - 30x2 30x3,5 Bonding clamps Galvanized steel 1
AT-055G 70 x 15 x 2000 8 10 50 70 30x2 30x3,5 Plug and screw Galvanized steel 3
AT-057G 40 x 30 x 1500 7 10 35 70 - Straight clamp and KS cable clip Galvanized steel 2,6
AT-060G
AT-056G
Meets with BS 1449-1, BS 970, AS 1397, UNE 21186, NFC 17102
AT-053G (SS),
AT-051G (GS)
AT-055G
AT-057G Application
See table 125
DOWN-CONDUCTORS
Accessories
EXPANSION UNIT 104
AT-012G
For thermal expansion of longer conductors. Suitable to install it each 20 m. To install in copper down-conductor system use a bimetallic clamp such as
AT-126F (Table 91)
AT-012G Application
AT-001F Application
AT-012G 400 x 100 x 8 Aluminium 80
BRIDGING BRAID 105
This flexible braid in cross is used for thermic length compensation. For installation at 20m intervals. AT-032G suitable to install in conjunction with AT-004E
(Table 54), and AT-033G suitable to install in conjunction with AT-000E (Table 54).
Reference Dimensions (mm) Included Material Weight (gr)
AT-032G 33 x 4,5 x 300 11 mm hole Tinned copper 530
AT-033G 33 x 4,5 x 300 11 mm hole Aluminium 230
AT-032G (Cu)
AT-033G(Al)
FLEXIBLE BRAID BOND 106
This flexible braid allows the equipotential connection between diverse metallic elements such as fences, doors and windows. 11 mm hole included.
Reference Dimensions (mm) Section (mm
2
) Material Weight (gr)
AT-001F 25 x 3,5 x 200 35 Tinned copper 80
AT-032J 25 x 3,5 x 400 35 Copper 150
AT-033J 33 x 4 x 180 50 Aluminium 30
AT-001F
See table 91
See table 89
AT-032G Application
DOWN-CONDUCTORS
Accessories
107 WATERTIGHT CONE
To prevent water penetrating sheet surfaces. Used with air rods and masts (6 - 50 mm).
AT-090B 115 x 115 x 60 Rubber 76
AT-014G 35 x 5 Rubber 2
AT-071F 100 x 40 x 3 Asphalt 35
AT-014G Application
AT-090B Application
AT-090B
AT-014G
108 COVER PLATE
109 ASPHALT STRIP
For fixing conductor to flat roof (fixing by heating).
Use in conjunction with any screw threaded conductor holder, to protect it from water in flat surfaces.
See table 3
AT-071F Application
DOWN-CONDUCTORS
Accessories
PUDDLE FLANGE 110
Suitable to pass the conductor through the roof.
Reference Dimensions (mm) Material Weight (Kg)
AT-015G 150 x 150 x 600 Copper 1,7
AT-016G 150 x 150 x 600 Aluminium 0,5
AT-015G(Cu)
AT-016G (Al)
HANGING GUY WIRE KIT 111
For installing guy wire which will hold the cable or round conductor over flat terraces to allow to pass people under. The cable is joined to the guy wire using
AT-046C. (See table 40).
Reference Included Weight (Kg)
AT-080G 12m of guy wire + 2 AT-042C + 4 AT-043C + 10 AT-046C (See table 40) 1
AT-080G Application
AT-015G Application
See table 40
See table 26
See table 26
See table 89
See table 89
Meets with BS 6651, BS 1432 C101, BS 2897
DOWN-CONDUCTORS
Accessories
112 WIRE STRAIGHTENER
For straightening round conductors made of different (medium-hard) materials.
AT-040G 5 straightening coils, with handles 300 x 200 x 150 Galvanized steel 6,2
AT-041G
For angling and straightening
round conductors
260 x 50 x 60 Steel 0,33
AT-040G
AT-031G AT-070F
AT-030G
AT-041G
113 ANTI-CORROSION SPRAY
This cold galvanizer spray protects all kind of metals from corrosion. Specially used to protect welding.
Reference Dimensions (mm) Weight (gr)
AT-023G 60 x 60 x 200 435
114 BIMETALLIC SHEET (CUPAL)
For avoiding galvanic coupling between conductors and structures of different nature.
AT-030G Copper inside /
Aluminium outside
8 x 60 Copper / Aluminium 4
AT-031G Copper outside /
Aluminium inside
8 x 60 Aluminium / Copper 3
AT-070F Strip 40 x 0,5 x 500 Copper / Aluminium 38
AT-023G
DOWN-CONDUCTORS
CONDUCTORS
115 BARE COPPER TAPE CONDUCTORS
Reference Nominal size (mm) Weight per meter (Kg)
AT-006D 12,5 x 1,5 0,2
AT-007D 12,5 x 3 0,3
AT-008D 20 x 1,5 0,25
AT-009D 20 x 3 0,32
AT-010D 25 x 1,5 0,35
AT-011D 25 x 3 0,7
AT-012D 25 x 4 0,9
AT-013D 25 x 6 1,35
AT-014D 30 x 2 0,5
AT-015D 30 x 3 0,8
AT-016D 30 x 4 1,1
AT-017D 30 x 5 1,4
AT-018D 38 x 3 1
AT-019D 38 x 5 1,7
AT-020D 38 x 6 1,8
AT-021D 40 x 3 1,1
AT-022D 40 x 4 1,4
AT-023D 40 x 5 1,8
AT-024D 40 x 6 2,2
AT-025D 50 x 3 1,4
AT-026D 50 x 4 1,8
AT-027D 50 x 5 2,2
AT-028D 50 x 6 2,75
AT-000D 12,5 x 1,5 0,2
AT-055D 25 x 3 0,7
AT-052D 30 x 2 0,5
AT-002D 25 x 6 1,3
AT-003D 31 x 3 0,8
AT-004D 38 x 5 1,7
AT-005D 50 x 6 2,7
Copper tape recommended for down-conductor and earthing in lightning protection systems.
Meets with IEC 62305, EN 50164, EN 13601, BS 7430, UNE 21186, NFC 17102, AS 1567
Meets with IEC 62305, EN 50164, EN 13601, BS 6746, UNE 21186, NFC 17102, AS 1567
AT-052D
AT-011D
116 TINNED COPPER TAPE CONDUCTORS
Tinned copper tape recommended for down-conductor and earthing in lightning protection systems.
CONDUCTORS
Meets with EN 50164, EN 13601, BS 6746, AS 1567
AT-030D
AT-042D
AT-139D
AT-144D
AT-140D
AT-145D
AT-141D
AT-146D
AT-142D AT-143D
AT-057D
Reference Nominal size (mm) PVC colour
Weight per
meter (Kg)
AT-029D 12,5 x 1,5 Black 0,2
AT-030D 25 x 3 Black 0,7
AT-139D 25 x 3 Grey 0,7
AT-140D 25 x 3 Green 0,7
AT-141D 25 x 3 Brown 0,7
AT-142D 25 x 3 Stone 0,7
AT-143D 25 x 3 White 0,7
AT-031D 25 x 6 Green 1,5
AT-032D 50 x 6 Green 3
Reference Nominal size (mm) PVC colour
Weight per
meter (Kg)
AT-040D 12,5 x 1,5 Black 0,1
AT-041D 20 x 3 Black 0,25
AT-042D 25 x 3 Black 0,32
AT-144D 25 x 3 Brown 0,32
AT-145D 25 x 3 Grey 0,32
AT-146D 25 x 3 Stone 0,32
AT-033D 12,5 x 1,5 0,05
AT-034D 20 x 3 0,18
AT-057D 25 x 3 0,22
AT-056D 30 x 3 0,27
AT-037D 25 x 6 0,41
AT-038D 40 x 6 0,69
AT-039D 50 x 6 0,85
PVC COVERED COPPER TAPE CONDUCTORS 117
ALUMINIUM TAPE CONDUCTORS 118
PVC COVERED ALUMINIUM TAPE CONDUCTORS 119
Copper tape covered with PVC sheath used to blend the down-conductor into the building.
Aluminium tape easier to install than copper tape but with lower conductivity. Not suitable for earth termination systems.
Aluminium tape covered with PVC sheath used to blend the down-conductor into the building.
Meets with IEC 62305, EN 50164, EN 13601, BS 2898, UNE 21186, NFC 17102
Meets with IEC 62305, EN 50164, EN 13601, BS 2898
CONDUCTORS
120 GALVANIZED STEEL TAPE CONDUCTORS
Galvanized steel tape has an acceptable resistance to corrosion in air, concrete and benign soil.
AT-131D
AT-130D 20 x 2,5 0,4
AT-131D 30 x 3,5 0,8
AT-132D 30 x 4 1
AT-133D 40 x 4 1,3
AT-134D 40 x 5 1,6
AT-135D 30 x 3,5 0,8
AT-043D 12 x 1 0,05
AT-044D 15 x 1,5 0,1
AT-045D 10 x 2 (Tinned) 0,1
AT-046D 16 x 2 (Tinned) 0,13
AT-047D 19 x 2,5 0,16
AT-048D 25 x 3,5 0,35
AT-049D 25 x 3,5 (Tinned) 0,35
AT-053D 30 x 3,5 (Tinned) 0,4
AT-051D 32 x 6 0,65
Reference Nominal size (mm) Weight (Kg)
AT-080D 25 x 3 x 3m 0,65
AT-081D 25 x 6 x 4m 1,35
AT-082D 38 x 6 x 4m 2
AT-083D 50 x 6 x 3m 2,7
AT-084D 50 x 6 x 3m (Tinned) 2,7
AT-085D 50 x 10 x 4m 4,5
AT-086D 75 x 6 x 4m 4
AT-087D 100 x 6 x 4m 5,4
121 STAINLESS STEEL TAPE CONDUCTORS
Stainless steel tape is strongly recommended in highly corrosive environments.
Meets with BS 4109, UNE 21186, NFC 17102
AT-135D
122 FLEXIBLE COPPER BRAID CONDUCTORS
AT-053D
123 HARD DRAWN COPPER BARS
Hard drawn copper bar suitable for a rigid connection.
Meets with BS 2874
AT-083D
CONDUCTORS
Copper braid tape recommended when there is movement between the objects connected equipotentially.
STRANDED ELECTROLYTIC COPPER CABLE 124
Stranded cable easier to install than solid round conductor.
AT-050D
AT-114D
Reference Nominal size (mm
2
) Stranding (mm) Weight per meter (Kg)
AT-035D 35 7 x 2,5 0,4
AT-050D 50 19 x 1,8 0,47
AT-070D 70 19 x 2,2 0,65
AT-095D 95 19 x 2,5 0,85
AT-120D 120 37 x 2 1,1
AT-150D 150 37 x 2,3 1,34
Reference Nominal size (mm) Material Weight per meter (Kg)
AT-058D 8 Copper 0,45
AT-110D 8 Aluminium alloy (AlMgSi) semi-hard 0,14
AT-138D 8 Aluminium alloy (AlMgSi) soft 0,14
AT-125D 10 Aluminium 0,15
AT-060D 8 Galvanized steel 0,4
AT-128D 8 Stainless steel 0,4
AT-129D 10 Stainless steel 0,6
2
) Stranding (mm) Weight per meter (Kg)
AT-113D 35 7 x 2,5 0,4
AT-114D 50 19 x 1,8 0,55
AT-115D 70 19 x 2,2 0,75
AT-116D 95 19 x 2,5 1
AT-117D 120 37 x 2 1,2
AT-118D 150 37 x 2,3 1,55
BARE SOLID ROUND 125
Solid round conductor more suitable for high corrosion environment.
AT-058D (Cu)
AT-138D (Al)
AT-060D (GS)
AT-128D (SS)
Meets with IEC 62305, EN 50164, EN 13601, BS 7430, BS 2898
UNE 21186, NFC 17102, AS 1567, AS 1866
PVC INSULATED STRANDED COPPER CABLE 126
Stranded electrolytic copper cable covered with PVC sheath used as an internal earth conductor.
CONDUCTORS
127 PVC COVERED SOLID ROUND
Solid round conductor covered with black PVC sheath used to blend the down-conductor into the building.
Reference Nominal size (mm) Material Weight per meter (Kg)
AT-123D 8 Copper 0,5
AT-124D 8 Aluminium 0,15
2
) Screw size Weight (gr)
AT-015K 16 M6 10
AT-016K 16 M8 10
AT-017K 25 M8 10
AT-018K 25 M10 10
AT-019K 35 M8 10
AT-020K 35 M10 10
AT-021K 50 M12 20
AT-022K 70 M10 40
AT-023K 70 M12 40
AT-024K 95 M12 60
AT-025K 95 M14 60
AT-026K 95 M16 60
AT-027K 120 M14 60
AT-028K 120 M16 60
AT-029K 150 M14 90
AT-030K 150 M16 90
AT-031K 185 M16 110
AT-032K 240 M16 140
AT-123D (Cu)
AT-124D (Al)
AT-126D (GS)
Meets with IEC 62305, EN 50164, EN 13601, BS 2898, AS 1567, AS 1866
128 TIN-PLATED COPPER COMPRESSION TERMINALS
Copper compression terminals to correctly connect cable with screw-nut connections.
AT-021K
CONDUCTORS
INTERNAL PROTECTION SYSTEMS

INTERNAL PROTECTION 82
Overvoltages are an increase of voltage on the electric line, measure
between two conductors, which can produce damage on the installations
and the electric equipments.
There are two different types: transient and permanent.
Permanent or power frequency overvoltages are characterized by
relatively long duration (several cycles) There are usually caused by:
Transient overvoltages are very short duration increases in voltage
between two conductors or between a conductor and the ground. They
can be on account of atmospheric electrical discharges (lightning), by
switching or by electrical faults (contact with earth or short circuit).
Defect connection of the neutral.
Power consumption lowered.
Types of overvoltages
Lightning
overvoltages
Commutation
surge
Occasional
overvoltages
Although transient overvoltages have existed since the creation of
electrical networks, the need for protection is nowadays much greater.
This is due to advanced technology making electrical components ever
smaller and more sensitive to electromagnetic disturbances.
OVERVOLTAGES AND ITS DAMAGES
Electronics valves.
Large and resistant. The majority can withstand
overvoltages without suffering irreparable damages.
First transistors.
More sensitive but with a good insulation.
Integrated circuits.
Made up of a large quantity of transistors and work
with every low currents and voltajes.
SMD components.
Their small size, proximity of components and lines
which join them, makes them very susceptible
to overvoltages.
ELECTRONICS COMPONENTS:
FROM VALVES TO NANOTECHNOLOGY
The evolution of electronic systems and components together with an
increase in their usage, has resulted in the last decade in a spectacular
increase of economic damages caused by overvoltages. This is primarily
because the voltage peak goes through smaller and more sensitive elements.
The effect of conducted or induced currents due to atmospheric discharges
either from distant strikes, lightning between clouds or by the switching
operation of heavy machines (which cause overvoltages similar to those
produced by lightning strikes), can cause devastating damages on electronic
equipment and electrical installations.
Atmospheric discharges produce voltage peaks at the signal, very high but
also with a very short duration. Currents associated with a direct lightning
strike can reach values over 100kA, thus even its secondary effects bring
currents that are able to cause important damages to the lines and equipment
connected to them.
Most electrical lines are equipped with security measures to avoid short-
circuits and electrical shocks to people. Almost every electric board contains
protectors such as automatic circuit breakers and RCCB. However, they
cannot avoid the consequences of transient overvoltages, since their
reaction is much slower than the voltage peak that appears.
A special example is that of UPS (Uninterrupted Power Supply). These
elements assure the power supply of the equipments connected to it even
when there is a cut in the electricity supply. Most of these equipments also
have a voltage filter that enables a stable power supply within 15% variation.
However, they can suffer serious damages when subjected to transient
overvoltages, because they are sophisticated equipment with microprocessor
technology and very sensitive to overvoltages.
Surge Protective Devices complement the mentioned protections. They
do not activate with small deformations in the signal or network overloads.
However, they respond in nanoseconds to voltage peaks and they are able
to drive lightning current (main or secondary) to earth, safeguarding the
connected equipment.
Caused damages
The most typical transient overvoltages are owing to
the operation of powerful machines. However, the most
destructive are because of atmospheric discharges.
Surge effects range from simple brief work interruptions
to the total destruction of sensitive equipment.
Disturbance
Interruption of system operation, data loss and
corruption, unexplainable computer failures, etc
Degrading
Transient overvoltages degrade, without user notice,
electronic components and circuits, reducing equipment
life and increasing the possibility of failures.
CONSEQUENCES OF OVERVOLTAGES
Damages
Severe transient overvoltages can damage
components, circuit boards and can even burn
or destroy the equipment as well as producing
the start of a fire.
They mainly affect electronic, computer and
telecommunications systems.
They might cause explosion on classified zones.
All these effects imply the interruption in the
normal working condition of computers and
thus results in economic losses due to delays in
productivity.
More importantly, these effects can carry risks to
people that must be avoided at all cost according
to the Health and Safety Laws.
CAUSES OF OVERVOLTAGES AND
MECHANISMS OF PROPAGATION
Depending on their nature,
there are two categories of surges:
Surges due
to lightning strikes
Thunderstorms are very common and dangerous. It is estimated that on our
planet, 2000 storms and 100 lightning strikes take place simultaneously on
earth every second. This represents 4000 storms and 9 million flashes every
day.
When lightning strikes, it causes a current impulse that can reach tens
of thousands of amperes. This discharge produces an overvoltage in
the electrical lines and can cause fires, damages to equipment and even
casualties.
Switching overvoltages
These surges are generated in electrical lines, mainly due to the following
two reasons:
Electrical switching of large machinery:
Electrical motors are very inductive loads whose connection and
disconnection can cause surges. There are other processes capable of
producing surges, like the turning on/off of a welding arch and the connection
and disconnection of power electronic devices.
Operation and fault in power supply network:
In the case of short circuit at any point in the network, the circuit breakers will
respond by opening and the following auto-reclosing in the case of it being
a temporary fault. Such faults can generate surges typical in the connection
of inductive loads.
Overvoltage Intensity
Conducted
Overvoltages
Up to tens of kV
Long distance impact: up to 1kA, Close impacts:
up to some kA, Direct impacts: up to tens of k
Induced
Overvoltages
Up to some kV between conductors which are not ground
Up to tens of kV between ground and conductor
Can reach some kA
Can reach tens of kA
Capacitive overvoltages
Up to some kV between conductors which are not ground
Up to some kV between ground and conductor
Can reach some kA
MECHANISMS OF PROPAGATION
The prevailing mechanism of switching overvoltages is conduction, because it starts in the very power supply networks. It is in atmospheric discharges where
all kinds of different propagation methods can be observed.
Therefore, we can differentiate between the following methods:
Conducted overvoltages
Lightning can strike aerial lines directly. Surges then propagate and reach the
user, finally diverting to ground through the equipment, provoking failures.
A common mistake is to think that hitting discharges in power distribution
lines (Medium Voltage) do not reach those of Low Voltage because of the
galvanic insulation provided by the existing transformer. However, this is not
true due to the fact that the before mentioned insulation is effective for nominal
frequencies in the network, while for the wave forms associated with lightning,
the transformer produces little attenuation.
Induced overvoltages
The electromagnetic field produced by electric discharges induces transient
current in nearby conductors, entering then the structures and harming the
equipment.
Capacitive overvoltage
There always exists a capacitive coupling, also called stray capacity, between
every pair of conductors. Overvoltages due to capacitive coupling become
more important as the voltage waveform velocity increases.
Overvoltage due to voltage raises at the grounding
This mechanism is a special form of conducted overvoltages (described
before) but due to its elevated incidence, it deserves a special mention.
When lightning disperses in the earth, lightning current can raise the ground
voltage around the impact point several thousands of volts by the passing
current.
Any object on the affected ground will acquire the associated voltage during
that time, which can produce a dangerous voltage difference to other points
on the installation. Take special attention to buried metallic objects such as
piping and earth terminals.
The above table represents each mechanism, its transmission value typical for each corresponding overvoltage and its associated current.
Causes of overvoltages
and mechanisms of propagation
Conducted
overvoltages due to
direct lightning strike
Conducted
overvoltages due to
indirect lightning discharge
Overvoltages
due to voltage
raises at the grounding
Induced overvoltages
Switching
overvoltages
Discharges in building elements
(corners, chimneys, weather vanes)
whi ch pr opagat e t hr ough t he
electrical installation of the building
Discharges on antennas that are
propagated through their cables
Discharges on airlines and telephone
lines.
Discharges in wind generators
Inductions in aerial power supply and
telephone lines
Inducti ons in power supply and
computer lines inside buildings
Direct discharges in objects near
buildings (trees, metal gates, lamp
posts).
Direct discharges to ground.
Discharges near underground power
supply and data lines that connect to
equipment in different buildings
Switching in power supply
Switching in heavy machines.
Conductive and inductive
surges enter the building,
damaging electric and
electronic equipment and
can even cause fires and
personal injuries.
HOW DO OVERVOLTAGES ENTER THE EQUIPMENT?
Power supply, telephone, TV or data lines often cover long distances and
are connected to very sensitive equipment. This condition makes the line
especially receptive to overvoltages, which then will be transmitted by
conduction to the connected equipment.
It is convenient to pay special attention to aerial lines that connect sensitive
equipment even in protected environments, as it is probable that dangerous
voltages can be induced. It is also important to take into account that lightning
and power switching generate high magnitude electromagnetic fields thus
inducing currents in the conductors placed inside this field. Even lightning
strikes from cloud to cloud can cause damages in electrical installations.
In general, it is convenient to install surge protection
at any line entering or leaving a building that connects
or could connect in the future sensitive equipment.
Finally, lightning effects can enter through the earthing network, changing the
reference of voltage of all the equipment connected to it or to the electrical
power supply line itself. The most susceptible equipments in this case are
those that have the voltages of its elements referenced to two different
grounds.
In this case, it is recommended to link all the grounds, including those of the
lightning protection system in order to avoid overvoltages and larger flowing
currents.
In addition, when there are several buildings in the same complex, the risk will
usually increase due to connections.
OVERVOLTAGES RISK ASSESSMENT
World isoceraunic map
Ng
BT
U
MT
In order to design an accurate Surge Protection
System, you will first need to know the overvoltage
risk in the area (L) and the probability of a surge
reaches equipment by a surge through the line (E).
The calculation of these two-risk indexes (L and E)
is based on the guidelines: ITC-BT-23 of RBT and
on the UNE 21186:1996 standard.
Risk in the area to be protected (L):
L = N
g * (1+BT+MT+U)
Lightning strikes density: lightning flashes per square (km
2
). Calculated using the local keraunic level Nk (Ng = 0,02 * Nk
1,67
), shown on the isoceraunic
maps
Index related to the length in meters of the low voltage aerial line, which provides the power supply to the installation.
Parameter showing the line input position with regard to its environment
BT = 0 BT = 0,25 BT = 0,5 BT = 0,75 BT = 1
Underground 1 a 150 m 150 a 300 m 300 a 500 m > 500 m
MT = 0 MT = 1
Underground medium voltage line Medium voltage aerial line
Parameter showing the location of the medium voltage line
U = 0 U = 0,5 U = 0,75 U = 1
Input line close to trees or high(er)
structures
Input line surrounded by lower
structures
Isolated input line
Isolated input line
on a hill or mound
E = 8, 9 10 ATCOVER (pag 160) ATSUB65 (pag 124)
ATSHIELD (pag 120)
+ATCOVER* (pag 160)
ATSHOCK (pag 112)
+ATCOVER* (pag 160)
E = 6 7 ATCOVER (pag 160) ATSUB65 (pag 124)
ATSHIELD (pag 120)
+ATSUB40* (pag 124)
ATSHOCK (pag 112)
+ATSUB40* (pag 124)
E < 5 ATCOVER (pag 160) ATSUB65 (pag 124) ATSHIELD (pag 120) ATSHOCK (pag 112)
Risk of connected equipment (E):
E = S+V+C
Sensitivity of the equipment according to the ITC-BT-23 of code RBT
Economic cost of the equipment
Continuity of service
S
V
C
S = 1 S = 2 S = 3 S = 4
Category IV. Equipment connected
to the origin of the installation.
Category III. Strong industrial
equipment.
Eg: Motors, Pumps, Compressors
Category II.
Less strong industrial equipment.
Eg: Electrical appliances, Lighting,
CNC
Category I. Electronically sensitive
equipment. Eg: computers, PLCs,
adjustable frequency drives
With these two indexes, E and L, and the table, you can made a quick choice in order to determine the SPDs required for the power supply side protection of
the equipment. Please note that for a complete protection, you should also protect telephone and data lines.
* Protector for distribution boards
L = 1 L = 2 L = 3 L = 4
E = 8, 9 10 ATCOVER (pag 160) ATSUB65 (pag 124)
ATSHIELD (pag 120)
+ATCOVER* (pag 160)
ATSHOCK (pag 112)
+ATCOVER* (pag 160)
E = 6 7 ATCOVER (pag 160) ATSUB65 (pag 124)
ATSHIELD (pag 120)
+ATSUB40* (pag 124)
ATSHOCK (pag 112)
+ATSUB40* (pag 124)
E < 5 ATCOVER (pag 160) ATSUB65 (pag 124) ATSHIELD (pag 120) ATSHOCK (pag 112)
C = 1 C = 2 C = 3
No need for service continuity Requirement of service continuity
Important economic consequences due to an
interruption of service
V = 1 V = 2 V = 3
Low cost (<1.500) Medium cost (1.500 a 15.000 ) Expensive (>15.000)
SURGE PROTECTION SYSTEM
DESIGN GUIDE
The aim of a surge or an overvoltage protection
system is to assure the continuity of electrical power
supply and minimise to an acceptable level for
people and equipment any possible damages due to
incoming transient surges.
The most important feature of surge arresters is its
rapid response time.
Transient overvoltages could easily reach several kilovolts
in a few microseconds. During this raise time, while the
protector has not reacted, this increasing voltage reaches
the connected equipment. Generally, the response time
of the arresters varies between 20 and 100 nanoseconds.

Surge arresters can be installed in series or parallel,
but in all cases they must remain inactive under normal
conditions. Once the overvoltage starts, the protector
will start working, leading the lightning current to ground.
Momentary interruptions should not be made, that is to
say, the final user should not notice the SPD action.
Sustained interruptions are not allowed: when the
overvoltage has been absorbed, the protector should
return to its inactive state without affecting the normal
working of the line.
In those cases where the components of the protector have
suffered a bigger overvoltage than they can withstand, the
failure mode will be open circuit thus avoiding a line short-
circuit. Most of protectors are provided with a visual or
remote warning which activates when the protector should
be replaced.
No protector nowadays is able to both absorb high
currents and leave harmless residual voltage passes
through. Therefore a set of devices are required in order
to achieve a good balance between current and voltage,
minimising any further damages on the equipment. From
the user point of view, this is the most important fact: the
residual voltage should not represent a threat.
REGULATIONS
The regulations of series 61643 of the International Electrotechnical
Committee (IEC) define the requirements and implementation of surge
protectors. These regulations have already been adopted as European
standards (EN), and translated as Spanish standards (UNE). There are
other related regulations, being the most important one being the Lightning
Protection Systems Regulation including its electromagnetic effects.
Regulations for the installation of electrical boards should always be fulfilled.
The tests carried out on the SPDs are principally based on regulation IEC
61643, although APLICACIONES TECNOLOGICAS products also comply
with the requirements of UL1449.
Lets say that UL 1449 is a security regulation. It is not a regulation on the
working condition of the SPD, it does not test the current and voltage values
stated on the protector, however, it does test its safety.
On the other hand, IEC 61643 certifies both security and working conditions.
APLICACIONES TECNOLOGICAS, S.A. has tested all
its SPDs in ofcial and independent laboratories
successfully achieving all values described
in their technical sheets and labels.
According to this regulation, SPDs can be classified into three types
depending on what they are used for. 1) If they are supposed to withstand
direct lightning strikes, 2) secondary effects or 3) attenuated overvoltages.
According to the class established, the manufacturer provides a piece of
information which characterises the device and determines the type of test
to be carried out.
Although there is no settled value defined by the regulations for each class,
any stated value on the label and on its technical datasheet must be tested
and proved on laboratories according regulations.
Information to be provided by the manufacturer for each type of protection.
I
imp (with wave
10/350s)
I
n (with wave 8/20s) Imax (with wave 8/20s)
Ignition voltage (with
wave 1.2/50s)
U
OC Open circuit voltage
(with combined wave
1.2/50s;8/20s)
Type 1 x x x
Type 2 x x x
Type 3 x
TESTS CARRIED OUT. SERIES IEC 61643
Classification according to type of impulse test:
Standard impulse current tests:
a) Direct lightning strike test, modelled on wave form 10/350s in order to
determine Iimp.
b) Secondary lightning effects test and switching elements, with wave
8/20s in order to determine Imax. Due to the different make up of the
wave form tested, the tests with Iimp have a much higher energy than the
tests with I
max and In.
During the tests, the SPDs are submitted to repeated current and voltage
impulses, measuring the residual voltage. The established Level of Protection
(Up) cannot be surpassed in any test. Residual voltage does not always
increase with the current value: some critical values may exist for currents
lower than the maximal. Therefore it is very important to apply stepped current
impulses, over and below the nominal current, in order to assure the highest
voltage the protector may let through. Thermal and mechanical tests are also
performed.
Impulse current waves applied to he
protectors against overvoltages in
order to check its characteristics. The
area of each curve in this graph shows
the specific energy applied.
Wave 8/20s
Wave 10/350s
I (kA)
t (s)
OTHER APPLICABLE STANDARDS
There are other regulations to take into account when designing and installing SPDs. Furthermore, these protectors are part of the internal protection
described in the following lightning protection standard:
Standard UNE 21186 and NFC 17102, Protection of structures and of open areas against lightning using early streamer emission air terminals.
Standard IEC 62305 Lightning protection using conventional systems (meshed conductors and air terminals).
Other standards:
Typically, in every country there are codes that may be related to overvoltage protection, such as:
National Electric Code.
National Construction Code.
Its highly advisable to check carefully if there are surge protection requirements within national obligatory standards.
Other laws and codes may also apply to overvoltage protection. Typical cases are:
Requirements for protection of flammable and explosive areas
Work health and safety codes
Particular requirements for other high risk structures and areas, such as hospitals, campsites, dangerous industries, etc.
In National Electric Codes typical cases from REBT GUIDE-BT-23 are:
Total or partial low voltage supply lines when the installation includes air lines.
Risk of failure affecting human life. Ex: Security services, emergency centres, medical equipment and hospitals.
Risk of failure affecting animal life. Ex: Aqua farms,
Risk of failure affecting public services. Ex: Telecommunication systems, informatics centres.
Risk of failure affecting industrial or agricultural processes and operations which cannot be interrupted. Ex: Industries with ovens or general industrial
processes which are continuous.
Risk of failure affecting the structures and equipments from the local public establishments which have security services or non autonomous emergency
illuminating systems.
Installations on buildings with external protection systems against lightning such as: Lightning conductors, Franklin rods, Faraday cages, installed on
the same building in an area lower than 50 meters.
SPD SELECTION
To protect any equipment correctly, it is necessary to know in detail all its characteristics.
The most important parameters to take into account are:
A Where the area to be protected is located
B Maximum residual voltage allowed
C Additional parameters of the line
A-ZONE OF PROTECTION
ZONE CHARACTERISTICS SURGES
LZP 0A External zone, exposed to direct lightning strikes.
Full lightning current and
unattenuated electric field.
LZP 0B
External zone but within the LPS protection area
and, therefore, protected against direct strikes.
Part of the lightning current and
unattenuated electric fields.
LZP 1
Internal zone, where surges are limited
by current spreading, up-stream SPDs
and sometimes by screening.
Low currents and attenuated electric fields.
LZP 2n
Internal zones with more limited surges
thanks to current spreading
screening and up-stream SPDs
Minimum currents and very
attenuated electric fields.
Lightning protection standards, as IEC 62305, define Lightning Protection
Zones (LPZ) depending on the electromagnetic characteristics of each area
around and inside the structure to be protected. For each of these zones, the
damage that surges can cause is different, and therefore equipment should
be protected according to this risk.
Surge Protective Devices are installed in the transitions between zones.
A good coordination between them is very important: they should act in
coordinated stages and be able to withstand lightning currents letting residual
voltages that are harmless to the equipment.
Regulations describe three different types of SPD according to the area where
they are located:
Type 1 Protector:
Type 1 SPD should be tested with 10/350s lightning impulse wave, simulating
the effects of direct lightning discharges.
They have to be installed where lightning currents and electromagnetic effects
are unattenuated.
Type 2 Protector:
Type 2 SPD should be tested with 8/20s current impulse wave, simulating
lightning secondary effects.
They have to be installed where lightning currents and electromagnetic effects
are already attenuated.
Type 3 Protector:
Type 3 SPD should be tested with combination impulse wave but with low
values, simulating much attenuated overvoltages. Normally they are installed
near the equipment and have low residual voltages.
One method of reducing electromagnetic fields is the shielding
of structures, rooms and/or equipment. In case of buildings, the
equipotential bonding of metallic objects achieves disturbance
reductions. If this interconnection is carried out during the construction
of the building, then later protection is more effective and less costly.
In any case, all the lines entering or leaving a zone should be protected
with the proper device in order to avoid surges.

Example of the division by zones in an office building:
ELPS*
*External Lightning Protection System
B-PERMITTED RESIDUAL VOLTAGE
LZP 0
B
ZPR 1
LZP 2 LZP 3
SEPCR*
LZP 0
A
However, there are more robust equipments or with internal protections which
dont need especially low residual voltage, whilst other equipments can be
very sensitive hence demanding very low residual voltage. SPDs in this last
case must be installed near the equipment. In order to select an adequate
protector, the characteristics of each connected equipment should be taken
into account.
An important feature of SPDs is its residual voltage. If it is low,
the protected equipment will suffer less damage when surges
reach high levels, even if they are capable of supporting them.
TYPE PROTECTOR 1
LZP0 LZP1 LZP2
TYPE PROTECTOR 2 TYPE PROTECTOR 3
4kV
kV
kV
3kV
2kV
1kV
Category 4 equipment
according to REBT ITC-BT-23
Type 1
protector
ej. ATSHOCK
Type 2
protector
ej. ATSUB
Type 3
protector
ej. ATCOVER
Residual voltage which should be
able to support the equipment
Residual voltage which the
protectors leave against overvoltages
Example of protection against overvoltages for power
supply lines taking into account the
5
6
C-ADDITIONAL PARAMETERS OF THE LINE
To finalise the details of the protection, it is convenient and in some cases,
essential to know the characteristics of the line to be protected, such as the
following:
Maximum working voltage, to make sure the SPD activates at an
acceptable voltage level to the user.
Type of voltage: alternate, continuous, impulse, etc.
Working current of the line, absolutely essential if an element is inserted
in series.
Supply system TN, TT, IT (in power supply lines) to protect the adequate
lines.
Characteristics of the connections.
It is imperative that the protector doesnt affect the working condition
of the line and doesnt produce significant losses of signal.
SPD COORDINATION
Once the requirements of the protection have been defined, it will probably
be the case that one commercial device does not meet the demanded
requirements of discharge intensity and residual voltage. For this reason, the
installation and coordination of several devices is required.
In general, the higher the current withstanding capacity is, the higher the
residual voltage and therefore its level of protection reaches
if I
max - Up
Therefore, a proper protection requires coordinated SPDs, with several
protection stages acting sequentially and being able, on one side, of
withstanding all the lightning current and, on another side, of letting a residual
voltage harmless for the existing or future installed equipment.
If SPDs are connected to the same electric point, without any impedance
separating them, then the fastest one will withstand the whole surge while
the toughest SPD has no time to activate, If the overvoltage is very large, the
SPD could be destroyed or damaged. Even if the surge would not harm the
SPD, there is no sense in installing a robust protector, with a huge current
withstanding capability, if it never acts.
For two SPDs to be correctly coordinated, the length of the cable between
them should be at least 10 meters. If this is not possible (for example, if both
were in the same electric board), a decoupling inductor should be installed
between them.
Aplicaciones Tecnolgicas, S.A. supplies complete cabinets where all
stages are already installed and coordinated by a decoupling inductor,
suitable for those installations where separation by cable is not
achievable.
SPD SELECTION
1 Note the line characteristics in order to find out the maximum working voltage and current in continuous and/or alternate in each conductor.
Select the SPDs providing:
U
c > maximum working voltage of the line
Current that can reach the SPD Type of SPD
2 Select the SPD type and its maximum current
depending on the effects it should withstand:
Direct lightning current: Type 1
Lightning secondary effects: Type 2
Attenuated surges: Type 3
Equipment to be protected Residual Voltage (1.2/50s)
3 Select the SPD residual voltage according to
the equipment to be protected. For example,
for power supply lines it is recommended:
Very robust equipment (large
motors, air conditioning, ):
< 4kV
Non-sensitive or internally protected equipment:
< 1,5kV
Very sensitive or non-protected equipment
against electromagnetic disturbances:
< 1kV
0
PROTECTION STAGES
Usually, the first protection is a spark gap. Spark gaps typically remain
completely open, with no flowing current, while signal is normal. Each one
has its characteristic breakdown voltage (although it varies slightly with the
wave form). When this voltage is surpassed, then the component becomes
short-circuited, driving all the current to ground. When the high level voltage
disappears, these components return to inactive status, that is, to be an open
circuit.
The element forming the second protection, tighter than the first one, is
usually a varistor. Varistors are variable resistances. Their impedance is
very high when voltage is normal, and it lowers in a non-linear way when
voltage increases. In general, they are faster than gas discharge tubes but
their disadvantage is that, while voltage is normal, their impedance is very
high but still produces current leakage.
The third protection barrier is normally Transient Voltage Suppressor Diodes,
very fast elements, capable of letting very low residual voltages but unable to
withstand currents over several amperes.
Reduction of transient overvoltages by means of a stepped protection.
Many SPDs are formed by the combination of these elements or by several
of them coordinated in a single device. Decoupling elements are normally
resistances or inductors with very low impedances because, being in series
with the line, the current flows through them continuously. If impedances were
high, they would cause unnecessary losses and consumptions.
Normally the problem of electrical consumptions is worse in power supply
lines, where flowing current is of amperes. For data lines, the current flowing is
of miliamperes, hence the consumption is not important. However, the working
voltages of electronic components are usually very low thus a significative
voltage drop at the decoupling impedance must be avoided, since it could
cause disturbances in data transmissions.
For power supply lines, different combinations of ATSHOCK, ATSUB and
ATCOVER have been tested, using ATLINK devices as decoupling inductors,
verifying their coordination and proper working even with lightning impulse
waves (100kA, 10/350s).
Concerning SPDs for telephone, data lines, etc., our protectors internally
coordinate several protection stages.
ATBARRIER, Combined protectors
Aplicaciones Tecnolgicas, S.A. Surge
Protective Devices have been tested not
only individually but also in coordination
with other protectors of different stages.
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
kV
600
500
400
300
200
100
V
600
500
400
300
200
100
0
V
600
500
400
300
200
100
0
V
0 1 2 s 0 1 2 s 0 1 2 s 0 20 40 60 S
COORDINATION IMPEDANCE:
DECOUPLING CONDUCTOR OR MORE THAN 10
METERS OF CABLE
EQUIPMENT PROTECTED
TYPE 1
PROTECTOR
TYPE 2
PROTECTOR
TYPE 3
PROTECTOR
(4)
Line
protections 3xATLINK (3)
Fuses (2)
3xATSHOCK L 3xATSUB
L1
L2
L3
TN-C SYSTEM
Line
protections
L1
L2
L3
4xATLINK (3)
Fuses (2)
3xATSHOCK L
ATSHOCK
N
1xATSUB N
3xATSUB (1)
3xATSUB
TN-S SYSTEM
L1
L2
L3
Line
protections 4xATLINK (3)
Fuses (2)
3xATSHOCK L 3xATSUB
ATSHOCK N 1xATSUB N
CPN
T
N
T
N
TT SYSTEM
L1
L2
L3
3xATLINK (3)
Fuses (2)
ATSHOCK L
ATSHOCK N ATSUB N
3xATSUB
Line
protections
IT SYSTEM
TN SYSTEM
TN systems have one point of the supply, generally the neutral, directly connected to earth. The
exposed-conductive-part of receivers installations is connected to that point by protective conductors.
There are several TN distribution systems depending on the relative arrangement of the neutral
conductor and the protective earth (PE) conductor.
When the protective earth (PE) and the neutral are combined in the same conductor along the whole
system (TN-C systems) then surge protection is complete just by installing SPDs between each phase
and the mentioned common neutral/earth conductor. However, if neutral and earth are two different
conductors (TN-S systems), then SPDs should be installed between phase or neutral and earth.
TT SYSTEM
TT Systems have one point of the supply, generally the neutral, directly connected to earth. The
exposed-conductive-part of receivers installations is connected to a separate ground.
In order to protect these systems against transient overvoltages, it is necessary to place at least some
SPDs between each phase and neutral, and between neutral and ground.
IT SYSTEM
IT Systems have no direct connection between one point of the supply and the ground, but the
exposed-conductive-part of receivers installations is directly connected to ground.
In this type of systems, the neutral is not recommended to be distributed. However, surge protection
needs a common point where the earth terminals of the SPDs must be connected, and this common
point will be connected to earth through a SPD for neutral (ATSHOCK-N, ATSUB-N).
The three ATSUB that are installed between phases and neutral at TN-S systems are recommendable, although the lines are also protected
without them.
Specified fuses for each SPD should be used in cases where the same or lower protection is not provided in the upstream power supply.
ATLINK devices are not necessary if there are at least 10 meters cable between the protectors.
For an efficient protection, it is convenient that all the earthing systems of the structure are bonded together.
OTHER COMBINATIONS
NOTES
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
All ATSUB, including ATSUB N, can be substituted by a single ATCOVER400T.
ATSHOCK can be substituted by ATSHIELD or ATSUB60, although then the withstood current will be lower.
If only the first stage protection is installed, then the residual voltage would be too high, possibly damaging the equipment.
Single protection (ATSUB or ATCOVER) can be installed if lightning currents reaching the installation are not expected to be higher than
those the SPD can withstand, and also if no transients are expected to be generated indoor.
Further protection stages may be installed, where the surge will arrive more attenuated. They should be able to reduce transient overvoltages
to very low levels (for example, ATCOVER series).
POWER SUPPLY SYSTEMS

Supply systems are characterized by
their connections, on one side, with
the distribution or supply grounding
network and, on the other side, the
receiver installation ground.
Power supply networks are built following different wiring systems, defined in Low Voltage codes. It
is necessary to know this data of the line to be protected in order to determine the surge protection
installation. Systems are named using a letter code indicating the situation of the supply with
respect to the earthing (T indicates direct connection, I means isolation, N connection to neutral).
The main supply systems are the following:
TECHNICAL GLOSSARY
10/350s current impulse
Current impulse, 10s of front time and 350s to half-time value. Thus the direct
effects of the lightning strike are simulated.
8/20s current impulse
Current impulse, 8s of front time and 20s to half-time value. Thus the
secondary effects of the lightning strike are simulated.
1,2/50 voltage impulse
A voltage impulse with a virtual front time (from 10% to 90% of the peak value) of
1,2s and a time to half-value of 50s.
Backup overcurrent protection
An overcurrent device (fuse or circuit breaker), which is a part of the electrical
installation, located up-stream the SPD to avoid overheating and destruction if
SPD is not able to interrupt the sustained short-circuit current.
Combination type SPD
An SPD that incorporates both voltage switching type components and voltage
limiting type components. May exhibit voltage switching behaviour, voltage
limiting behaviour or a combination of both depending on the characteristics of
the applied voltage.
Follow current I
f
Current supplied by the electrical power system and flowing through the SPD
after a discharge current impulse; it is expressed in kARMS.
Follow up current extinguishing capability
When Spark Gaps or Gas Discharge Tubes ignite, there is a dielectric breakdown,
an ignition arc and the resulting short circuit between the two protected
conductors. When working voltage conditions return, the referred short circuit
and the arc must disappear. The follow up current extinguishing capability refers
to the current that the SPD is capable of extinguishing by itself in order to come
back to working isolation conditions.
Impulse current (I
imp) for type 1
Maximum peak value of a 10/350s current wave with a determined charge and
energy, applied to the protector which diverts it to ground safely.
Insertion loss
At a given frequency, the insertion loss of a connected SPD is defined as the ratio
of voltages appearing across the mains immediately beyond the point of insertion
before and after the insertion of the SPD. This result is expressed in decibels (dB).
Level of protection (U
p)
Parameter that characterises the performance of the SPD in limiting the voltage
across its terminals and that is chosen from a chart of values. This value, in volts,
should not be surpassed by any of the residual voltage values measured during
the tests, including current impulses and 1,2/50s voltage tests.
Maximum continuous operating voltage (U
c)
Maximum DC or rms voltage that can be continuously applied to the SPD.
Maximum discharge current (I
max) for type 2 test
Maximum peak value with wave 8/20s which has been applied to the protector,
which has been diverted in a safe way to ground.
Methods of protection
An SPD can be connected Line to Ground (common), Line to Neutral (differential),
or a combination of them all. These paths are referred as methods of protection.
Nominal working current (I
L)
RMS value of the flowing current in a line under working conditions in order to
have a proper SPD working.
Nominal discharge current (I
n) (8/20)
Peak value of a 8/20 s current wave that the SPD can withstand several times.
Nominal voltage (U
n)
It is the DC or rms AC voltage of the line under normal conditions so that the SPD
works correctly.
Response time (t
r)
Parameter that characterizes the rapidity of the SPD activation. It can vary with
different slopes of the applied waveshape, although in general the response time
for the varistor is considered to be 25ns, while spark gap is 100ns.
Sparkover voltage of a voltage switching SPD
Maximum voltage value before disruptive discharge between the electrodes of
the gap of a SPD (empty space between terminals).
SPD disconnector
A device which will disconnect the SPD from the system in the event of failure. It
is used to avoid a sustained fault in the system and to give a visible indication of
the protectors fault. Some SPDs are fitted with floating changeover contact for
remote signalling.
Specifc energy W/R for Type 1 Test
The energy dissipated by the impulse current Iimp in a unit resistance.
This is equal to the power integral between the equivalent resistance during the
discharge. Expressed in kJ/ or in kA
2
s.

Surge Protective Device (SPD)
A device intended to limit transient overvoltages and divert surge currents. It
contains at least one nonlinear component.
There are one-port SPDs which are connected in parallel or two-port SPDs which
are connected in series.
Voltage with combination wave (U
o.c.) for Type 3
The combined wave is produced in a generator which applies a voltage impulse
of 1,5/20s in an open circuit and a voltage impulse of 8/20s in short-circuit
voltage. The parameters of voltage, current and wave shape produced are
determined by the generator and the SPD impedance.
Thermal stability
An SPD is thermally stable if after the operating duty test, where it is connected
to maximum continuous operating voltage and at specified ambient temperature
conditions, the temperature begins to decrease with time. It is monitored during
30 minutes, the active power dissipation must show constant decline for the last
15 minutes.
Voltage limiting type SPD
An SPD that has high impedance when no surge is present, but will continuously
reduce it with increased surge current and voltage; typical examples of
components used as nonlinear devices are varistors and suppressor diodes.
Voltage switching type SPD
An SPD that has high impedance when no surge is present, but can have a
sudden change in impedance to a low value in response to a voltage surge in the
line it protects. Typical examples are spark gaps, gas tubes, thyristors and triacs.
Working temperature ()
Temperature range where the SPD can be used.
1
2
2
2 2
2
2
3
4
5 5
6
6
7
7
PRACTICAL EXAMPLES OF OVERVOLTAGE PROTECTION
INDUSTRIAL INSTALLATIONS
OBJECT: Industrial
premises, Industrial
complexes, Hospitals,
Public buildings
power line
telephone line
data line
computer line
coaxial line
Power supply
TYPE 1
(direct lightning effects)
ATSHOCK (page 112)
Are there more than 10 m separation of cable?
YES NO
Coordination inductor
ATLINK (page 166)
TYPE 2 (attenuated lightning effects)
ATSHIELD (page 120) | ATSUB (page 148) | ATCOVER (page 160)
TYPE 3 (attenuated electromagnetics effects)
ATSOCKET (page 207) | ATPLUG (page 209)
Data and Telecommunication
TYPE 2 & 3
Coordinated
ATFONO (page 214)
ATLINE (page 222)
ATFREQ (page 237)
ATLAN (page 225)
4
5
6
7
1
2
3
1
2
2
2
3
4
4
5
5
OBJECT: House
Power supply
TYPE 1 & 2
(direct or attenuated lightning effects)
ATSHIELD (page 120)
ATSUB (page 148)
ATCOVER (page 160)
TYPE 3
(attenuated electromagnetic effects)
ATSOCKET (page 207)
ATPLUG (page 209)
TYPE 2 & 3
Coordinated
ATFONO (page 214)
ATFREQ (page 237)
ATLAN (page 225)
DOMESTIC INSTALLATIONS
power line
telephone line
coaxial line
1
2
4
5
3
1
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
4
5
6
6
6
6
6
6 6 6
2
3
1
4
5
6
OFFICE ENVIROMENT
OBJECT: Offce
environment
power line
telephone line
computer line
coaxial line
Power supply
TYPE 1
(direct lightning effects)
ATSHOCK (page 112)
Are there more than 10 m separation of cable?
YES NO
Coordination inductor
ATLINK (page 166)
TYPE 2 (attenuated lightning effects)
ATSHIELD (page 120) | ATSUB (page 148) | ATCOVER (page 160)
TYPE 3 (attenuated electromagnetics effects)
ATSOCKET (page 207) | ATPLUG (page 209) | ATFILTER (page 205)
TYPE 2 & 3
Coordinated
ATFONO (page 214)
ATFREQ (page 237)
ATLAN (page 225)
CC
CA
PHOTOVOLTAIC INSTALLATIONS
WIND TURBINES
TELECOMMUNICATION TOWERS

ATSHOCK
(PAGE 112)
ATSHIELD
(PAGE 120)
ATCOVER
(PAGE 160)
MAIN
SWITCHBOARD
DISTRIBUTION SWITCHBOARD
TRANSFORMATION CENTER
ANTENNAS
SECONDARY
ANTENNA
AND BEACON
SWITCHBOARD
MAIN
SWITCHBOARD
ATSHIELD
(PAGE 120)
ATCOVER
(PAGE 160)
ATVOLT
(PAGE196)
BEACONS
ATPV
(PAGE192)
ATCOVER
(PAGE160)
ATSHOCK
(PAGE112)
ATSUB
(PAGE148)
INVERSOR
MAIN
SWITCHBOARD
ATFREQ
(PAGE 237)
PHOTOVOLTAIC CELLS
The bases and the modules
have polarity to not allow the
mounti ng of the modul es
upside down.
Easy connection for Modular
Wiring System.
The product label is on the
base on the front and the back.
ADVANTAGES ON DESIGN
SURGE PROTECTION SYSTEMS
FOR POWER LINES
Double terminal to facilitate the connection.
Enhance of the DIN rail fixing, since it allows
installing and uninstalling with one hand only,
because of it has a piece of coupling which stays
auto-fix on the equipment, allowing the user to
disengage them one by one.
It is not allowed the exchange between line and
neutral modules trough a polarizer.
The module has its
own references for
exchanges.
Round corners near t he
terminal to help inserting the
cables.
It incorporates an inclination
and a rounded shape that
allows its installation in a DIN
rail in small spaces.
SURGE PROTECTION SYSTEMS
FOR DC POWER SUPPLY,
TELEPHONE AND DATA LINES
ADVANTAGES ON DESIGN
All these type of protectors
have modules to allow their
easy subst i t ut i on. When
substituting the module the line
is not interrupted.
It incorporates an inclination
and a rounded shape to allow
its installation in a DIN rail in
small spaces.
The earthing is implemented
trough a metallic sheet opposite
to the fixing from the DIN rail.
Thei r capaci t y has been
dupl i cat ed al l owi ng t he
connection of two pairs of lines.
The bases and the modules have polarity
to not allow the mounting of the modules
upside down.
The product label is on the base at the back.
It has a radiofrequency receiver in order to perform the maintenance
just with one emission equipment. When the protector is functioning
the LED has a green flicker. If the module is damaged the LED does
not flick.
The sizes of these protectors have been reduced to
more than a half.
The module has its own
reference for exchanges.
PROTECTION OF
POWER SUPPLY LINES
ATSHOCK SERIES
ATSHIELD SERIES
ATSUB SERIES
Power supply lines enter the structures from outdoor and distribute the
current to all the electrical and electronical equipment, ranging from robust
motors to most sensitive devices. Mains power supplies often suffer small
oscillations, harmonics, sudden increases and even severer disturbances
such as short circuits or derivations to ground. Devices for solving these kind
of problems and safeguarding the equipment are available in the market
(circuit breakers, residual current circuit breakers, fuses, etc), however the
response time of these devices is too slow and do not react properly against
transient overvoltages.
Surge Protective Devices for power supply lines complement the above
mentioned devices, since they only protect against transient overvoltages
caused by lightning discharges and power switching. In general, they are to
be installed in parallel with the line in order to avoid unnecessary losses and
consumptions although some elements, such as decoupling inductors must
be installed in series. When a SPD has any element in series with the line then
its maximum continuous working current must be clearly specified, indicating
the maximum current that can flow through it continuously.
When different protection stages are used,
it is essential that SPDs are well coordinated
when a surge occurs. Surge protection series
for power supply lines are the following:
Can withstand direct lightning
strikes up to 50kA waveshape,
10/350s. Protector type 1.
Can withstand tens of kiloamperes and
reduce the overvoltage signifcantly
to levels that are not harmful to the
equipment. Protectors type 2 and 3.
Within power supply surge suppression, Aplicaciones Tecnolgicas,
S.A. supplies several SPD series depending on the intensity of the
expected discharge current in the area to be protected and
on the sensitivity of the protected equipment.
They combine very robust elements
with clamping components in order to
achieve a large absorption capacity of the
direct lightning strike together with a low
residual voltage. Protector type 1 + 2.
PROTECTION OF POWER SUPPLY LINES
ATCOVER SERIES
ATLINK SERIES
ATCOMPACT SERIES
ATBARRIER SERIES
PROTECTION OF POWER SUPPLY LINES
Robust and very complete, protects
all phases quickly and effciently,
in both common and differential
modes, leaving a low residual
voltage. Protectors type 1 + 2 + 3.
For the coordination of protection stages.
Cabinet for multipolar protection
made up of single-polar elements.
Coordinated protection cabinet.
ATSHOCK Series
Can withstand direct lightning currents up to 50kA, waveshape 10/350s,
leaving a residual voltage of a few kilovolts. They consist of encapsulated
spark gaps, thus no plasma arcs are produced outside the casing. They are
installed in points likely to directly receive large lightning discharges.
They should always be used in coordination with ATSUB and/or ATCOVER
SPD series as in many cases their residual voltage all alone is still harmful
to the connected equipment. They are single-pole protectors (protect only
one phase or the neutral depending on the earth) and can be installed in all
types of supply systems. There are different versions available depending
on the electrical supply.
ATSHIELD Series
ATSUB Series
Protectors which bring together both, the quick response time of the
zinc-oxide varistors together with the shunt capacity of spark gaps. They
are designed and tested as a Type 1 protector, meaning that they can
withstand tens of kiloamperes of direct atmospheric discharge intensity
(wave 10/350s), leaving a non harmful amount of residual voltage to the
connected equipment, equivalent to Type 2 protectors. They have pluggable
modules to facilitate its substitution. They have a bright warning light
to detect any possible overvoltage. They are to be installed in lines with
or without neutral, and they are available in three-phase or single-phase
versions, for different voltage tension.
Made up of zinc oxide varistors and have a visual alarm to alert whenever
the SPD is out of service. They are single-pole SPDs (they protect one
phase or neutral) and can be installed in all types of supply systems.
ATSUB protectors can withstand tens of kiloamperes for an 8/20s
(waveform simulating lightning secondary effects) and they reduce surges
to harmless levels for the protected equipment.
These characteristics, together with its small size and low cost, make them
the most suitable SPDs for installation in secondary boards and close to the
equipment. They can be combined with other ATSUB, ATSHOCK (which
would receive the main lightning current) and with ATCOVER protectors,
which leave a lower residual voltage. In any case, there must be 10 meters
of cable or ATLINK devices for a proper coordination between protection
stages.
There are also versions with pluggable modules (ATSUB-P) for an easy
substitution in case of repeated overvoltages and versions with remote
warning ( ATSUB-R, ATSUB-PR).
ATCOVER Series
ATLINK Series
ATBARRIER Series ATCOMPACT Series
ATCOVER SPD series combine in a single device, protection in common
mode (to earth) and differential mode (between lines). They can withstand
currents up to 30kA 8/20s, leaving very low residual voltages, completely
harmless to the connected equipment. They have an internal combination of
varistors and gas discharge tubes that avoid current leakage while the line is
working under normal conditions.
They are provided with a visual alarm and floating changeover contact output
for remote control thus allowing the monitoring of its proper working. They
should be installed at supply distribution systems with neutral. Three phase
and single-phase versions are available for different network voltages.
They can be installed in combination with other SPDs from ATSHOCK and
ATSUB Series, always linked by at least 10 meters of cable or decoupling
inductor as ATLINK.
ATLINK decoupling inductors are installed
in series with the line thus it shall always be
checked that the current flowing through it is not
higher than the installed ATLINK rated current.
It allows coordinating the protection of different
types of devices.
These series consist in cabinets with different combinations of the preceding
SPDs, already wired and ready for installation. It is practical for installations
where the room available in distribution boards is not big enough.
SINGLE-POLE PROTECTION FOR POWER SUPPLY LINES
The highest protection against transient overvoltages for
power supply lines at the point they enter the building.
ATSHOCK series provide protection even against direct
lightning strikes. Tested and certified with lightning
impulse current, 50kA, 10/350s wave.
AT-8350 ATSHOCK L: line-ground protection. Uc = 255V
AT-8351 ATSHOCK L-130: line-ground protection. Uc = 145V
AT-8352 ATSHOCK L-400: line-ground protection. Uc = 440V
AT-8399 ATSHOCK N: neutral-ground protection
ATSHOCK Surge Protective Devices are to be installed in parallel with the Low
Voltage supply line, connected to Phase and Ground (ATSHOCK L) or to Neutral
and Ground (ATSHOCK N). One ATSHOCK L is needed for each line.
The power should be disconnected during the installation of the SPD.
ATSHOCK can be installed in combination with ATSUB or ATCOVER. In either
case, both must be separated by at least 10 meter cable or, if this is not possible,
by a decoupling inductor ATLINK, in order to achieve a correct coordination
between them.
Their installation is recommended in main switchgears, where the line enters the
building and where direct lightning currents could penetrate.
Installation
Earth connection is a must. Earthing in all the
installation must be bonded either directly or by a spark
gap and resistance should be lower than 10. If the
indications of this datasheet are not fulflled during the
use or installation of the SPDs, the protection assured
by this device could be endangered.
Coarse protection according to scaled protection recommended in Low
Voltage Regulation (REBT).
Type 1 Protector according to EN 61643-11 and GUIDE-BT-23 of REBT. For
equipment of categories III and IV according to REBT.
Encapsulated, non-exhausting creepage discharge spark gap.
Suitable for TT, TN-C and TN-S systems.
Coordinable with other SPDs such as ATSUB and ATCOVER.
Optimum protection level.
Quick response
Robust connectors, suitable for all type of connection.
Single-pole protection. Withstands direct lightning strike current
(10/350s wave), over 50kA.
Fork connection with fork terminal included for 16mm
2
cable.
High energy diverting capability.
Limits supply following currents.
AT83 Series SPDs have been tested in official, independent laboratories,
obtaining their characteristics according to relevant standards (shown in the
table).
ATSHOCK
AT83 Series
Technical Datasheet
Reference
ATSHOCK L ATSHOCK L-130 ATSHOCK L-400 ATSHOCK N
AT-8350 AT-8351 AT-8352 AT-8399
Protection categories according to REBT: III and IV
Type of tests according to EN 61643-11: Type 1
Maximum continuous operating voltage: Uc 255VAC 145VAC 440VAC -
Nominal frequency: 50 - 60Hz
Impulse current (10/350s wave): Iimp 50kA 100kA
Specific energy: W/R 625kJ/ 2,5MJ/
Nominal discharge current (8/20s wave): In 50kA
Protection level for 1,2/50s wave: U
p
< 4 kV
Follow current
extinguishing capability:
I
f 50 kAeff 100 Aeff
Response time: tr < 100ns -
Backup fuse
(1)
: 160A gL/gG
Maximum short-circuit current: 50kA (for maximum fuse)
Working temperature: -40C to +70C
SPD location: Indoor
Type of connection: Parallel (one port)
Dimensions: 36 x 90 x 80mm (2 mod. DIN43880)
Fixing: DIN Rail
Enclosure material: Polyamide
Enclosure protection: IP20
Autoextinguish enclosure: V-0 Type according to UNE-EN 60707 (UL94)
Connections L/N/G: Section 16mm
Certificated tests according to: IEC 61643-1, EN 61643-11
Complies with requirements of: UL 1449
Relevant standards: UNE 21186, NFC 17102, IEC 62305
Dimensions
(1) Needed in cases where there is higher nominal current installed upstream from the protector.
AT83 Series
SINGLE-POLE PROTECTION FOR POWER SUPPLY LINES
AT-8310 ATSHOCK L30: line-ground protection. Uc = 255V
AT-8311 ATSHOCK L30-130: line-ground protection. Uc = 145V
AT-8312 ATSHOCK L30-400: line-ground protection. Uc = 440V
AT-8398 ATSHOCK N60: neutral-ground protection.
The highest protection against transient overvoltages for
power supply lines at the point they enter the building.
ATSHOCK series provide protection even against direct
lightning strikes. Tested and certified with lightning
impulse current, 30kA, 10/350s wave.
Coarse protection according to scaled protection recommended in
Low Voltage Regulation (REBT).
Type 1 Protector according to EN 61643-11 and GUIDE-BT-23 of REBT. For
equipment of categories III and IV according to REBT.
Encapsulated, non-exhausting creepage discharge spark gap.
Double connection in order to facilitate wiring.
Possibility of connection to a M5 fork terminal.
Coordinable with other SPDs such as ATSUB and ATCOVER.
Quick response.
Single-pole protection. Withstands direct lightning strike current
(10/350s wave) of 30kA.
High energy diverting capability.
Limits supply following currents.
obtaining their characteristics according to relevant standards (shown in the
table).
ATSHOCK 30 Surge Protective Devices are to be installed in parallel with
the Low Voltage supply line, connected to Phase and Ground (ATSHOCK
L30) or to Neutral and Ground (ATSHOCK N60). One ATSHOCK L30 is
needed for each line.
It can be installed in combination with ATSUB or ATCOVER. In either case,
both must be separated by at least 10 meter cable or, if this is not possible,
by a decoupling inductor ATLINK, in order to achieve a correct coordination
between them.
Their installation is recommended in main switchgears, where the line
enters the building and where direct lightning currents could penetrate.
Installation
use or installation of the SPDs, the protection assured by
this device could be endangered.
ATSHOCK 30
AT83 Series
Reference
ATSHOCK L30
ATSHOCK
L30-130
ATSHOCK
L30-400
ATSHOCK N60
AT-8310 AT-8311 AT-8312 AT-8398
Protection categories according to REBT: III and IV
Maximum continuous operating voltage: U
c
255VAC 145VAC 440VAC -
Impulse current (10/350s wave): Iimp 30kA 60kA
Specific energy: W/R 224kJ/ 900kJ/
Protection level for 1,2/50s wave: Up < 3 kV
Follow current extinguishing capability: If 50 kAeff 100 Aeff
Response time: tr < 100ns -
Backup fuse
(1):
160A gL/gG
Fixing: DIN Rail
Connections L/N/GND:
Min/Max section multi-stranded: 4 / 35 mm (11/2 AWG)
Min/Max section single-stranded: 1 / 35 mm (17/2 AWG)
Relevant standards: UNE21186, UNE-EN 62305
Technical Datasheet
Dimensions
AT83 Series
AT-8603 ATSHIELD 400T:
protection of both line and neutral to ground for 400V
ac
three phase lines
AT-8604 ATSHIELD 230T:
ac
three phase lines
Installation
ATSHIELD T Surge Protective Devices must be installed in parallel with the
Low Voltage three phase power supply line provided with a neutral.
They can be installed as single protection or in combination with other
protectors that leave less residual tension voltage, in which case is necessary
that they are separated by at least 10 meter cable or, if this is not possible, by
a decoupling inductor ATLINK, in order to achieve a correct coordination
between them.
Their installation is recommended in main switchboards, where the line enters
the building or where big overvoltages can take place.
Their installation is recommended in places where direct lightning strikes can
occur after the main board and when lines are connected to very sensitive
equipment that cannot withstand big overvoltages.
Ef ficient and compact protection against transient
overvoltages for TT and TNS power supplies systems,
using an internal combination of spark gaps electronically
activated.
This element is internally connected in such a way that no element in series
with the line is needed for the correct coordination of the protection.
This protector combines the best qualities of the actual overvoltages
protection technologies: the passing residual voltage of the varistors
together with the capacity of lightning current absorption of the
spark gaps.
Tested and certified as Type 1 and 2 according to regulations EN 61643-
11 and the GUIDE-BT-23 of REBT. Suitable for Categories I, II, III and IV
equipment according to REBT.
Coordinable with other SPDs such as ATSUB and ATCOVER series.
Short response time.
Dont produce deflagration.
Multi-pole protection.
Their activation causes no interruption in power supply.
Compact protection.
Thermodynamic control device and light alarm for each phase.
Pluggable modules for its easier substitution.
AT86 Series SPDs have been tested in official and independent
laboratories, obtaining their characteristics according to relevant standards
(shown in the table).
COMBINED TECHNOLOGY
AGAINST DIRECT LIGHTNING STRIKES
ATSHIELD T
AT86 Series
Technical Datasheet
Reference
ATSHIELD 400T ATSHIELD 230T
AT-8603 AT-8604
Protection categories according to REBT: I, II, III, IV
Type of tests according to EN 61643-11: Type 1 + 2
Nominal Voltage: Un 400VAC (L-L) 230VAC (L-N, L-GND) 230VAC (L-L) 130VAC (L-N, L-GND)
Maximum continuous operating voltage: Uc 440VAC (L-L) 255VAC (L-N, L-GND) 255VAC (L-L) 145VAC (L-N, L-GND)
Impulse current (10/350s wave): Iimp 30kA
Specific energy: W/R 224kJ/
Maximum discharge current (8/20s wave): Imax 65kA
Protection level for 1,2/50s wave: Up < 1500V
Follow current extinguishing capability: If 50 kAeff
Response time: tr < 100ns
Backup fuse
(1)
: 125A gL/gG
Number of poles: 4
Fixing: DIN Rail
Insulation resistance: > 10
14

AT-8611 ATSHIELD L Mod.: I
imp
30kA. U
n
230V
AT-8612 ATSHIELD L-130 Mod.: I
imp
30kA. Un 130V
AT-8613 ATSHIELD N Mod.: I
imp
30kA
Dimensions Accessories
AT86 Series
AT-8607 ATSHIELD 230M:
ac
single phase lines
AT-8608 ATSHIELD 130M:
ac
single phase lines
Ef ficient and compact protection against transient
overvoltages for power supplies systems, using an internal
combination of spark gaps electronically activated.
together with the capacity of lightning current absorption of the spark
gaps.
Bipolar protection.
Compact protection.
Pluggable modules for its easier substitution
ATSHIELD M Surge Protective Devices must be installed in parallel with the
Low Voltage single-phase power supply line provided with a neutral.
They can be installed as single protection or in combination with other
protectors that leave less residual tension voltage, in which case is necessary
that they are separated by at least 10 meter cable or, if this is not possible, by
a decoupling inductor ATLINK, in order to achieve a correct coordination
between them.
Installation
COMBINED TECHNOLOGY
ATSHIELD M
AT86 Series
Technical Datasheet
Reference
ATSHIELD 230M ATSHIELD 130M
AT-8607 AT-8608
Nominal Voltage: Un 230VAC 130VAC
Maximum continuous operating voltage: Uc 255VAC 145VAC
Protection level: Up < 1500V
Follow current extinguishing capability: If 50 kAeff
Backup fuse
(1)
: 125A gL/gG
Number of poles: 2
Fixing: DIN Rail
14

Complies with requirements of: UNE-EN 61643-11
Relevant standards: UL 1449
AT-8611 ATSHIELD L Mod.: Iimp 30kA. Un 230V
AT-8612 ATSHIELD L-130 Mod.: Iimp 30kA. Un 130V
AT-8613 ATSHIELD N Mod.: Iimp 30kA
Accessories Dimensions
AT86 Series
SINGLE-POLE PROTECTOR OF COMBINED TECHNOLOGY
Ef ficient and modular protection against transient
overvoltages, using an internal combination of spark gaps
electronically activated.
AT-8601 ATSHIELD L: protection line-earth
AT-8602 ATSHIELD N: protection neutron-ground
The placement of 3 ATSHIELD L allows the protection of TNC and IT three-
phases lines power supplies.
together with the capacity of lightning current absorption of the spark
gaps.
Single-pole protection.
Compact protection.
ATSHIELD Surge Protective Devices must be installed in parallel with the Low
Voltage three phase power supply line provided with a neutral.
They can be installed as single protection or in combination with other protectors
that leave less residual tension voltage, in which case is necessary that they are
separated by at least 10 meter cable or, if this is not possible, by a decoupling
inductor ATLINK, in order to achieve a correct coordination between them.
Installation
ATSHIELD
AT86 Series
Reference
ATSHIELD L ATSHIELD N
AT-8601 AT-8602
Type of tests according EN 61643-11: Type 1 + 2
Nominal Voltage: Un 230VAC -
Maximum continuous operating voltage: Uc 255VAC -
Protection level: Up <1500V
Follow current extinguishing capability: If 50 kAeff 100 Aeff
Backup fuse
(1)
: 125A gL/gG -
Fixing DIN Rail
14

Technical Datasheet
Dimensions
AT-8611 ATSHIELD L Mod.: Iimp 30kA. Un 230V
AT-8612 ATSHIELD L-130 Mod.: Iimp 30kA. Un 130V
AT-8613 ATSHIELD N Mod.: Iimp 30kA
Accessories
AT86 Series
SINGLE-POLE PROTECTOR FOR POWER SUPPLY LINES
AT-8214 ATSUB 140-230:
Line protection. Max current of 140kA at Un=230V
ac
AT-8215 ATSUB 140-130:
Line protection. Max current of 140kA at Un=130V
ac
AT-8218 ATSUB 140-N:
Neutral protection. Max current of 40kA
Tested and Certified as Type 1 and 2 protectors according to EN 61643-11
and GUIA-BT-23 from REBT. Suitable for equipment of categories I, II, III
and IV according to ITC-BT-23 form REBT.
Containing Zinc Oxide Varistors, able to withstand very high currents.
Do not cause at any moment any interruption in the supply lines.
Thermodynamic control device and light alarm.
obtaining their characteristics according to relevant standards (related in the
table).
There exists the possibility of selecting a protector for the working voltage in
each particular case. In the technical datasheet the 230V and 130V versions
of nominal voltage are included as common examples.
Efficient protection against transient overvoltages, using
Metal Oxide Varistors, for Power Supply lines with or without
neutral. Medium protection according to scaled protection
recommended in Low Voltage Regulation (REBT ITC23).
ATSUB 140 230
Max. discharge
current in kA
Voltage
line-ground
ATSUB Surge Protective Devices are to be installed in parallel with the Low
Voltage supply line, connected to the line (or neutral) to be protected and
ground.
Their installation is recommended in places where important overvoltages
can occur after the main switchboard and when these lines are not connected
to very sensitive equipment.
Installation
ATSUB 140
AT82 Series
Reference
ATSUB 140-230 ATSUB 140-130 ATSUB 140-N
AT-8214 AT-8215 AT-8218
Nominal Voltage: Un 230VAC 130VAC -
Maximum continuous operating voltage: Uc 255VAC 145VAC -
Maximmum current (8/20s wave): Imax 140kA
Protection level for 1,2/50s wave: Up 900V 500V 900V
Backup fuse
(1)
: 125A gL/gG
Fixing: DIN Rail
14

Technical Datasheet
Dimensions
AT82 Series
AT82 Series
COMPACT PROTECTION FOR
TT THREE-PHASE POWER SUPPLY LINES
AT-8282 ATSUB-4P 15 TT: max discharge current of 15kA. 230V
AT-8283 ATSUB-4P 15-120 TT: max discharge current of 15kA. 120V
Efficient protection against transient overvoltages for
electrical supply lines with neutral type TT, using a metal
oxide varistors and gas discharge tubes. Medium protection
according to coordinated stages protection recommended in
Regulation of Low Voltages (REBT ITC23).
ATSUB 4P - 40 400 TT
Max discharge
current in kA
Line-ground
voltage
Installation
Its provided with removable cartridges that allows its replacement in case of
fault thus without changing the base.
Tested and certified as Type 1 , 2 and 3 according to regulations EN 61643-
11 and GUIDE-BT-23 from REBT. Suitable for Categories I, II, III and IV
equipment according to ITC-BT-23.
Coordinable with other SPDs such as ATSHOCK, ATSHIELD and
ATCOVER series.
Made up of zinc oxide varistors and gas discharge tubes able to withstand
very high currents.
Compact protection with removable cartridges that allows its replacement
in case of breakage.
Thermodynamic control device, mechanical warning and remote alarm.
When the warning is yellow the enclosure is in good shape. If not, replace.
each particular case. In the technical datasheet, we have included as common
examples the optimal SPDs for wind generators (Line-to-Line voltage of
690V and Line-to-Ground voltage of 400V) and equipments using voltages
common in the American continent (230V L-L and 120V L-G)
They are installed in parallel to the Low Voltage line, with connections to the
line to be protected to either the neutral and/or ground.
When ATSUB are installed as middle protection, they must be separated by
at least 10 meter cable or, if this is not possible, by a decoupling inductor
ATLINK, in order to achieve a correct coordination between them.
can occur and when lines are connected to very sensitive equipment that
cannot withstand big overvoltages.
indications of this datasheet are not fulflled during the use
or installation of the SPDs, the protection assured by this
device could be endangered.
ATSUB-4P TT
AT82 Series
Technical Datasheet
Reference
ATSUB-4P 15 TT ATSUB-4P 40 TT ATSUB-4P 65 TT
AT-8282 AT-8285 AT-8287
Protection categories according to REBT: I, II, III, IV II, III, IV
Type of tests according to EN 61643-11: Type 2 + 3 Type 2 Type 1 + 2
Nominal voltage: Un 400VAC (L-L) / 230VAC (L-N, L-GND)
Maximum working voltage: Uc 440VAC (L-L) / 255VAC (L-N, L-GND)
Nominal discharge current (wave 8/20s): In 5kA 20kA 30kA
Maximum discharge current (8/20s wave): Imax 15kA 40kA 65kA
Protection level at I
n
(8/20s wave): Up(In) 1200V 1400V 1600V
Protection level (1,2/50s): Up 700V 700V 900V
Protection level for 5kA 8/20s: 900V 1000V 1100V
Impulse current (10/350s wave): Iimp - 15kA
Combined wave tension: Uo.c. 6kV -
Backup fuse
(1)
: 125A gL/gG
Number of poles: 4
Fixing: DIN rail
14

Voltage-free contact for the remote control
Connection: Maximum section single-stranded / multi-stranded: 1,5mm
Contact output: Commutated
Working voltage: 250V
AC (Maximum working voltage of the alarm supply)
Maximum current: 2A (Maximum current of the alarm supply)
Certificated tests according to: EN 61643-11
AT-8248 ATSUB Mod. 40: Imax 40kA
AT-8205 ATSUB Mod. N: neutral-earth

Reference
ATSUB-4P 15-120 TT ATSUB-4P 40-120 TT ATSUB-4P 65-120 TT
AT-8283 AT-8286 AT-8289
Nominal voltage: U
n
230VAC (L-L) / 120VAC (L-N, L-GND)
Maximum working voltage: U
c
255VAC (L-L) / 140VAC (L-N, L-GND)
n
(8/20s wave): Up(In) 1200V 1400V 1600V
Backup fuse
(1)
: 125A gL/gG
Number of poles: 4
Fixing: DIN rail
14

AC
(Maximum working voltage of the alarm supply)
Certificated tests according to: EN 61643-11
Technical Datasheet
Accessories
For other voltages,
ask Aplicaciones
Tecnologicas, S.A.
technical department.
AT-8296 ATSUB Mod. 40-120: Imax 40kA / Un 120V
AT82 Series
Technical Datasheet
Reference
ATSUB-4P 15-400 TT ATSUB-4P 40-400 TT
AT-8281 AT-8284
Type of tests according to EN 61643-11: Type 2 + 3 Type 2
Nominal voltage: U
n 690VAC (L-L) / 400VAC (L-N, L-GND)
Maximum working voltage: Uc 800VAC (L-L) / 460VAC (L-N, L-GND)
Nominal discharge current (wave 8/20s): In 5kA 20kA
Maximum discharge current (8/20s wave): Imax 15kA 40kA
n
(8/20s wave): Up(In) 2100V 2300V
Protection level (1,2/50s): Up 1800V 1800V
Protection level for 5kA 8/20s: 1900V 2000V
Backup fuse
(1)
: 125A gL/gG
Number of poles: 4
Fixing: DIN rail
14

AC
(Maximum working voltage of the alarm supply)
Accessories
For other voltages,
ask Aplicaciones
Tecnologicas, S.A.
AT82 Series
AT82 Series
TT SINGLE PHASE POWER SUPPLY LINES
electrical supply lines with neutral type TT, using a metal
Regulation of Low Voltages (RBT ITC23).
Tested and certified as Type 1, 2 and 3 according to regulations EN 61643-
equipment according to ITC-BT-23.
ATCOVER series.
very high currents.
AT82P Series SPDs have been tested in official and independent
each particular case. In the technical datasheet, we have included as common
examples the optimal SPDs for wind generators (Line-to-Line voltage of
690V and Line-to-Ground voltage of 400V) and equipments using voltages
common in the American continent (230V L-L and 120V L-G).
Installation
ATSUB 2P - 40 400 TT
Max discharge
current in kA
Line-ground
voltage
They are installed in parallel with the low voltage line, with connections to the
phase that is to be protected to neutral and/or ground.
can occur and when lines are connected to very sensitive equipment that can
not withstand big overvoltages.
ATSUB-2P TT

AT82 Series
Reference
ATSUB-2P 15 TT ATSUB-2P 40 TT ATSUB-2P 65 TT
AT-8232 AT-8235 AT-8238
Nominal voltage: Un 230VAC
Maximum working voltage: Uc 255VAC
n
(8/20s wave): Up(In) 1200V 1400V 1600V
Backup fuse
(1)
: 125A gL/gG
Number of poles: 2
Fixing: DIN rail
14

Technical Datasheet

Reference
ATSUB-2P 15-120 TT ATSUB-2P 40-120 TT ATSUB-2P 65-120 TT
AT-8234 AT-8237 AT-8280
Nominal voltage: U
n 120VAC
n
(8/20s wave): Up(In) 1200V 1400V 1600V
Backup fuse
(1)
: 125A gL/gG
Number of poles: 2
Fixing: DIN rail
14

Technical Datasheet
Accessories
For other voltages,
ask Aplicaciones
Tecnologicas, S.A.
AT82 Series
Reference
ATSUB-2P 15-400 TT ATSUB-2P 40-400 TT
AT-8233 AT-8236
n
(8/20s wave): Up(In) 2100V 2300V
Backup fuse
(1)
: 125A gL/gG
Number of poles: 2
Fixing: DIN rail
14

Technical Datasheet
For other voltages,
ask Aplicaciones
Tecnologicas, S.A.
Accessories
AT82 Series
AT80 Series
TNS THREE-PHASE POWER SUPPLY LINES
AT-8000 ATSUB-4P 15 TNS: max discharge current of 15kA. 230V
AT-8003 ATSUB-4P 15-120 TNS: max discharge current of 15kA. 120V
AT-8004 ATSUB-4P 40-120 TNS: max discharge current of 40kA.120V
electrical supply lines with neutral type TNS using a metal
oxide varistors. Medium protection according to coordinated
stages protection recommended in Regulation of Low
Voltages (REBT ITC23).
11, and GUIDE-BT-23 from REBT. Suitable for Categories I, II, III and IV
equipment according to ITC-BT-23 from REBT.
ATCOVER series.
very high currents.
(shown in the table)
There exists the possibility of selecting a protector for the working voltage
in each particular case. In the technical datasheet, we have included as
common examples the optimal SPDs for wind generators (Line-to-Line
voltage of 690V and Line-to-Ground voltage of 400V) and equipments using
voltages common in the American continent (230V L-L and 120V L-G)
ATSUB 4P - 40 400 TNS
Max discharge
current in kA
Line-ground
voltage
phase that is to be protected to neutral and/or ground. The power should be
disconnected during the installation of the SPD.
Installation
ATSUB-4P TNS

AT80 Series
Reference
ATSUB-4P 15 TNS ATSUB-4P 40 TNS ATSUB-4P 65 TNS
AT-8000 AT-8001 AT-8002
Nominal voltage: Un 400VAC (L-L) / 230VAC (L-GND)
Maximum working voltage: Uc 440VAC (L-L) / 255VAC (L-GND)
n
(8/20s wave): Up(In) 1200V 1400V 1600V
Backup fuse
(1)
: 125A gL/gG
Number of poles: 4
Fixing: DIN rail
14

Connection Maximum section single-stranded / multi-stranded: 1,5mm
Technical Datasheet

Reference
ATSUB-4P 15-120 TNS ATSUB-4P 40-120 TNS ATSUB-4P 65-120 TNS
AT-8003 AT-8004 AT-8005
Nominal discharge current (wave 8/20s): I
n 5kA 20kA 30kA
Maximum discharge current (8/20s wave): I
max 15kA 40kA 65kA
n
(8/20s wave): Up(In) 1200V 1400V 1600V
Backup fuse
(1)
: 125A gL/gG
Number of poles: 4
Fixing: DIN rail
14

Technical Datasheet
Accessories
For other voltages,
ask Aplicaciones
Tecnologicas, S.A.
AT80 Series
Reference
ATSUB-4P 15-400 TNS ATSUB-4P 40-400 TNS
AT-8006 AT-8007
n
(8/20s wave): Up(In) 2100V 2300V
Backup fuse
(1)
: 125A gL/gG
Number of poles: 4
Fixing: DIN rail
14

Working voltage: 250VAC (Maximum working voltage of the alarm supply)
Technical Datasheet
For other voltages,
ask Aplicaciones
Tecnologicas, S.A.
Accessories
AT80 Series
AT80 Series
TN SINGLE PHASE POWER SUPPLY LINES
AT-8010 ATSUB-2P 15 TN: max discharge current of 15kA. 230V
AT-8012 ATSUB-2P 15-120 TN: max discharge current of 15kA. 120V
AT-8013 ATSUB-2P 40-120 TN: max discharge current of 40kA.120V
electrical supply lines with or without neutral, using a metal
oxide varistors. Medium protection according to coordinated
stages protection recommended in Regulation of Low
Voltages (RBT ITC23).
ATCOVER series.
very high currents.
common examples the optimal SPDs for wind generators (voltage of 400V)
and equipments using voltages common in the American continent
(voltage 120V).
phase that is to be protected to neutral and/or ground. The power should be
disconnected during the installation of the SPD.
Installation
ATSUB 2P - 40 400 TN
Max discharge
current in kA
Line-ground
voltage
ATSUB-2P TN

AT80 Series
TN SINGLE PHASE POWER SUPPLY LINES
Reference
ATSUB-2P 15 TN ATSUB-2P 40 TN ATSUB-2P 65 TN
AT-8010 AT-8009 AT-8011
n
(8/20s wave): Up(In) 1200V 1400V 1600V
Backup fuse
(1)
: 125A gL/gG
Number of poles: 4
Fixing: DIN rail
14

Technical Datasheet

Reference
ATSUB-2P 15-120 TN ATSUB-2P 40-120 TN ATSUB-2P 65-120 TN
AT-8012 AT-8013 AT-8014
n
(8/20s wave): Up(In) 1200V 1400V 1600V
Backup fuse
(1)
: 125A gL/gG
Number of poles: 4
Fixing: DIN rail
14

Technical Datasheet
Accessories
For other voltages,
ask Aplicaciones
Tecnologicas, S.A.
AT80 Series
Technical Datasheet
Reference
ATSUB-2P 15-400 TN ATSUB-2P 40-400 TN
AT-8015 AT-8016
n
(8/20s wave): Up(In) 2100V 2300V
Backup fuse
(1)
: 125A gL/gG
Number of poles: 4
Fixing: DIN rail
14

For other voltages,
ask Aplicaciones
Tecnologicas, S.A.
Accessories
AT80 Series
AT82 Series
AT-8222 ATSUB-P 15: max discharge current of 15kA. 230V
AT-8202 ATSUB-P N: for neutral-ground protection
AT-8290 ATSUB-P 15-120: max discharge current of 15kA. 120V
electrical supply lines with or without neutral using a metal
oxide varistors and gas discharge tubes. It allows protection
of three-phase lines type TT, TNS, TNC and IT. Medium
protection according to coordinated stages protection
recommended in Regulation of Low Voltages (REBT ITC23).
ATSUB-P 40 - 400
Max discharge
current in kA
Line-ground
voltage
They are installed in parallel with the low voltage line, with connections to
the phase that is to be protected and to ground. As an example we show the 3
ATSUB-P connections in a three-phase power supply line TNC.
Installation
ATCOVER series.
very high currents.
Single-pole protection with pluggable modules.
Small size modular protection
(Voltage 120V)
ATSUB-P
AT82 Series
Reference
ATSUB-P 15 ATSUB-P 40 ATSUB-P 65 ATSUB-P N
AT-8222 AT-8242 AT-8262 AT-8202
Protection categories according to REBT: I, II, III, IV II, III, IV I, II, III, IV
Type of tests according to EN 61643-11: Type 2 + 3 Type 2 Type 1 + 2 Type 2
Nominal voltage: Un 230VAC -
Maximum working voltage: Uc 255VAC -
Nominal discharge current (wave 8/20s): In 5kA 20kA 30kA 20kA
Maximum discharge current (8/20s wave): Imax 15kA 40kA 65kA 40kA
Protection level at In (8/20s wave): Up(In) 1200V 1400V 1600V 1400V
Protection level (1,2/50s): Up 700V 700V 900V 700V
Protection level for 5kA 8/20s: 900V 1000V 1100V 1000V
Impulse current (10/350s wave): Iimp - 15kA -
Backup fuse
(1)
: 125A gL/gG
Fixing: DIN rail
14

Technical Datasheet
Technical Datasheet
Reference
ATSUB-P 15-120 ATSUB-P 40-120 ATSUB-P 65-120 ATSUB-P N
AT-8290 AT-8291 AT-8292 AT-8202
n
(8/20s wave): Up(In) 1200V 1400V 1600V 1400V
Backup fuse
(1)
: 125A gL/gG
Fixing: DIN rail
14

Accessories
For other voltages,
ask Aplicaciones
Tecnologicas, S.A.
AT82 Series
Technical Datasheet
Reference
ATSUB-P 15-400 ATSUB-P 40-400 ATSUB-P N
AT-8226 AT-8246 AT-8202
Protection categories according to REBT: I, II, III, IV I, II, III, IV
Type of tests according to EN 61643-11: Type 2 + 3 Type 2 Type 2
n
(8/20s wave): Up(In) 2100V 2300V 2100V
Backup fuse
(1)
: 125A gL/gG
Fixing: DIN rail
14

For other voltages,
ask Aplicaciones
Tecnologicas, S.A.
Accessories
AT82 Series
AT82 Series
AT-8223 ATSUB-PR 15: max discharge current of 15kA. 230V
AT-8203 ATSUB-PR N: for neutral-ground protection
AT-8293 ATSUB-PR 15-120: max discharge current of 15kA. 120V
ATSUB-PR 65 400
Max discharge
current in kA
Line-ground
voltage
ATCOVER series.
very high currents.
Single-pole protection with pluggable modules
Small size modular protection
(Voltage 120V)
ATSUB-PR connections in a three-phase power supply line TNC.
Installation
ATSUB-PR
AT82 Series
Reference
ATSUB-PR 15 ATSUB-PR 40 ATSUB-PR 65 ATSUB-PR N
AT-8223 AT-8243 AT-8263 AT-8203
n
(8/20s wave): Up(In) 1200V 1400V 1600V 1400V
Backup fuse
(1)
: 125A gL/gG
Fixing: DIN rail
14

AT-8248 ATSUB Mod. 40: Imax 40kA AT-8268 ATSUB Mod. 65: Imax 65kA
AT-8228 ATSUB Mod. 15: Imax 15kA AT-8205 ATSUB Mod. N: neutral-earth
Technical Datasheet
Reference
ATSUB-PR 15-120 ATSUB-PR 40-120 ATSUB-PR 65-120 ATSUB-PR N
AT-8293 AT-8294 AT-8295 AT-8203
n
(8/20s wave): Up(In) 1200V 1400V 1600V 1400V
Backup fuse
(1)
: 125A gL/gG
Fixing: DIN rail
14

For other voltages,
ask Aplicaciones
Tecnologicas, S.A.
Accessories
AT-8296 ATSUB Mod. 40-120: Imax 40kA / Un 120V AT-8297 ATSUB Mod. 15-120: Imax 15kA / Un 120V
AT-8298 ATSUB Mod. 65-120: Imax 65kA / Un 120V AT-8205 ATSUB Mod. N: neutral-earth
Technical Datasheet
AT82 Series
Reference
ATSUB-PR 15-400 ATSUB-PR 40-400 ATSUB-PR N
AT-8227 AT-8247 AT-8203
Type of tests according to EN 61643-11: Type 2 + 3 Type 2 Type 2
n
(8/20s wave): Up(In) 2100V 2300V 2100V
Backup fuse
(1)
: 125A gL/gG
Fixing: DIN rail
14

Connection:: Maximum section single-stranded / multi-stranded: 1,5mm
Technical Datasheet
Accessories
For other voltages,
ask Aplicaciones
Tecnologicas, S.A.
AT82 Series
AT82 Series
AT-8220 ATSUB 15: max discharge current of 15kA. 230V
AT-8201 ATSUB N: for neutral-ground protection
AT-8230 ATSUB 15-120: max discharge current of 15kA. 120V
ATCOVER series.
very high currents.
It is possible to fix the modules through rivets in order to obtain blocks of
2, 3 or 4 elements.
Small size modular protection.
(Voltage 120V)
ATSUB 65 400
Max discharge
current in kA
Line-ground
voltage
ATSUB connections in a three-phase power supply line TNC.
Installation
ATSUB
AT82 Series
Reference
ATSUB 15 ATSUB 40 ATSUB 65 ATSUB N
AT-8220 AT-8240 AT-8260 AT-8201
n
(8/20s wave): Up(In) 1200V 1400V 1600V 1400V
Backup fuse
(1)
: 125A gL/gG
Fixing: DIN rail
14

Dimensions
Technical Datasheet
Reference
ATSUB 15-120 ATSUB 40-120 ATSUB 65-120 ATSUB N
AT-8230 AT-8250 AT-8270 AT-8201
n
(8/20s wave): Up(In) 1200V 1400V 1600V 1400V
Backup fuse
(1)
: 125A gL/gG
Fixing: DIN rail
14

Technical Datasheet
For other voltages,
ask Aplicaciones
Tecnologicas, S.A.
AT82 Series
Reference
ATSUB 15-400 ATSUB 40-400 ATSUB 65-400 ATSUB N
AT-8224 AT-8244 AT-8264 AT-8201
n
(8/20s wave): Up(In) 2100V 2300V 2500V 2100V
Backup fuse
(1)
: 125A gL/gG
Fixing: DIN rail
14

Technical Datasheet
For other voltages,
ask Aplicaciones
Tecnologicas, S.A.
AT82 Series
AT82 Series
AT-8221 ATSUB-R 15: max discharge current of 15kA. 230V
AT-8204 ATSUB-R N: for neutral-ground protection
AT-8299 ATSUB-R 15-120: max discharge current of 15kA. 120V
ATCOVER series.
very high currents.
It is possible to fix the modules through riverts in order to obtain blocks of
2, 3 or 4 elements.
(Voltage 120V)
ATSUB-R connections in a three-phase power supply line TNC.
ATSUB-R 65 400
Max discharge
current in kA
Line-ground
voltage
Installation
ATSUB-R
AT82 Series
Technical Datasheet
Dimensions
Reference
ATSUB-R 15 ATSUB-R 40 ATSUB-R 65 ATSUB-R N
AT-8221 AT-8241 AT-8261 AT-8204
n
(8/20s wave): Up(In) 1200V 1400V 1600V 1400V
Backup fuse
(1)
: 125A gL/gG
Fixing: DIN rail
14

Working voltage: 250V (Maximum working voltage of the alarm supply)
Reference
ATSUB-R 15-120 ATSUB-R 40-120 ATSUB-R 65-120 ATSUB-R N
AT-8299 AT-8208 AT-8209 AT-8204
n
(8/20s wave): Up(In) 1200V 1400V 1600V 1400V
Backup fuse
(1)
: 125A gL/gG
Fixing: DIN rail
14

Technical Datasheet
For other voltages,
ask Aplicaciones
Tecnologicas, S.A.
AT82 Series
Reference
ATSUB-R 15-400 ATSUB-R 40-400 ATSUB-R 65-400 ATSUB-R N
AT-8225 AT-8245 AT-8265 AT-8204
n
(8/20s wave): Up(In) 2100V 2300V 2500V 2100V
Backup fuse
(1)
: 125A gL/gG
Fixing: DIN rail
14

Technical Datasheet
For other voltages,
ask Aplicaciones
Tecnologicas, S.A.
AT82 Series
AT82 Series
SINGLE-PHASE COMPACT PROTECTION FOR HOME ENVIRONMENT
AT-8217 ATSUB-D T: max discharge current of 15kA. 230V
Efficient protection against transient overvoltages for single-
line electrical supply lines with neutral type TT, using a metal
Regulation of Low Voltages (RBT ITC23). Specially prepared
to be installed in homes according to ITC-25 from REBT.
ATCOVER series.
very high currents.
Compact protection.
Thermodynamic control device, mechanical warning alarm.
Installation
Their installation is recommended for the homes main switchboard according
to the article 16.3 from REBT.
ATSUB-D T
AT82 Series
Reference
ATSUB-D T
AT-8217
Type of tests according to IEC61643-11, EN61643-11: Type 2 + 3
Nominal Voltage: Un 400VAC (L-L) / 230VAC (L-N, L-GND)
Maximum continuous operating voltage: Uc 400VAC (L-N, L-GND)
n
(8/20s wave): Up(In) 1500V
Protection level (1,2/50s wave): Up 1100V
Residual voltage with combination wave 6kV/3kA: Uo.c. 1500V
Response time tr < 25ns
Backup fuse
(1)
: 80A gL/gG
Number of poles: 4
Fixing: DIN Rail
14

Min/Max section single-stranded: 1 / 35 mm (17/2 AWG
Technical Datasheet
Dimensions
AT82 Series
SINGLE-PHASE COMPACT PROTECTION FOR HOME ENVIRONMENT
AT-8216 ATSUB-D M: max discharge current of 15kA. Un 230V
line electrical supply lines with neutral type TT, using a metal
Regulation of Low Voltages (RBT ITC23). Specially prepared
to be installed in homes according to ITC-25 from REBT.
ATCOVER series.
very high currents.
Compact protection.
Thermodynamic control device, mechanical warning alarm. When the
warning is yellow the enclosure is in good shape. If not, replace.
Installation
Their installation is recommended for the homes main switchboard according
to the article 16.3 from REBT.
ATSUB-D M
AT82 Series
Reference
ATSUB-D M
AT-8216
Type of tests according to IEC61643-11, EN61643-11: Tipo 2 + 3
Nominal Voltage: Un 230VAC
Maximum continuous operating voltage: Uc 400VAC
n
(8/20s wave): Up(In) 1500V
Residual voltage with combination wave 6kV/3kA: Uo.c. 1500V
Response time tr < 25ns
Backup fuse
(1)
: 80A gL/gG
Number of poles: 4
Fixing: DIN Rail
14

Technical Datasheet
Dimensions
AT81 Series
COMPACT PROTECTOR FOR TT AND TNS THREE-PHASE POWER
SUPPLY LINES IN COMMON AND DIFFERENTIAL MODE
Efficient protection against transient overvoltages for TT and
TNS electrical supply lines in only one device. Medium and
low internal coordination protection stages, recommended in
Regulation of Low Voltages (REBT ITC23).
Discharge takes place in an internal encapsulated element, with no
external flash.
It remains inactive in normal conditions, without affecting the normal
working of the line and without leakage.
Coordinable with other SPDs such as ATSHOCK, ATSHIELD and ATSUB
series.
Both common and differential protection for the three lines and neutral.
No interruptions in power supply, thus avoiding data loss and other
inconvenients for the user.
Low residual voltage.
Double warning of no protection trough a lightning indicator of failure
and a green light indicating good operation.
With remote control alarm.
ATCOVER SPDs have been tested in ofcial, independent laboratories,
table).
Installation
ATCOVER Surge Protective Devices are to be installed in parallel with the Low
Voltage supply line, connected to line/s, neutral and ground.
When connecting the protector, the green light must turn on indicating its
good operation. If the failure warning turns on, or the green pilot turns of its
imperative to replace the protector.
ATCOVERs can be installed as single protection or in combination with
other protectors that withstand higher discharge currents. In this case, it is
necessary that both are separated by at least 10 meter cable or, if this is
not possible, by a decoupling inductor ATLINK, in order to achieve a correct
coordination between them.
Their installation is recommended in:
Secondary boards supplying sensitive systems. (Electronics,
informatics
Power supply of important equipment such as UPSs, PLCs, etc.
AT-8133 ATCOVER 400T: three-phase, 400V
ac
line
AT-8132 ATCOVER 230T: three-phase, 230V
ac
line
ATCOVER T
AT81 Series
Reference
ATCOVER 400T ATCOVER 230T
AT-8133 AT-8132
Type of tests according to EN 61643-11: Type 1 + 2 + 3
Nominal voltage: Un 400VAC (L-L) 220VAC (L-N, L-GND) 230VAC (L-L) 130VAC (L-N, L-GND)
Maximum working voltage: Uc 440VAC (L-L) 255VAC (L-N, L-GND) 255VAC (L-L) 145VAC (L-N, L-GND)
Nominal discharge current (wave 8/20s): In 10kA
Protection level (1,2/50s wave): Up 700V 500V
n
(8/20s wave): Up(In) 900V 700V
Combined wave tension: Uo.c. 6kV
Residual voltage with combination wave 6kV/3kA: 700V 450V
Backup fuse
(1)
: 125A gL/gG
Number of poles: 4
Fixing: DIN rail
14

Technical Datasheet
Dimensions
AT81 Series
COMPACT PROTECTOR FOR TNC AND IT THREE-PHASE POWER
Efficient protection against transient overvoltages for TT and
IT electrical supply lines in only one device. Medium and
low internal coordination protection stages, recommended
in Regulation of Low Voltages (REBT ITC23).
external flash.
series.
table).
Installation
Secondary boards suppl yi ng sensi ti ve systems. (el ectroni cs,
informatics)
AT-8153 ATCOVER TNC 400T: three-phase without neutral, 400V
ac
line
AT-8152 ATCOVER TNC 230T: three-phase without neutral, 230V
ac
line
ATCOVER T
AT81 Series
Reference
ATCOVER TNC 400T ATCOVER TNC 230T
AT-8153 AT-8152
Nominal voltage: Un 400VAC (L-L) 220VAC (L-N, L-GND) 230VAC (L-L) 130VAC (L-N, L-GND)
Maximum working voltage: Uc 440VAC (L-L) 255VAC (L-N, L-GND) 255VAC (L-L) 145VAC (L-N, L-GND)
n
(8/20s wave): Up(In) 900V 700V
Backup fuse
(1)
: 125A gL/gG
Number of poles: 3
Fixing: DIN rail
14

Technical Datasheet
Dimensions
AT81 Series
COMPACT PROTECTOR FOR SINGLE-PHASE POWER
phase electrical supply lines neutral in only one device.
Medium and low internal coordination protection stages,
external flash.
series.
Both common and differential protection for the phase and neutral lines
table).
Installation
Secondary boards suppl yi ng sensi ti ve systems. (el ectroni cs,
informatics)
AT-8112 ATCOVER 230M: single-phase, 230V
ac
line
AT-8111 ATCOVER 130M: single-phase, 130 V
ac
line
ATCOVER M
AT81 Series
Reference
ATCOVER 230M ATCOVER 130M
AT-8112 AT-8111
Nominal voltage: Un 230VAC 130VAC
Maximum working voltage: Uc 255VAC 145VAC
n
(8/20s wave): Up(In) 900V 700V
Backup fuse
(1)
: 125A gL/gG
Number of poles: 2
Dimensions: 72 x 90 x 80mm (4 mod. DIN43880
Fixing: DIN rail
14

Technical Datasheet
Dimensions
AT84 Series
DECOUPLING INDUCTOR FOR
SPD POWER SUPPLY COORDINATION
A proper protection against transient overvoltages needs a
good coordination between SPDs. ATLINK inductors provide
decoupling between SPDs when they are connected
in parallel at a same line. Thus, each one acts at the right
moment, achieving the double objective: withstanding
the lightning current and reducing the overvoltage to an
acceptable level for the connected equipment.
One ATLINK is needed for each line and another for neutral. For their selection
the line working current must be taken into account, since this current
will flow continuously through the device.
Its coordination capability has been tested and certified using lightning wave
10/350s according to EN 61643-11.
Allows the installation of SPDs of different classes in the same place,
since the inductor substitutes the necessary length of cable for SPD
coordination.
Robust connectors, suitable for all kind of connections.
ATLINK devices have been tested in ofcial, independent laboratories,
verifying their working for a proper SPD coordination.
Installation
ATLINK inductors are to be installed in series with the LV power supply line,
that is, cutting the line and connecting the obtained cable ends to the input
and output connectors of the ATLINK. One ATLINK is needed for each line and
another one for the neutral. There is no ground connection.
Coordinates mainly ATSHOCK and ATSHIELD with ATSUB and/or ATCOVER
surge protective devices when they cannot be separated by a cable at least
10 meters long.
AT-8435 ATLINK 35: lines with I
N 35A
AT-8463 ATLINK 63: lines with IN 63A
ATLINK
AT84 Series
Reference
ATLINK 35 ATLINK 63
AT-8435 AT-8463
Maximum working current: IL 35A 63A
Nominal Voltage: Un 230VAC
Maximum continuous operating voltage: Uc 255VAC
Maximmum current (8/20s wave): Imax 100 kA
Impulse coordinated current (10/350s wave): Iimp 100 kA
Inductancia: L 15H
Resistance: 3m
Type of connection: Series (two ports)
Fixing: DIN Rail
14

Connections L/N/G:
Dimensions
Technical Datasheet
ATCOMPACT Series
ATCOMPACT protection boxes are made of several kind of
SPD aiming the protection of all lines out from single-phase
SPD, including the protective fuses against short circuits.
ATCOMPACT Surge Protective Devices are to be installed in parallel with the
supply line, without altering at all its way of working under normal conditions.
Combinations can be made for protection either in common mode (ground
referred) or differential (between line/s and neutral).
Compact box, easy to install and with the same advantages as Aplicaciones
Tecnolgicas SPDs give: robust, quick, reliable and tested according current
standards (EN 61643-11) in ofcial independent laboratories.
Earth connection is a must. Earthi ng i n all the
Installation
General nomenclature
ATCOMPACT boxes are to be installed in parallel with the Low Voltage
supply line, connected to line, neutral and ground. Fuses or circuit breakers
must be present upstream. They will be disconnected during the installation
for working security.
When this ATCOMPACT is installed as middle protection, other protectors
must be separated by at least 10 meter cable or, if this is not possible, by
decoupling inductors ATLINK, in order to achieve a correct coordination
between them.
AT-8131 ATCOMPACT M2 30kA:
Protection for single phase lines with ATCOVER 230M
AT-8130 ATCOMPACT T2 30kA:
Protection for three phase lines with ATCOVER 400T
Protection for single phase lines with ATSUB-2P 15
Protection for three phase lines with ATSUB-4P 15
Protection for three phase lines with ATSUB-4P 40
AT-8119 ATCOMPACT M2 65kA
rotection for three phase lines with ATSUB-4P 65
Protection for single phase lines with ATSHIELD 230M
Protection for three phase lines with ATSHIELD 400T
Protection for single phase lines with ATSHOCK
Protection for three phase lines with ATSHOCK
ATCOMPACT T2 15kA
T1: Three-phase protection type 1
T2: Three-phase protection type 2
M1: Single-phase protection type 1
M2: Single-phase protection type 2
Max. discharge
current for pole
MULTI-POLE POWER SUPPLY PROTECTION
BOX INCLUDING PROTECTIVE FUSES
ATCOMPACT
ATCOMPACT Series
ATCOMPACT M2 30kA
Reference AT-8131
Type of tests according to EN 61643-11: Tipo 1 + 2 + 3
Nominal frequency: 50 60Hz
n
(8/20s wave): Up(In) 900V
Residual voltage with combination wave 6kV/3kA: 700V
Included fuse: 50A gG
Maximum short-circuit current: 100kA
SPD location: Outdoor
Number of poles: 2
Dimensions: 200 x 195 x 112 mm
Fixing: Wall or vertical support
Enclosure material: Autoextinguishing, isolating
Enclosure protection: IP65 according to IEC 60.529
Enclosure: Double (Class II)
Fire resistance: 650C according to IEC 695-2-1
Impact protection: IK09 according to EN 50.102
Connections L/N/GND: Maximum section 25 mm
Dimensions
Technical Datasheet
ATCOMPACT T2 30kA
Reference AT-8130
Nominal voltage: Un 400VAC (L-L) 230VAC (L-GND)
Maximum working voltage: Uc 440VAC (L-L) 255VAC (L-GND)
n
Number of poles: 4
ATCOMPACT Series
Technical Datasheet
Dimensions
ATCOMPACT M2 15kA
Reference AT-8117
n
(8/20s wave): Up(In) 1200V
Number of poles: 2
ATCOMPACT Series
Dimensions
Technical Datasheet
ATCOMPACT Series
Technical Datasheet
Dimensions
ATCOMPACT T2 15kA
Reference AT-8122
Nominal frequency: In 50 60Hz
Nominal discharge current (wave 8/20s): Imax 5kA
Maximum discharge current (8/20s wave): Iimp 15kA
n
(8/20s wave): Up(In) 1200V
Number of poles: 4
ATCOMPACT M2 40kA
Reference AT-8139
n
(8/20s wave): Up(In) 1400V
Number of poles: 2
ATCOMPACT Series
Technical Datasheet
Dimensions
ATCOMPACT T2 40kA
Reference AT-8140
n
(8/20s wave): Up(In) 1400V
Number of poles: 4
ATCOMPACT Series
Technical Datasheet
Dimensions
ATCOMPACT M2 65kA
Reference AT-8119
n
(8/20s wave): Up(In) 1600V
Number of poles: 2
ATCOMPACT Series
Technical Datasheet
Dimensions
ATCOMPACT T2 65kA
Reference AT-8120
n
(8/20s wave): Up(In) 1600V
Number of poles: 4
ATCOMPACT Series
Technical Datasheet
Dimensions
ATCOMPACT M1 30kA
Reference AT-8161
Number of poles: 2
ATCOMPACT Series
Technical Datasheet
Dimensions
ATCOMPACT T1 30kA
Reference AT-8160
Number of poles: 4
ATCOMPACT Series
Technical Datasheet
Dimensions
ATCOMPACT M1 50kA
Reference AT-8149
Protection categories according to REBT: III, IV
Number of poles: 2
ATCOMPACT Series
Technical Datasheet
Dimensions
ATCOMPACT T1 50kA
Reference AT-8150
Protection categories according to REBT: III, IV
Number of poles: 4
ATCOMPACT Series
Technical Datasheet
Dimensions
FULL COORDINATED PROTECTION CABINETS
FOR POWER SUPPLY LINES
A proper surge protection is only achieved if all the stages are
well coordinated. Otherwise the most robust protection will
not act, possibly causing the destruction of the most sensitive
protectors and even the equipment that they should protect.
For the working of all the protections, they must be separated by at least
10 meters cable. If this were not possible, a decoupling inductor should be
installed between the protection stages. ATBARRIER boxes contain all the
necessary elements for a coordinated protection.
ATBARRIER boxes are to be installed in series with the Low Voltage line,
connected to line/s, neutral and ground. Fuses or circuit breakers must
be present upstream. They will be disconnected during the installation for
working security. If this protection does not exist, fuses must be installed in
series with the box.
Compact box, easy to install and with the same advantages as Aplicaciones
Tecnolgicas SPDs give: robust, quick, reliable and tested according current
standards (EN 61643-11) in ofcial independent laboratories.
The working current of the line must be lower than 63A.
Installation
General nomenclature
ATBARRIER boxes are to be installed in series with the Low Voltage line,
connected to line/s, neutral and ground. Fuses or circuit breakers must
be present upstream. They will be disconnected during the installation for
working security.
Their installation is recommended where direct lightning currents could
penetrate and very sensitive equipment is connected, without distance
enough for SPDs coordination.
AT-8114 ATBARRIER MFF:
Coordinated protection for single-phase lines with ATSHOCK + ATCOVER
AT-8125 ATBARRIER MF:
Coordinated protection for single-phase lines with ATSHOCK + ATSUB15
AT-8118 ATBARRIER MM:
Coordinated protection for single-phase lines with ATSHOCK + ATSUB40
AT-8134 ATBARRIER TFF:
Coordinated protection for three-phase lines with ATSHOCK + ATCOVER
AT-8141 ATBARRIER TF:
Coordinated protection for three-phase lines with ATSHOCK + ATSUB15
AT-8121 ATBARRIER TM:
Coordinated protection for three-phase lines with ATSHOCK + ATSUB40
ATBARRIER T F
T: for Three-Phase supply
M: for Single-Phase supply
M: medium residual voltage (with ATSUB 40)
F: low residual voltage (with ATSUB 15)
FF:very low residual voltage (with ATCOVER)
ATBARRIER Series
ATBARRIER
ATBARRIER Series
ATBARRIER MFF
Reference AT-8114
Maximum working current: IL 63A
Number of poles: 2
Technical Datasheet
Dimensions
ATBARRIER Series
ATBARRIER MF
Reference AT-8125
Number of poles: 2
Technical Datasheet
Dimensions
ATBARRIER Series
ATBARRIER MM
Reference AT-8118
Number of poles: 2
Technical Datasheet
Dimensions
ATBARRIER Series
ATBARRIER TFF
Reference AT-8134
Number of poles: 4
Technical Datasheet
Dimensions
ATBARRIER Series
ATBARRIER TF
Reference AT-8141
Number of polos: 4
Technical Datasheet
Dimensions
ATBARRIER Series
ATBARRIER TM
Reference AT-8121
Number of polos: 4
Technical Datasheet
Dimensions
PROTECTION OF SPECIAL
EQUIPMENT POWER SUPPLY
PROTECTION OF SPECIAL EQUIPMENT POWER SUPPLY
The above explained supply SPD series are focused on AC power supply
systems for different voltages. However, there are many apparatus which
are supplied by especial generators, such as batteries or solar cells, with
different types of voltages (continuous, pulses,) and a wide range of different
characteristics in current, frequency, number of wires, etc.
The variety of this equipment, together with the fact that they are in constant
evolution makes a constant study of new solutions obligatory for each case.
Aplicaciones Tecnolgicas, S.A. holds a Technical Department, expert in
surge protection that designs new protectors or adapts the existing ones to the
equipment and systems to be protected.
ATVOLT SERIES
ATPV SERIES
ATVOLT P SERIES
ATCOMBO SERIES
Coordinated protection for DC supply lines.
Protection box for photovoltaic installations.
Protection box provided with sockets.
Surge protection for DC supply lines.
ATPV SERIES
ATPVs protection box are designed for each customer installation
individually, in order to provide maximum protection to the photovoltaic
cells and all their integrated elements, such as typically the frequency
converter.
ATPV SPDs are made with common protectors such as spark gaps,
zinc oxide varistors, together with other protectors, suitable for each
specific voltage of the installation to be protected.
Both are connected in series or parallel. The normal working of the
line is not affected.
ATVOLT SERIES
ATVOLT P SERIES
ATCOMBO SERIES
ATVOLT SPDs have got plenty of uses for this kind of equipment
thanks to the flexibility of their design and connectors. Each SPD
protects a pair of wires. Several protection stages are internally
coordinated. ATVOLT Series contains a wide range of voltages. They
are mainly used for DC supply lines of tens of volts.
They are installed in series with the line and they are able to withstand
continuously currents ranging up to several amperes without
significant line losses or consumption.
ALVOLT SPDs wi thstand l i ghtni ng secondar y ef fects and
power switching surges. They react to voltage impulses in a few
nanoseconds, thus achieving a very low residual voltage, protecting
even highly sensitive equipment.
ATVOLT P SPDs allows the protection of the same equipments as
ATVOLT series but since these are installed in parallel, they have the
characteristic of having no limitation for current consumption. Each
SPD protects a pair of wires. Several protection stages are internally
coordinated. ATVOLT P Series contains a wide range of voltages.
They are mainly used for DC supply lines of tens of volts.
They are installed in series with the line and they are able to withstand
continuously currents ranging up to several amperes without
significant line losses or consumption.
ALVOLT P SPDs withstand lightning secondary effects and
power switching surges. They react to voltage impulses in a few
nanoseconds, thus achieving a very low residual voltage, protecting
even highly sensitive equipment.
ATCOMBO SPDs gather in a single, small size box a power supply
SPD such as ATVOLT or ATCOVER together with a Schuko socket in
order to facilitate connections.
They are especially recommended for telecommunication stations
or similar installations, where the use of moving equipment is very
common and weather conditions may be severe.
SPDs and accessories are supplied in a close, robust box, easy to
open when equipment should be connected and with all the internal
connections already done.
AT89 Series
SPD FOR PHOTOVOLTAIC INSTALLATIONS
AT-8901 ATPV:
prepared for overvoltages induced in photovoltaic installations.
Photovoltaic installations are prone to lightning strikes due to
their location in open areas.
Efficient protection of the photovoltaic installations and every element
integrated on the installation, such as the DC-AC converter.
Tested and certified as Type 2 according to regulations EN 61643-11 and
GUIDE-BT-23 from REBT.
ATCOVER series.
Made up of zinc oxide varistors fitted to the specific voltage of the
electrical installation to be protected. They are able to protect Inverters
with voltage up 1000V
DC.
Single pole protection with removable cartridges.
Thermodynamic control device and light alarm and mechanical remote
warning. When the warning light is green the enclosure is in good shape.
If not, replace.
They are installed in parallel with the line, without affecting its working in
normal conditions.
ATPV series is provided with removable cartridges that allows its replacement
in case of fault thus without changing the base.
Installation
They must be installed in parallel with the Low Voltage supply line, connected
to line/s, positive, negative and ground. Fuses or circuit breakers must be
present upstream. They will be disconnected during the installation for
working security. The installations must be done with out line voltage
ATPV
AT89 Series
Electrical installation should be protected as follows:
An ATPV protector should be installed on the continuous part of the inverter.
A medium protection based in the ATSUB series must be placed in order to protect the main switchboards from the installation process.
If generated power is used for local needs, it is recommended top lace a tight protector ATCOVER in the distribution board in order to avoid high
residual voltages.
If generated power is to export to the electrical network through an owned transformation centre, ATSHOCK should be placed in order to avoid
transient overvoltages in the line.
ATPV
(PAG.192)
ATCOVER
(PAG.160)
ATSHOCK
(PAG.148)
ATSUB
(PAG.148)
INVERSOR
MAIN
SWITCHBOARD
PHOTOVOLTAIC CELLS
AT89 Series
ATPV
Reference AT-8901
Nominal voltage: U
c 1000VDC
n
(8/20s wave): Up(In) 4kV
Protection level 5kA; 8//20s wave: 3,5kV
Response time: t
r < 25ns
Backup fuse
(1)
: 125A gL/gG
Number of poles: 3
Fixing: DIN rail
14

Technical Datasheet
AT-8906 ATPV Mod.: Imax 40kA / Uc 500VDC
Accessories
Dimensions
AT89 Series
ATPV3
Reference AT-8905
Nominal voltage: U
c 950VDC
n
8/20s wave: Up 2600V
Backup fuse
(1)
: 125A gL/gG
Working Temperature: -40C to +70C
Fixing: DIN rail
14

Connections L/N/G:
Relevant standards : UNE21186, NFC17102, IEC62305
Technical Datasheet
(1) Needed in cases where there is no equal or less nominal current installed upstream from the protector.
installation Dimensions
AT85 Series
COORDINATED DC POWER SUPPLY SPD
AT-8505: ATVOLT 5: 5V
DC
lines
AT-8512: ATVOLT 12: 12V
DC
lines
AT-8515: ATVOLT 15: 15V
DC
lines
AT-8524: ATVOLT 24: 24V
DC
lines
AT-8530: ATVOLT 30: 30V
DC
lines
AT-8548: ATVOLT 48: 48V
DC
lines
AT-8560: ATVOLT 60: 60V
DC
lines
AT-8580: ATVOLT 80: 80V
DC
lines
AT-8510: ATVOLT 110: 110V
DC
lines
Efficient protection for DC supply lines in modules
containing coordinated protection for one pair of lines.
GUIDE-BT-23 from REBT. Suitable for Categories I, II, III and IV equipment
according to ITC-BT-23 from REBT.
Recommended protection in both common and differential mode.
Pluggable modules for its easier substitution in case of failure without the
need of disconnecting the wiring. When substituting the module the line
suffers no interruptions.
It has a radiofrequency receptor in order to do the maintenance only with
issuer equipment. When the RF SPD Tester is applied and the protector is
working, the LED flickers green. If the cartridge is damage the LED does
not flick.
Earthing implemented through a metallic sheet opposite to the fixing DIN
rail.
Wide variety of SPDs for different working voltages.
Low residual voltage for all working voltages.
Very fast response.
Mechanic connection for conductors through screws, which allows
absorbing a highest amount of overvoltage
ATVOLT SPDs have been tested in ofcial, independent laboratories,
table).
Installation
ATVOLT Surge Protective Devices are to be installed in series with the DC
supply line, cutting the cables and connecting the positive and negative
terminals to the corresponding connectors. It is very important to pay especial
attention to these connections since a wrong connection can cause short-
circuits at the equipment supply.
On another side, it is essential to connect correctly the input and output
terminals. Otherwise the SPD components will not work properly.
The lower terminal must be connected to the Earth Termination System,
where the surge associated current must be derived.
ATVOLT SPDs should be installed preferably as close to the equipment as
possible.
AT-3501: RF SPD TESTER:
Radiofrequency SPD tester.
ATVOLT
AT85 Series
Reference
ATVOLT 5 ATVOLT 12 ATVOLT 15 ATVOLT 24 ATVOLT 30
AT-8505 AT-8512 AT-8515 AT-8524 AT-8530
Nominal voltage: Un 5VDC 12VDC 15VDC 24VDC 30VDC
Maximum working voltage: Uc 7VDC 15VDC 18VDC 31VDC 37VDC
Protection level (1,2/50s wave): Up 9V 18V 20V 35V 40V
n
(8/20s wave): Up(In) 13V 25V 25V 40V 45V
Number of poles: 2
Dimensions: 13,5 x 90 x 80mm (0,75 mod. DIN43880)
Fixing: DIN rail
14

Connections: Maximum Section: 4mm
Technical Datasheet
AT-8506: ATVOLT 5 Mod.: 5V
DC
lines
DC
lines
DC
lines
DC
lines
DC
lines
AT85 Series
Reference
ATVOLT 48 ATVOLT 60 ATVOLT 80 ATVOLT 110
AT-8548 AT-8560 AT-8580 AT-8510
Nominal voltage: Un 48VDC 60VDC 80VDC 110VDC
Maximum working voltage: Uc 65VDC 72VDC 96VDC 132VDC
Protection level (1,2/50s wave): Up 70V 90V 120V 160V
n
(8/20s wave): Up(In) 75V 100V 135V 180V
Number of poles: 2
Fixing: DIN rail
14

Connections: Maximum Section: 4mm
Technical Datasheet
DC
lines
DC
lines
DC
lines
DC
lines
Installation
ATVOLT P Surge Protective Devices are to be installed in parallel connected
to positive and negative line.
ATVOLT P can be installed as single protection or in combination with
necessary that both are separated by at least 10 meter cable or, if this is not
possible, by a decoupling inductor ATLINK, in order to achieve a correct
The lower terminal must be connected to the Earth Termination System,
where the surge associated current must be derived.
ATVOLT P SPDs should be installed preferably as close to the equipment
as possible.
AT-8590: ATVOLT P5: 5V
DC
lines
DC
lines
DC
lines
DC
lines
Efficient protection for DC supply lines in modules
containing medium protection for one pair of lines.
according to ITC-BT-23 from REBT
Recommended protection in both common and differential mode.
external flash.
Mechanic connection for conductors through screws, which allows
absorbing a highest amount of voltage.
Possibility of connection to a M5 fork terminal
Coordinable with other SPDs such as ATSHOCK and ATCOVER.
Quick response
ATVOLT P SPDs have been tested in official, independent laboratories,
table).
DC POWER SUPPLY SPD
AT85 Series
ATVOLT P
AT85 Series
Reference
ATVOLT P5 ATVOLT P12 ATVOLT P24 ATVOLT P48
AT-8590 AT-8514 AT-8526 AT-8549
Type of tests according to EN 61643-11: Type 2+3
Nominal voltage: Un 5VDC 12VDC 24VDC 48VDC
Maximum working voltage: Uc 7VDC 15VDC 31VDC 65VDC
Number of poles: 2
Fixing: DIN rail
14

Connections:
Dimensions
Technical Datasheet
AT-8113 ATCOMBO 230: 230V
AC
lines
AC
lines
DC
lines
DC
lines
DC
lines
ATCOMBO Series
Installation
AC
lines
AC
lines
DC
lines
DC
lines
DC
lines
ATCOMBO boxes are to be installed in parallel or in series with the Low
Voltage line, depending on the different protectors they can use: ATCOVER or
ATVOLT , connected to line/s, neutral and ground. Fuses or circuit breakers
must be present upstream. They will be disconnected during the installation
for working security.
Their installation is recommended where direct lightning currents could
penetrate and very sensitive equipment is connected, without distance
enough for SPDs coordination. Especial care should be taken when there
is an ATCOMBO box which contents ATVOLT enclosed, since the proper
polarity must always be kept.
Radiofrequency SPD tester
PROTECTION BOX
PROVIDED WITH SOCKETS
Containing the SPDs with a lower residual voltage (ATCOVER, ATVOLT).
Compact box, fully wired and easy to install. Fire resistant, robust,
sealable.
external flash.
series.
not flick.
Wide variety of SPD for different working voltages.
Conductor connection through screws, which allows absorbing a higher
sustention.
The SPDs contained in ATCOMBO and their coordination have been tested
in official, independent laboratories, obtaining their characteristics
according to relevant standards (related in the table
ATCOMBO
ATCOMBO series are power supply protection boxes with
specific Schucko sockets to facilitate equipment connection.
ATCOMBO Series
Reference
ATCOMBO230 ATCOMBO130 ATCOMBO12 ATCOMBO24 ATCOMBO48
AT-8113 AT-8115 AT-9320 AT-9325 AT-9326
Type of tests according to EN 61643-11: 1 + 2 + 3 3
Nominal voltage: Un 230VAC (50Hz) 130VAC (50Hz) 12VDC 24VDC 48VDC
Maximum continuous operating voltage: Uc 255VAC (50Hz) 145VAC (50Hz) 15VDC 31VDC 65VDC
Maximum working current: IL - 3A
Nominal discharge current (8/20s wave): In 10kA 5kA
Maximum discharge current (8/20s wave): Imax 30kA -
Impulse current (10/350s wave): Iimp 6kA -
Protection level (1,2/50s): Up 600V 500V 18V 35V 70V
Protection level at In (8/20s) Up(In) 900V 700V 25V 40V 75V
Residual voltage with combination wave 6kV/3kA (L-N, L-G): Uo.c. 6kV 10kV
Response time: tr < 25ns < 10ns
Dimensions: 200 x 267 x 112mm 280 x 159 x 112mm
Type of connection: Parallel (one port) Series (two ports)
Number of poles: 2
Isolating: Double (Class II)
Connections: Maximum section 25mm Maximum section 4mm
Relevant standards: UNE 21186, NFC 17102, IEC61024-1, IEC61312-3
Technical Datasheet
DC
lines
DC
lines
DC
lines
POWER SUPPLY PROTECTION
OF AREAS WITH LOW
OVERVOLTAGES
POWER SUPPLY PROTECTION OF
AREAS WITH LOW OVERVOLTAGES
This protection is specially aimed for working in coordination with the power
supply protection already seen in previous sections. Usually, one talks about
tight protection compared to that seen in other sections, called coarse or
medium.
This is focused to protect equipments more sensitive to overvoltages
(computer systems, measures, electronics, etc.) and final customer
equipments.
Its more flexible since it allows protection at both installation level (distribution
board) and working place or particular equipment.
Aplicaciones Tecnolgicas SPDs attain coordinated protection of the
complete electric installation from the mains to the very final customer
equipment, leaving protection levels of the same order as its maximum
working voltage.
ATFILTER SERIES
ATSOCKET SERIES
ATPLUG SERIES
SPD provided with a flter for high
frequency disturbances.
SPDs for indoors power supply installation.
SPDs for already installed
power supply sockets.
AT94 Series
AT-9402 ATFILTER 16: I
L
lines 16A
L
lines 32A
L
lines 50A
Installation
ATFILTER device has been conceived with the purpose of
providing a highly efficient protection to electronic equipments
against overvoltages and high frequency disturbances.
This is achieved by mean of placing gas discharge tubes and suppressor
diodes beside a high quality low-pass frequency lter, what implies a full
protection against pulses of high amplitude and/or frequency.
Every electric disturbance above 100Hz will be attenuated.
Tight protection according to scaled protection recommended in Low Voltage
Regulation (REBT ITC23).
Type 2 and 3 protector according EN 61643-11 and GUIDE BT-23 from REBT
standards. Suitable for Categories I, II, III and IV equipment according to
ITC-BT-23 from REBT.
There are several models depending on the nominal current of the line to be
protected (I
L).
The proper working of the ATFILTER equipments has been certified by ofcial
independent laboratories, verifying the proper coordination between SPDs.
SURGE PROTECTOR PROVIDED WITH A FILTER
AGAINST HIGH FREQUENCY DISTURBANCES
ATFILTER
ATFILTER devices are to be installed in series with the power supply line,
that is, cutting the line and connecting the obtained cable ends to the input
and output connectors. Please pay attention to these connections since if
terminals are wrongly wired, a short circuit may happen.
On the other hand, its of capital importance a right wiring of input/output
terminals. If not, protector components wont act properly.
Linking the earth terminal to ground is a must.
The power should be disconnected during the installation of the SPD. The
protector is ready to be fitted on the DIN rail of the distribution board, the
closest to the equipment to be protected against overvoltages and screened
against electromagnetic noise.
Bode diagram of electromagnetic noise
Asymmetric attenuation
AT94 Series
ATFILTER 16 ATFILTER 32 ATFILTER 50
Reference AT-9402 AT-9403 AT-9401
Maximum working current: IL 16A 32A 50A
Inductance: L < 2mH
Attenuation between 0.15 and 30MHz:
Min. 80dB a 4MHz
Min.40dB with the range from 0.15 to 30 MHz
n
Response time: tr <25ns
Number of poles: 2
Fixing: DIN rail
14

Technical Datasheet
Dimensions
AT95 Series
INDOORS PROTECTOR FOR POWER SUPPLY LINES
AT-9501 ATSOCKET: Single phase protection
Its small size allows its fitting close to the voltage sockets that will be used
by customers.
It contains an efficient protection against transient overvoltages, for single-
phase power supply lines.
Tested and certified as Type 3 according to regulations UNe-EN61643-11 and
according to ITC-BT-23 from REBT.
Coordinable with other SPDs such as ATSHOCK, ATSHIELD, ATSUB
and ATCOVER.
Made of supressor diodes.
Small response time.
external flash.
Thermic control device and visual warning.
AT95 have been tested in ofcial, independent laboratories, obtaining
their characteristics according to relevant standards (related in the table).
To be installed in parallel with the power supply line, with connections to phase
to be protected, neutral and ground.
Its use is recommended in systems where overvoltage sensitive equipments
are installed (computers, printers, servers, etc.) and always coordinated with
protector type 1 or 2.
Installation
ATSOCKET
This SPD is designed for its connection inside the
cable channels that feed the sockets.
AT95 Series
ATSOCKET
Reference AT-9501
Nominal voltage: U
n 230VAC
n
Dimensions: 40 x 40 x 10mm
Number of poles: 2
Enclosure material: ABS
14

Section 2,5mm
150mm long
Technical Datasheet
Dimensions
AT96 Series
It contains an effective protection based upon suppressor diodes against
transient overvoltages, aimed towards single-phase power supply lines.
Its installation is simple, complementing the load to protect no matter where
its placed.
Tested and certified as Type 3 protectors according to regulations EN
61643-11 and GUIDE-BT-23 from REBT. Suitable for Categories I, II, III and
IV equipment according to ITC-BT-23 from REBT.
Coordinable with other SPDs such as ATSHOCK, ATSHIELD, ATSUB
and ATCOVER.
external flash.
inconvenient for the user.
Thermic control device and visual warning. When the protector it OK the
green light its on. When there is a failure the light turns off.
AT96 SPDs have been tested in official, independent laboratories,
table).
To be installed in parallel with the loads plugged into the same socket.
Its use is recommended in systems where overvoltage sensitive equipments
are installed (computers, printers, servers, etc.) and always coordinated with
protector type 1 or 2.
Installation
This SPD is plugged directly in the same socket as
the load to be protected.
POWER SUPPLY PLUG-IN SPD
AT-9601 ATPLUG:
Single phase line protection for Schuko.
ATPLUG
AT96 Series
ATPLUG
Reference AT-9601
Protection level at In (8/20s wave): Up(In) 800V
Number of poles: 2
Enclosure material: ABS
14

Technical Datasheet
Dimensions
PROTECTION FOR DATA
AND TELECOMMUNICATION LINES
PROTECTION FOR DATA
AND TELECOMMUNICATION LINES
Surges often enter structures via telephone and data lines, thus affecting the
equipment. The same as power supply lines they can cover large distances
and connect very sensitive electronic equipment. Besides, telephone and
data lines convey normally very low currents and reach the most fragile
components. Examining any electronic device, it is clear that the power supply
part is formed by more robust elements, while data communication lines
connect directly to integrated circuits, other electronic components through
the printed board thin tracks. Surges can cause severe damages in these
tracks and components, degrading or destroying them and also affecting the
data they store.
Telephone lines connect not only phone terminals but also more
important and sensitive equipment, such as faxes and modems, inside
and outside computers. Furthermore, one of the consequences of the
global use of Internet is that many machines (PLCs, electrical house-
hold, etc.) activate through the telephone line.
Another very common trend is to design all kind of devices for remote distance
controlling. This process often means the multiplication of cross-connections
and wiring between devices that are placed in separated buildings or with
different grounding. The risk of surges damaging the equipment increases
then considerably, causing important economic losses not only due to the
equipment damage but also the delay or cancellation of the processes and the
services they should supply. Protecting communication lines against surges
can solve all these problems.
Data and telephone lines need a wide previous study of the systems to be
protected. Telecommunications is a field in constant evolution, where high
precision is required and many different procedures exist. Each transmission
protocol has its own working voltage, type of connection, pin-out, etc. All these
data should be well known before designing a surge protection strategy that,
firstly, does not affect the user and, secondly, is efficient against transient
overvoltages.
Aplicaciones Tecnolgicas, S.A. supplies specifc data and telephone SPDs for the most
common working conditions. Besides, being manufacturers, we can develop new devices for
the new telecommunication types that appear in the market. Our SPDs are usually made of
screwed terminals instead of RJ11, RJ45 and DB9 because they withstand higher currents.
ATLINE SERIES
ATLAN SERIES
ATFONO SERIES
ATDB9 SERIES
ATFREQ SERIES
Data lines protection with a wide
range of working voltages.
Computer lines and network
protection (switches, hubs).
For protection of standard, ADSL
and ISDL telephone lines.
Protection of data lines and communication
buses with connector type DB9.
Coaxial cable protectors for TV, CCTV
and High Frequency signals.
AT91 Series
Both common and differential protection recommended for this type of
lines.
Allows the connection of 2 pairs of lines with a very small size (0,75 DIN
modules)
Protection for telephone lines and also for the digital and analogical
equipment connected to these lines (fax, modem, etc).
not flick
rail.
In normal conditions stays inactive, without affecting the line working and
without producing any leakage.
Both common and differential modes of protection.
Very fast response.
Connection with screw pressure, which provides better lightning current
withstanding capacity than usual telephone connectors.
ATFONO SPD has been tested in ofcial, independent laboratories,
table).
ATFONO Surge Protective Devices are to be installed in series with the
telephone line, at the point where the line enters the building and always the
telephone company indications should be complied.
When the 2 devices to be protected are placed in different buildings and
intercommunicated, SPDs should be placed both where the line goes into
and out of the buildings.
The recommended procedure for its installation is the following:
1. Cut the telephone cable
2. Insert the telephone ends in the connectors. Verify carefully that input and
output connections are correctly placed.
3. Connect the DIN rail to the earth terminal, since the overvoltage should
be derived to this element.
AT-9101 ATFONO: prepared for 2 pairs of telephone lines
Installation
MODULAR PROTECTOR FOR TELEPHONE LINES FOR DIN RAIL
ATFONO
Efficient protection for analogical and ADSL telephone
lines, containing coordinated protection for 2 pair of
lines.
AT91 Series
ATFONO
Reference AT-9101
Nominal voltage: U
n 130VDC
Maximum continuous operating voltage: Uc 220VAC, DC
Nominal discharge current for line C2
10kV(1,2/50s) / 5kA(8/20s):
I
n(C2) 5kA
Total C2 nominal discharge current
10kV(1,2/50s) / 5kA(8/20s):
20kA
Protection level for 1,2/50s wave: U
p 250V
Protection level at In (8/20s): Up(In) 330V
Maximum working current: IL 360mA
Resistance (series): Rs 15
Number of poles: 4
Fixing: DIN rail
14

Connections: Maximum section 4mm
Technical Datasheet
AT-9107: ATFONO Mod.: 220V telephone lines
AT-9104 ATFONO RJ11:
prepared for telephone lines with connection type RJ11
PROTECTOR FOR TELEPHONE LINES WITH RJ11 CONNECTION
It is recommended that the installation is done as close as possible to the
equipment. A telephone cable with a connector RJ11 has 4 wires. The
ATFONO RJ11 protects in series these 2 pairs of wires.
For a complete protection it must be coordinated with an ATFONO protector
on the main entrance of the line.
intercommunicated, SPDs should be placed both sides of the line.
1. Insert the protector between the cable with RJ11 connector and the
equipment to protect.
2. Bond the protector to the ground through a connector type faston
supplied.
Installation
ATFONO RJ11 is a protector with RJ11 input and output connectors, able
to hold up nominal discharge currents of 2kA for each line.
lines.
external flash.
Very fast response.
Includes cable with RJ11 connector of 20cm.
ATFONO RJ11 SPD has been tested in ofcial, independent laboratories,
table).
Efficient protection for telephone lines in modules with tight
protection.
AT91 Series
ATFONO RJ11
RJ11 Cable
from network
RJ11 Cable
to phone
AT91 Series
ATFONO RJ11
Reference AT-9104
Nominal voltage: Un 130VDC
10kV(1,2/50s) / 5kA(8/20s):
I
n(C2) 2kA
Protection level for 1,2/50s wave: Up 250V
Resistance (series): Rs 15
Type of connection: Serie (dos puertos)
N of pairs protected: Series (two ports)
Dimensions 71 x 47 x 30mm
Enclosure material: Aluminium
Input / Output connector: RJ11 / RJ11
Earthing: 6mm Faston
Technical Datasheet
Dimensions
AT-9108 ATFONO RJ45:
prepared for telephone lines with connection type RJ45.
Efficient protection for telephone lines in modules with
tight protection.
ATFONO RJ45 is a protector with input and output connectors RJ45, able
to hold up nominal discharge currents of 2kA for each line.
lines.
external flash.
Very fast response.
Includes cable with RJ45 connector of 50cm.
ATFONO RJ45 SPD has been tested in ofcial, independent laboratories,
table).
Installation
It is recommended that the installations are done as close as possible to
the equipment. A telephone cable with a connector RJ45 has 4 wires. The
ATFONO RJ45 protects in series these 2 pairs of wires.
For a complete protection it must be coordinated with an ATFONO protector
on the main entrance of the line.
1. Insert the protector between the cable with RJ45 connector and the
equipment to protect.
supplied.
AT91 Series
PROTECTOR FOR TELEPHONE LINES WITH RJ45 CONNECTION
ATFONO RJ45
RJ45 Cable
from network
RJ45 Cable
to PC
AT91 Series
ATFONO RJ45
Reference AT-9108
10kV(1,2/50s) / 5kA(8/20s):
I
n(C2) 2kA
Protection level for 1,2/50s wave: Up 250V
Resistance series: Rs 15
N of pairs protected: 2
Input / Output connector: RJ45 / RJ45 shielded
Technical Datasheet
Dimensions
AT91 Series
PROTECTOR FOR TELEPHONE LINES FOR KRONE
OR REICHLE & DE-MASSARI CONNECTIONS WITH EARTHING TERMINAL
AT-9105 ATFONO R&M1:
coordinated protection for telephone lines
connected to Reichle & De-Massari connections.
AT-9106 ATFONO R&M2:
tight protection for telephone lines
connected to Reichle & De-Massari connections.
AT-9109 ATFONO KRONE:
coordinated protection for telephone lines
connected to KRONE connections.
Efficient protection for telephone lines with KRONE or Reichle
& De-Massari connections in modules with medium and tight
coordinated protection for 1 pair of wires.
This is a modular and pluggable protector, able to withstand nominal
discharge currents of 5kA for each line.
Compact, unplug and with small dimensions.
external flash.
It has a testing system in the frontal part to check the protectors condition.
The earthing will implement through a slot connected to the earthing
terminal from the Reichle & De-Massari connection.
This SPD has been tested in ofcial, independent laboratories, obtaining
Installation
ATFONO KRONE / R&M
ATFONO R&M are to be installed with the telephone line, on the entrance
connection line, always respecting the indications from the telephonic
company.
AT91 Series
ATFONO R&M1 ATFONO R&M2 ATFONO KRONE
Reference AT-9105 AT-9106 AT-9109
Maximum continuous operating voltage: Uc 180VDC
10kV(1,2/50s) / 5kA(8/20s):
I
n(C2) 5kA 100A 5kA
Protection level at In (8/20s): Up 400V 300V
Number of pairs protected : 1 pair
14

Technical Datasheet
Dimensions
AT92 Series
MODULAR PROTECTOR FOR DATA LINES FOR DIN RAIL
AT-9205 ATLINE 5: 5V
DC
lines
DC
lines
DC
lines
DC
lines
DC
lines
DC
lines
DC
lines
DC
lines
AT-9210 ATLINE 110: 110V
DC
lines
Protection for data lines and the digital or analogical equipments
connected (computers, PLCs, discharge cells, etc.).
lines.
Allows the connection of two pairs of lines with a very small size (0,75 DIN
modules).
not flick.
rail.
Low residual voltage in all the working voltages.
Very fast response.
Connection with screw pressure, which provides better lightning current
withstanding capacity than usual telephone connectors.
ATLINE SPDs have been tested in ofcial, independent laboratories,
table).
Efficient protection for data lines, containing coordinated
protection for two pair of lines.
Installation
ATLINE SPDs should be installed preferably as close to the equipment as
possible. One communication cable or data line may contain several wires.
Each ATLINE can protect four of these wires. It is very important to know
precisely the working voltage, current and function of each wire, in order
to select the proper SPD. It is very important to know the working voltage,
the intensity and the function of every wire of the line to select the correct
protector.
In case where two equipments located in separated buildings but linked
together are to be protected, protection must be installed in both sides of
the line.
The recommended installation procedure is the following:
1. Cut the data cable.
2. Insert the cable ends in the connectors. Verify carefully that input and
output connections are correctly placed.
3. Connect the DIN rail to the earth termination system where current will be
diverted.
ATLINE
AT92 Series
Reference
ATLINE5 ATLINE12 ATLINE15 ATLINE24 ATLINE30
AT-9205 AT-9212 AT-9215 AT-9224 AT-9230
Nominal voltage: Un 5V DC 12V DC 15V DC 24V DC 30V DC
Maximum working voltage: Uc 7VAC, DC 15VAC, DC 18VAC, DC 31VAC, DC 37VAC, DC
10kV(1,2/50s) / 5kA(8/20s):
I
n(C2) 5kA
Total nominal discharge current C2 10kV(1,2/50s) /
5kA(8/20s):
20kA
Protection level (1,2/50s): U
p 9V 18V 20V 35V 40V
Protection level at In (8/20s wave): Up(In) 13V 25V 25V 40V 45V
Nominal current: IN 360mA
Series resistance: Rs 15
Type of connection: Serie (two ports)
Number of poles: 4
Fixing: DIN rail
14

Connections: Maximum Section 4mm
Technical Datasheet
AT-9206 ATLINE 5 Mod.: 5V
DC
lines
DC
lines
DC
lines
DC
lines
DC
lines
AT92 Series
Reference
ATLINE48 ATLINE60 ATLINE80 ATLINE110
AT-9248 AT-9260 AT-9280 AT-9210
Nominal voltage: Un 48V DC 60V DC 80V DC 110V DC
Maximum working voltage: Uc 65VAC, DC 72VAC, DC 96VAC, DC 132VAC, DC
10kV(1,2/50s) / 5kA(8/20s):
I
n(C2) 5kA
Total nominal discharge current C2 10kV(1,2/50s) /
5kA(8/20s):
20kA
Protection level (1,2/50s): U
p 70V 90V 120V 160V
Nominal current: IN 360mA
Series resistance: Rs
15
Response time: t
r < 10ns
Type of connection: Serie (two ports)
Number of poles: 4
Fixing: DIN rail
Enclosure material Polyamide
14

Connections: Maximum Section 4mm
DC
lines
DC
lines
DC
lines
DC
lines
Technical Datasheet
ATLAN Series
SINGLE PROTECTOR FOR COMPUTER NETWORKS
AT-2107 ATLAN 100 BASE-T:
single network SPD with speed of 100Mbit/s.
AT-2204 ATLAN 1000 BASE-T POE:
single network SPD with speed of 1 Gbit/s
type Over Ethernet
AT-2207 ATLAN 1000 BASE-T:
single network SPD with speed of 1 Gbit/s.
Installation
ATLAN SPDs are specially designed to avoid failures in
data transfer between equipments inside the same
network. They protect the input of the electronic circuits of
the network cards against harms due to transient currents.
ATLAN is a protector with RJ45 input and output connectors, with a
withstanding current up to 2kA for line.
It is available with different voltages and data transmission speed.
Its designed to protect individually every single equipment connected to the
computers network.
1000 BASE-T version is design for equipments which transmit a big amount
of data (working stations, graphic stations, servers...)
Includes cable with connector RJ45 of 50 cm.
ATLAN have been tested in ofcial, independent laboratories, obtaining
Protection should be done as close as possible to the equipment. A UTP
cable provided with a RJ45 connector has 8 wires. ATLAN protects in series
4 pairs of wire.
the line.
The recommended installation procedure is as it follows:
1. Insert the protector between the network wire with RJ45 connector and
the equipment to be protected.
supplied.
ATLAN
RJ45 Cable
from network
RJ45 Cable
to PC
ATLAN Series
Reference
ATLAN 100 BASE-T ATLAN 1000 BASE-T POE ATLAN 1000 BASE-T
AT-2107 AT-2204 AT-2207
Maximum speed transfer: 100Mbit/s 1000Mbit/s 1000Mbit/s
Nominal voltage : Un 5VDC 48VDC 5VDC
Maximum continuous operating voltage: Uc 6VDC 65VDC 6VDC
10kV(1,2/50s) / 5kA(8/20s):
I
n(C2) 2kA
Protection level at In (8/20s): U
p 50V 100V 50V
Working temperature: -40 a +80C
Number of pairs protected : 4 pairs
Technical Datasheet
Dimensions
ATLAN 1000 BASE-T CAT6 Series
AT-2213 ATLAN 1000 BASE-T CAT6:
single network SPD
with category 6 wiring.
SINGLE PROTECTOR FOR COMPUTER NETWORKS
WITH CLASS 6 CATEGORY
Installation
Protection should be done as close as possible to the equipment. A UTP
cable provided with a RJ45 connector has 8 wires. ATLAN protects in series
4 pairs of wire.
the line.
supplied.
ATLAN 1000 BASE-T CAT6 is a protector with RJ45 input and crimped
output connectors, with a withstanding current up to 2kA for each line with
a speed transmission of 250MHz.
It is designed to protect every single equipment connected to a 1000 BASE-T
computer network with wiring of category 6 which transmit a big amount of
data (working stations, graphic stations, servers...)
It is Included category 6 cable with connector RJ45 of 50 cm already crimped.
ATLAN CAT6 have been tested in ofcial, independent laboratories,
table).
ATLAN 1000 BASE-T-CAT6
Cable
from network
RJ45 Cable
to PC
ATLAN 1000 BASE-T CAT6 Series
Reference
ATLAN 1000 BASE-T CAT6
AT-2213
Maximum speed transfer: 1000Mbit/s
Nominal voltage : Un 5VDC
4kV(1,2/50s) / 2kA(8/20s):
I
n(C2) 2kA
Protection level: U
p 100V
Number of pairs protected : 4 pairs
Input / Output connector: RJ45 crimped cable / RJ45 shielded
Dimensions
Technical Datasheet
ATLAN-C 8 Series
PROTECTOR AGAINST OVERVOLTAGES
FOR 8 COMPUTER LINES IN ONE BOX
AT-2221 ATLAN-C 8:
protector ready for 8 local network lines
Installation
Protection should be done as close as possible to the equipment.
the line.
2. Bond the cabinet ground to the ground marked in the box chassis.
ATLAN C-8 is an SPD prepared for 8 line protection, 4 pairs protected per
line. This is done with a Printed Circuit Board with RJ45 input/output
connectors.
With a withstanding current up to 2kA for every line and a transfer speed of
Gbits/s.
Its specially designed to protect equipments which required a high Internet
speed connection, like the PCs form a cyber place.
Includes category 8 cable with connector RJ45 of 50 cm.
ATLAN C-8 have been tested in official, independent laboratories,
table).
ATLAN-C 8
RJ45 Cable
from network
RJ45 Cable
to PC
ATLAN-C 8 Series
Reference
ATLAN-C 8
AT-2221
Nominal voltage : Un 5VDC
4kV(1,2/50s) / 2kA(8/20s):
I
n(C2) 2kA
Protection level: U
p 50V
Maximum working current IL 300mA
Number of pairs protected : 8 x 4 pairs
14
Autoextinguish enclosure: Type V-0 according to UNE-EN 60707 (UL94)

Earthing: M5 screw
Dimensions
Technical Datasheet
ATLAN 24/16/8 Series
PROTECTOR FOR COMPUTER NETWORK RACK
AT-2206 ATLAN 8:
protector in rack ready
for 8 network lines.
AT-2209 ATLAN 16:
AT-2208 ATLAN 24:
Installation
ATLAN 24/16/8 is an SPD prepared for 24, 16 and 8 lines of protection with
four pairs protected per line. This is done with a Printed Circuit Board with
RJ45 input/output connectors.
With a withstanding current up to 2kA for each line and a transfer speed of
Gbits/s.
Its aimed to be inserted into a rack and protect distribution computer network
cabinets. Because of its high transfer speed, its suitable for networks
transferring a big amount of data (servers, workstations, graphic stations,
etc).
Includes output cable with connector RJ45 of 50 cm.
ATLAN 24/16/8 have been tested in ofcial, independent laboratories,
table).
Protection should be done as close as possible to the equipment. In this
particular case, were talking about switches and hubs.
the line.
1. Screw down protectors in the box prepared for mounting in the 19 rack.
2. Insert the network distribution lines that come off the hub or switch to the
protector.
ATLAN 24/16/8
RJ45 Cable
from network
RJ45 Cable
to PCs
Serie ATLAN 24/16/8
Reference
ATLAN 8 ATLAN 16 ATLAN 24
AT-2206 AT-2209 AT-2208
4kV(1,2/50s) / 2kA(8/20s):
I
n(C2) 2kA
Protection level: U
p 50V
Number of pairs protected: 8 x 4 pairs 16 x 4 pairs 24 x 4 pairs
Enclosure material: Steel
Earthing: M5 screw
Dimensions
Technical Datasheet
Accessories
ATLAN 8 PCB AT-2215
Printed Circuit Board for ATLAN 8/16/24. It is prepared for 8 lines.
ATLAN 8/24 AT-2201
Metallic panel where ATLAN 8 PCB modules can be fitted in up to a number of 3, to be monted in 19 racks.
ATLAN 12/8/4 CAT6 Series
AT-2217 ATLAN 4 CAT6:
for 4 network lines category 6.
Installation
Protection should be done as close as possible to the equipment. In this
particular case, were talking about switches and hubs.
the line.
1. Screw down protectors in the box prepared for mounting in the 19 rack.
2. Insert the network distribution lines that come off the hub or switch to the
protector.
ATLAN 12/8/4 is an SPD prepared for 12, 8 and 4 lines of protection with four
pairs protected per line. This is done with a Printed Circuit Board with RJ45
input and already crimped output connectors with a withstanding current
up to 2kA for each line and a transfer speed of 250MHz.
Its aimed to be inserted into a rack and protect distribution computer network
cabinets. Because of its high transfer speed, its suitable for networks
transferring a big amount of data (servers, workstations, graphic stations,
etc).
Includes output cable with 6 connector RJ45 already crimped of 50 cm.
ATLAN 12/8/4 CAT6 have been tested in ofcial, independent laboratories,
table).
PROTECTOR FOR COMPUTER NETWORK RACK
WITH CATEGORY 6 WIRING
ATLAN 12/8/4 CAT6
Cable
from network
RJ45 Cable
to PCs
ATLAN 12/8/4 CAT6 Series
Reference
ATLAN 4 CAT6 ATLAN 8 CAT6 ATLAN 12 CAT6
AT-2217 AT-2212 AT-2211
4kV(1,2/50s) / 2kA(8/20s):
I
n(C2) 2kA
Protection level: U
p 100V
Number of pairs protected: 4 x 4 pairs 8 x 4 pairs 12 x 4 pairs
Input / Output connector: RJ45 crimped cable / RJ45 shielded
Earthing: M5 screw
Dimensions
Technical Datasheet
AT23 Series
AT-2300 ATDB9:
Individual protector with connector
type DB9 for data lines.
Installation
Protection should be done as close as possible to the equipment. A
SUB-D9 connector has 9 wires. The ATDB9 protects in series this 9 wires.
the line.
1. Insert the protector between the communication cable with connector
DB9 and the equipment to protect.
supplied.
ATDB9 SPDs are specially designed to avoid failures in
data transfer between equipments with connectors
type DB9 or SUB-D9.
They are specially design for communications type RS-232, RS-485, TTL and
buses type Probus, Can, I2C and SPI
ATDB9 is a screened protector with SUB-D9 input and output connectors,
with a withstanding current of 2kA for each line.
ATDB9 have been tested in ofcial, independent laboratories, obtaining
INDIVIDUAL PROTECTOR FOR DATA LINES TYPE DB9
ATDB9
DB9 Cable
from network
DB9 Cable
to PC
AT23 - ATDB9 Series
Dimensions
Technical Datasheet
Reference
ATDB9
AT-2300
4kV(1,2/50s) / 2kA(8/20s):
I
n(C2) 2kA
Protection level: U
p 80V
Number of wires protected: 9 wire
Input / Output connector: DB9 / DB9
ATFREQ Series
AT-2102 ATFREQ-50UHF: Type UHF 50W protector.
AT-2103 ATFREQ-F: Type F 50W protector.
AT-2104 ATFREQ-TV: Type TV 50W protector.
AT-2105 ATFREQ-50BNC015: Type BNC 50W protector 0,15dB.
AT-2106 ATFREQ-50N: Type N 50W protector.
AT-2108 ATFREQ-400BNC015: Type BNC 400W protector 0,15dB.
AT-2109 ATFREQ-400UHF: Type UHF 400W protector.
AT-2110 ATFREQ-7/16: Type 7/16 900W protector.
AT-2111 ATFREQ-400N: Type N 400W protector.
AT-2115 ATFREQ-50BNC: Type BNC 50W protector.
AT-2118 ATFREQ-400BNC: Type BNC 400W protector.
ATFREQ SPDs are designed to be placed in series with the aerial signal
cable. It is convenient to install it as close as possible to the equipment to
be protected.
Each protector is provided with two coaxial connectors for an easy insertion
and one earthing terminal. We supply SPDs provided with the most widely
employed connectors (BNC, UHF, N, F, TV, 7/16) and male/female adaptors
for direct insertion in any connection.
It is important to point out that ATFREQ protects the signal coaxial cable
coming from the aerial, not the power supply. Power supply should be
protected using specific SPDs such as ATSUB, ATCOVER, ATSHOCK or
ATVOLT.
Connection to earth is carried out using a M5 screw placed at the SPD side. It
must be as straight as possible, using a proper terminal and cable.
ATFREQ Surge Protective Devices protect the signal cable deriving the
induced and conducted surges to the ground, thus avoiding damages to the
communication and TV equipment and to the connected devices (DVD, video,
decoders, home cinema sets, etc.)
Efficient protection against transitory surtentions, through gas discharge
tubes with 10kA withstand.
Optimum coupling with imperceptible losses.
Small attenuation in the signal even for very high frequencies.
Short response times.
Discharge takes place in an internal encapsulated element, without
external flashes.
Small size
Specific connectors for each application.
ATFREQ protectors have been tested in ofcial, independent laboratories,
table).
Due to their placement, aerials are one of the most exposed
elements to lightning discharges. Even when an external
lightning protection system exists, the discharge secondary
effects can affect the TV or RF signals.
Installation
SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES FOR COAXIAL CABLES
ATFREQ
EARTH
ATFREQ Series
Technical Datasheet
Common Characteristics
Nominal discharge current for C2 line
10kV (1,2/50s) / 5kA(8/20s):
I
n(C2) 5kA
Response time: t
r < 100ns
Earthing: M5 screw
Relevant standards UNE 21186, NFC 17102, UNE-EN62305
Reference ATFREQ Connector
Frequency
range
Atenuation Impedance
Max. working
voltage (Uc)
Exchanged
Power
DC Sparkover
voltage
AT-2104 TV TV 0-1 GHz < 1,2dB
75 70VDC 50W 90V
AT-2103 F F (sat.) 0-2 GHz < 0,5dB
AT-2105 50BNC015
BNC 0-1 GHz
< 0,15dB
50
70VDC 50W 90V
AT-2115 50BNC < 0,2dB
AT-2108 400BNC015 < 0,15dB
200VDC 400W 250V
AT-2118 400BNC < 0,2dB
AT-2106 50N
N 0-3 GHz
< 1,5dB
50
70VDC 50W 90V
AT-2111 400N < 1,5dB 200VDC 400W 250V
AT-2102 50UHF
UHF 0-3 GHz
< 0,3dB
50
70VDC 50W 90V
AT-2109 400UHF < 0,3dB 200VDC 400W 250V
AT-2110 7/16 7/16 0,9-2,6 GHz < 0,5dB 50 350VDC 900W 600V
POWER FREQUENCY
OVERVOLTAGES
Usual causes:
Defect connection to the neutral.
Lower consumption.
Power frequency, permanent or maintained overvoltages
are those whose duration are relatively long (several cycles)
and can cause damages on the installation and the electrical
equipments.
SELECTION OF THE PROTECTOR

ONE RESIDUAL
CURRENT DEVICE
SEVERAL RESIDUAL CURRENT DEVICES
Permanent
overvoltage
protection
triggering on the
residual current
device
Permanent overvoltage protection triggering on the Main
Circuit Breaker with different possibilities of timing.
With time delay
Without time delay
including shunt release
and Miniature Circuit
Breaker (up to 63A)
Time delay for
shunt release
Time delay including
shunt release
and Miniature
SINGLE-
PHASE
POWER
SUPPLY
PERMANENT INDIVIDUAL
ATCONTROL/D
P-M (pag. 248)
IGA TEST M
(pag. 242)
PERMANENT
+
TRANSIENT
COMBINED
(integrated on
1 protector)
ATCONTROL/D
PT-M (pag. 248)
ATCONTROL/B
PT-M (pag. 244)
KIT ATCONTROL/B
PT-M (pag. 246)
MODULAR
(divided in 2
protectors)
ATCONTROL/D
P-M (pag. 248)
+
ATSUB-D M
(pag. 158)
IGA TEST M
(pag. 242)
+
ATSUB-D M
(pag. 158)
THREE-PHASE
POWER
SUPPLY
PERMANENT INDIVIDUAL
ATCONTROL/D
P-T (pag. 249)
IGA TEST T
(pag. 243)
PERMANENT
+
TRANSIENT
COMBINED
(integrated in
1 protector)
ATCONTROL/D
PT-T (pag. 249)
ATCONTROL/B
PT-T (pag. 245)
KIT ATCONTROL/B
PT-T (pag. 247)
MODULAR
(divided in 2
protectors)
ATCONTROL/D
P-T (pag. 249)
+
ATSUB-D T
(pag. 156)
IGA TEST T
(pag. 243)
+
ATSUB-D T
(pag. 156)
POWER FREQUENCY OVERVOLTAGES AND ITS DAMAGES
Increase of voltage

IGA TEST M
SINGLE PHASE PROTECTOR AGAINST OVERVOLTAGE
WITH MCB INTEGRATED
The protector is formed by a protective coil together with a
Miniature Circuit Breaker (MCB)
IGA TEST protectors actuate when detecting a temporary overvoltage,
for example a failure on the neutral, cutting off the power supply and thus,
protecting the equipments installed downstream.
To restore the IGA TEST it is necessary to reconnect the protective coil in
advance using the RESET button.
IGA TEST protectors against permanent overvoltages can be installed in
combination with ATSUB-D transient overvoltage protectors.
The MCB integrated is available in the most usual nominal discharge currents:
25, 32, 40, 50 and 63A.
Installation
They must be installed in series with the Low Voltage line, between the Power
Control Circuit Breaker (ICP) and the Residual Current Device (ID).
Installation should be made without power in the line.
The protective coil must be installed between the line coming from the residual
current breaker (ID) and the neutral.
Reference
IGA TEST M 25 IGA TEST M 32 IGA TEST M 40 IGA TEST M 50 IGA TEST M 63
AT-9001 AT-9002 AT-9003 AT-9004 AT-9005
Nominal discharge current: 25A 32A 40A 50A 63A
Nominal voltage: U
n 230VAC
Maximum overvoltage: 400VAC
Actuating voltage: UA 265-280VAC
Actuating time: 265-280VAC 0,8s / 280-400VAC 0,3s
MCB cable range: Min / Max section 1,5 / 35mm
Inductor cable range: Min / Max section 1,5 / 2,5mm (single-stranded) or 4mm (multi-stranded)
Certified test according to regulations: EN 60898

Technical Datasheet

IGA TEST T
Reference
IGA TEST T 25 IGA TEST T 32 IGA TEST T 40 IGA TEST T 50 IGA TEST T 63
AT-9006 AT-9007 AT-9008 AT-9009 AT-9010
Nominal current: 25A 32A 40A 50A 63A
Maximum overvoltage: 400VAC
Coil cable range: Min / Max Section 1,5 / 2,5mm (single-stranded) 4mm (multi-stranded)
Certified test according to regulations: EN 60898

The protector is formed by a protective coil together with a
miniature circuit breaker (MCB)
They must be installed in series with the Low Voltage line, between the Power
Control Circuit Breaker (ICP) and the Residual Current Device (ID).
The protective coils must be installed between the lines coming from the
residual current breaker (ID) and the neutral.
IGA TEST protectors actuate when detecting a temporary overvoltage,
for example a failure on the neutral, cutting off the power supply and thus,
protecting the equipments installed downstream.
To restore the IGA TEST it is necessary to reconnect the protective coils in
advance using the RESET button. Proceed always from the most external to
the one closer to the MCB.
IGA TEST protectors against permanent overvoltages can be installed in
combination with ATSUB-D transient overvoltage protectors.
The MCB integrated is available in the most usual nominal discharge currents:
25, 32, 40, 50 and 63A.
Technical Datasheet
Installation
THREE-PHASE PROTECTOR AGAINST OVERVOLTAGE
WITH MCB INTEGRATED

ATCONTROL/B PT-M
SINGLE-PHASE PROTECTOR COMBINED
AGAINST PERMANENT AND TRANSIENT OVERVOLTAGES
WORKING ON ANY SHUNT RELEASE
Installation
They must be installed in parallel with the Low Voltage
supply line, downstream from the MCB associated,
connected to line, neutral and ground. It has a double
connector in order to facilitate the installation.
Connect the S1 and S2 terminals, always without voltage,
to the shunt release actuating on the MCB.
Reference
ATCONTROL/B PT-M
AT-8704
Nominal voltage: 230V
AC
Maximum overvoltage: Un 400VAC
Nominal frequency: 50Hz
Actuating voltage: UA 265VAC
Actuating time: 265VAC 3,5s / 400VAC 0,5s
Nominal voltage for the shunt release: 110-415VAC / 110-250VDC
Type of tests according to IEC 61643-11: Type 2
Protection level for In 8/20s wave: Up(In) 1,5kV
Protection level for 1,2/50s wave: Up 1,1kV
Response time: tr < 25ns (L-N) / < 100ns (N-T)
Backup fuse
(1)
: 80A gL/gG
Minimum wiring section: 4mm
Certified test according to regulations: IEC 61643-11
Technical Datasheet
PERMANENT OVERVOLTAGES
ATCONTROL/B PT-M protector actuates switching
the contact associated to itself (S1, S2) whenever it
detects a permanent overvoltage. The shunt release
causes the disconnection of the Main Circuit Breaker
(MCB) associated, protecting the equipments installed
downstream.
The warning system for permanent overvoltages consists
in 2 luminous indicators: green (correct power supply) and
red (overvoltage). It has a test button to check that the
installations have been executed correctly.
TRANSIENT OVERVOLTAGES
ATCONTROL/B PT-M protector also actuates whenever it
detects a transient overvoltage driving the current to earth
and reducing the voltage to a level that does not damage
the connected equipment.
Tested and certified as Type 2 protector in official and
independent laboratories, according to regulations
IEC 61643-11 and GUA-BT-23 from REBT. Suitable for
Categories I, II, III and IV equipments according to the
It is provided with a thermodynamic control device
that disconnects from the electrical network in case of
degrading and a warning system. When the warning is
yellow the enclosure is in good shape. If not, replace.

ATCONTROL/B PT-T
ATCONTROL/B PT-T protector actuates switching
the contact associated to itself (S1, S2) whenever it
detects a permanent overvoltage. The shunt release
causes the disconnection of the Main Circuit Breaker
(MCB) associated, protecting the equipments installed
downstream.
installations have been executed correctly
ATCONTROL/B PT-T protector also actuates whenever it
It is provided with a thermodynamic control device
that disconnects from the electrical network in case of
degrading and a warning system. When the warning is
yellow the enclosure is in good shape. If not, replace.
supply line, downstream from the MCB associated,
connected to line, neutral and ground.
Connect the S1 and S2 terminals, always without voltage,
to the shunt release actuating on the MCB.
THREE-PHASE PROTECTOR COMBINED AGAINST
ANY PERMANENT AND TRANSIENT OVERVOLTAGE
ACTUATING ON ANY SHUNT RELEASE
Installation
Technical Datasheet
Reference
ATCONTROL/B PT-T
AT-8702
Nominal voltage: 230VAC
Maximum overvoltage: Un 400VAC
Protection level for In 8/20s wave: Up(In) 1,8kV
Backup fuse
(1)
: 80A gL/gG

COMPLETE KIT WHICH INCLUDES SINGLE-PHASE PROTECTOR COMBINED AGAINST
PERMANENT AND TRANSIENT OVERVOLTAGES, SHUNT RELEASE AND MAIN
CIRCUIT BREAKER
Installation
They must be installed in parallel with the Low Voltage supply line,
downstream from the MCB included on the kit, connected to line, neutral
and ground. It has a double connector to facilitate the installation.
MCB must be installed in series with the Low Voltage line, between the
Power Control Breaker (ICP) and the Residual Current Breaker (ID).
Connect the S1 and S2 terminals, always without the power turned off to
the shunt release that actuates on the MCB.
ATCONTROL/B series protectors actuate triggering the contact shunt release (S1, S2) whenever it detects a permanent
overvoltage. The shunt release causes the disconnection of the Main Circuit Breaker (MCB), protecting the equipments installed
downstream.
The warning system for permanent overvoltages consists in 2 luminous indicators: green (correct power supply) and red
(overvoltage). It has a test button to check that the installations have been executed correctly.
ATCONTROL/B protector also actuates whenever it detects a transient overvoltage driving the current to earth and reducing
the voltage to a level that does not damage the connected equipment. Tested and certified as Type 2 protector in official and
independent laboratories, according to regulations IEC 61643-11 and GUA-BT-23 from REBT. Suitable for Categories I, II, III
and IV equipments according to the ITC-BT-23 from REBT.
It is provided with a thermodynamic control device that disconnects from the electrical network in case of degrading and a
warning system. When the warning is yellow the enclosure is in good shape. If not, replace.
KIT ATCONTROL/B PT-M (25 / 32 / 40 / 50 / 63)
Reference AT-8711 AT-8712 AT-8713 AT-8714 AT-8715
Nominal Current: 25A 32A 40A 50A 63A
Maximum overvoltage: Uc 400VAC
Nominal discharge current (8/20s wave): In
4kA
Maximum discharge current (8/20s wave): Imax
15kA
Protection level for In 8/20s wave: Up (In) 1,5kV
Protection level for 1,2/50s wave: Up
1,1kV
Protector dimensions: 36 x 90 x 80mm (2 mod. DIN43880)
Dimensions MCB + Shunt release: 51 x 81 x 65mm (3 mod. DIN43880)
Coil cable range: Min / Max Section 1,5 / 2,5mm (single-stranded) or 4mm (multi-stranded)
Certified test according to regulations: IEC 61643-11, EN 60898
KIT ATCONTROL/B PT-M
Technical Datasheet
COMPLETE KIT WHICH INCLUDES THREE-PHASE PROTECTOR COMBINED
AGAINST PERMANENT AND TRANSIENT OVERVOLTAGES, SHUNT RELEASE
AND MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER
They must be installed in parallel with the Low Voltage supply line,
downstream from the MCB included in the kit, with connections to the
neutral, phase and earth. It is provided with a double terminal in order
to facilitate its installation. Installation should be made without power in
the line.
MCB must be installed in series with the Low Voltage line, between the
Power Control Breaker (ICP) and the Residual Current Breaker (ID).
Connect the S1 and S2 terminals, always without the power turned off to
the shunt release that actuates on the MCB.
Installation
ATCONTROL/B series protector actuate triggering the contact shunt release (S1, S2) whenever it detects a permanent
overvoltage. The shunt release causes the disconnection of the Main Circuit Breaker (MCB) associated, protecting the
equipments installed downstream.
The warning system for permanent overvoltages consists in 2 luminous indicators: green (correct power supply) and red
(overvoltage). It has a test button to check that the installations have been executed correctly.
ATCONTROL/B protector works as well whenever it detects a transient overvoltage driving the current to earth and reducing the
voltage to a level that does not damage the connected equipment.
Tested and certified as Type 2 protector in official and independent laboratories, according to regulations IEC 61643-11 and
GUA-BT-23 from REBT. Suitable for Categories I, II, III and IV equipments according to the ITC-BT-23 from REBT.
It is provided with a thermodynamic control device that disconnects from the electrical network in case of degrading and a
warning system. When the warning is yellow the enclosure is in good shape. If not, replace.
KIT ATCONTROL/B PT-T (25 / 32 / 40 / 50 / 63)
Reference AT-8716 AT-8717 AT-8718 AT-8719 AT-8720
Nominal current: 25A 32A 40A 50A 63A
Maximum overvoltage: Uc
400VAC
Actuating voltage: UA
265-280VAC
Protection level for I
n 8/20s wave: Up (In) 1,8kV
Protector dimensions: 72 x 90 x 80mm (4 mod. DIN43880)
Dimensions MCB + Shunt release: 88 x 81 x 65mm (5 mod. DIN43880)
Coil cable range: Min / Max Section 1,5 / 2,5mm (single-stranded) or 4mm (multi-stranded)
Certified test according to regulations: IEC 61643-11, EN 60898
KIT ATCONTROL/B PT-T
Technical Datasheet

ATCONTROL/D P(T)-M
SINGLE-PHASE PROTECTOR INDIVIDUAL OR COMBINED AGAINST
PERMANENT AND TRANSIENT OVERVOLTAGES ACTUATING ON ANY
RESIDUAL CURRENT BREAKER
Installation
supply line, downstream from the residual current
breaker associated, connected to line, neutral and
ground. It is provided with a double terminal in order to
facilitate its installation.
ATCONTROL/D protectors actuate whenever they detect
a permanent overvoltage, generating a pulse to earth to
disconnect the residual current breaker (ID) associated.
The warning system for permanent overvoltages consists in
2 luminous indicators: green (correct power supply) and red
(overvoltage). It has a test button to check that the installations
have been executed correctly.
ATCONTROL/D PT-M protector works as well whenever it
and reducing the voltage to a level that does not damage the
connected equipment.
independent laboratories, according to regulations IEC 61643-
11 and GUA-BT-23 from REBT. Suitable for Categories I, II,
III and IV equipments according to the ITC-BT-23 from REBT.
It is provided with a thermodynamic control device that
disconnects from the electrical network in case of degrading
and a warning system. When the warning is yellow the
enclosure is in good shape. If not, replace.
Technical Datasheet
Reference
ATCONTROL/D P-M ATCONTROL/D PT-M
AT-8707 AT-8708
Residual current: 30mA
Type of tests according to IEC 61643-11: - Type 2
Protection categories according to REBT: - I, II, III, IV
Nominal discharge current (8/20s wave): In - 4kA
Maximum discharge current (8/20s wave): Imax - 15kA
Protection level for In 8/20s wave: Up (In) - 1,5kV
Protection level for 1,2/50s wave: Up - 1,1kV
Response time: tr - < 25ns (L-N) / < 100ns (N-T)
Backup fuse
(1)
: - 80A gL/gG
Maximum short-circuit current: - 25kA (for maximum fuse)

ATCONTROL/D P(T)-T
THREE-PHASE PROTECTOR INDIVIDUAL OR COMBINED AGAINST
PERMANENT AND TRANSIENT OVERVOLTAGES ACTUATING ON
ANY RESIDUAL CURRENT BREAKER
Installation
supply line, downstream from the residual current
breaker associated, connected to line, neutral and
ground. It is provided with a double terminal in order to
facilitate its installation.
ATCONTROL/D protectors actuate whenever they detect
a permanent overvoltage, generating a pulse to earth to
disconnect the residual current breaker (ID) associated.
installations have been executed correctly.
ATCONTROL/D PT-T protector works as well whenever it
It is provided with a thermodynamic control device that
disconnects from the electrical network in case of degrading
and a warning system. When the warning is yellow the
enclosure is in good shape. If not, replace.
Technical Datasheet
Reference
ATCONTROL/D P-T ATCONTROL/D PT-T
AT-8705 AT-8706
Residual current: 30mA
Type of tests according to IEC 61643-11: - Type 2
Protection categories according to REBT: - I, II, III, IV
Nominal discharge current (8/20s wave): In - 15kA
Maximum discharge current (8/20s wave): Imax - 40kA
Protection level for In 8/20s wave: Up (In) - 1,8kV
Protection level for 1,2/50s wave: Up - 1,4kV
Response time: tr - < 25ns (L-N) / < 100ns (N-T)
Backup fuse
(1)
: - 80A gL/gG
Maximum short-circuit current: - 25kA (for maximum fuse)
EARTHING
EARTHING 252
IMPORTANCE OF A SUITABLE EARTHING
A well designed earthing system is basic for any electrical installation to avoid the
danger associated with fault currents, as established in the main earthing standards:
Spain: RBT2002 Low Voltage Electrotechnical Regulation. ITC-18 Earthing
systems.
Great Britain: BS 7430 Code of practice for Earthing.
France: NF C 15-100 Low Voltage Electrical Installations.
Germany: DIN VDE 0100 Part 540 Earthing arrangements, protective
conductors, equipotential bonding conductors
USA: UL 467 Grounding and bonding equipment.
The resistance should be measured regularly
so it is necessary to place an inspection pit.
The soil humidity will reduce the earthing resistance.
Earthing enhancing compounds
reduce the soil resistivity.
Buried electricity and gas installations
should be known in order to respect the
security distances for each case.
Buried pipes and water tanks should be
known in order to bond them equipotentially
with the earth termination.
In low-conductivity soils, enhanced electrodes, deep electrodes or ring
conductors should be used in order to obtain a suitable earth resistance.
A Low Voltage Earth Termination System
is aimed:
Other determining factors for designing the
Earth Termination System are the following:
To provide security for persons
by limiting the touch voltage.
To protect installations and equipment
by providing a low impedance path.
To improve the quality of the signal
by minimizing the electromagnetic noise.
To fx a reference voltage for the
system equipotentialization.
A low Earth Resistance is essential for obtaining an efficient Earthing. Conductors
with an accurate section should be used in order to carry the expected current.
Besides, they must be durable against corrosion.
The value of the electrical resistance must be measured at the Lightning
Protection Earthing, isolated from any other conductive element. Therefore, it is
necessary to use disconnectors in order to separate the Earthing from the rest of
the installation during the measurements.
EARTHING 253
Particularly, the Earth Termination System is essential for Lightning Protection,
since the lightning current should disperse there. Each down-conductor must
have an Earth Termination System, formed by conductive elements in contact
with the soil and able to disperse the lightning current in it.
Good earthings of Lightning Protection Systems shall be able
to withstand lightning currents and to disperse them quick and
safely.
In order to accomplish with these requirements, standards set as a first
specification that the resistance of the LPS earthing should be lower than 10.
On another side, it should be noticed that lightning current is an impulse and
therefore it is not advisable to use a single, very long element. The employ of
deep electrodes is interesting if the resistivity is very high at surface but there are
lower layers with much more humidity. Configurations in triangle or goose-foot
are suitable for a good lightning current dispersion.
These considerations for improving the impedance should be taken into account
when the earthing is made, since normally the measures are made afterwards
with a conventional Earth Meter which does not register the impedance but
only the earthing resistance, that is, its performance in case the current were
continuous. A high inductance would not be measured by this type of Earth
Meters and however it is a big obstacle for the current flowing when its waveshape
is, such as lightning, an impulse.
In general it is recommended to bond the Lightning Protection Earth System
with the earthings of the installation in order to avoid surges and dangerous step
voltages.
SPECIFIC CONSIDERATIONS FOR LIGHTNING PROTECTION
EARTHING 254 254
REGULATIONS
All the earthing materials manufactured by Aplicaciones Tecnolgicas comply
with the earthing and lightning protection standards.
The minimum dimensions specified in these standards are the following:
Earthing
Lightning
protection earthing
RBT ITC-18. Earthing systems technical application of Low Voltage
Electrotechnical Regulation.
IEC 62305 / EN 62305 / EN 50164. Protection against lightning.
UNE 21186 / NF C 17-102. Protection of structures, buildings and open-air
zones with Early Streamer Emission air-terminals.
BS 6651. Code of practice for protection of structures against lightning.
NFPA 780. Standard for the installation of lightning protection systems.
BS 7430. Code of practice for Earthing.
NF C 15-100. Low voltage electrical installations.
UL 467. Grounding and bonding equipment.
Type of electrode Material Minimum dimensions
Rod Copperbond steel (250) 14,2mm
Rod Galvanized steel (78) 20mm
Solid plate Copper 1000 x 500 x 2mm
Solid plate Galvanized steel (78) 1000 x 500 x 3mm
Cable Copper 35mm
2
Rod Copperbond steel (250) 14mm
Rod Stainless steel 15mm
Rod Copper 15mm
Rod Galvanized steel (50) 16mm
Cross profile rod Galvanized steel (70) 50x50x3mm
Tubular rod Copper ext20mm
Solid plate Copper 500x500x2mm
Solid plate Galvanized steel (70) 500x500x3mm
Cable Copper 50mm
2
Tape Copper 50mm
2
(thickness 2mm)
Tape Stainless steel 100mm
2
(thickness 2mm)
Tape Galvanized steel (70) 90mm
2
(thickness 3mm)
Round Copper 8mm
Round Stainless steel 10mm
Round Galvanized steel (50) 10mm
Rod Copperbond steel (250) 1,2m x 14mm
Rod Copper 1,2m x 14mm
Rod Stainless steel 1,2m x 16mm
Rod Galvanized steel 1,2m x 14mm
Tape Copper 25 x 3mm
Round Copper 8mm
Cable Copper 50mm
2
Rod Copperbond steel 2m x 15mm
Rod Galvanized steel 2m x 25mm
Cable Copper 25mm
2
Cable Galvanized steel 95mm
2
Rod Copperbond steel (250) 2,4m x 12,7mm
Rod Stainless steel 2,4m x 12,7mm
Rod Copper 2,4m x 12,7mm
Tubular rod Copper 2,4m x ext54mm
Rod Copperbond steel (250) 2m x 14mm (*)
Rod Stainless steel 2m x 14mm (*)
Rod Galvanized steel (50) 2m x 19mm (*)
Tubular rod Copper 2m x ext25mm (*)
Solid plate Copper 500x500x2mm
Cable Copper 50mm
2
Stranded tape Copper 30 x 3,5mm
Tape Copper 30 x 2mm
Tape Stainless steel 30 x 2mm
Tape Galvanized steel (50) 30 x 3,5mm
Round Copper 8mm
Round Stainless steel 10mm
Round Galvanized steel (50) 10mm
Rod Copperbond steel (250) 14mm
Rod Stainless steel 12mm
Rod Copper 12mm
Rod Galvanized steel 14mm
Tape Copper 20 x 2,5mm
Tape Galvanized steel 20 x 2,5mm
Round Copper 8mm
Round Galvanized steel 8mm
Rod Copperbond steel 2,4m x 12,7mm
Rod Stainless steel 2,4m x 12,7mm
Rod Copper 2,4m x 12,7mm
Rod Galvanized steel 2,4m x 12,7mm
Solid plate Copper 600x300x0,8mm
Solid plate Galvanized steel 600x300x0,8mm
(*) minimum length according to NF C 17-102: 1m.
EARTH ELECTRODES, GROUND
ENHANCING PRODUCTS AND
EARTH PITS
EARTHING 256
ENHANCED ELECTRODES FOR LOW-CONDUCTIVITY SOILS
APLIROD
DYNAMIC ELECTRODE
Reference External size (mm) Shape Included Material Weight (kg)
AT-024H 2000 x 28 Vertical AT-020F + AT-031L Copper + Salts 4
AT-025H 2500 x 28 Vertical AT-020F + AT-031L Copper + Salts 4,5
AT-012H (1000 + 2000) x 54 L-shaped AT-020F + 2 x AT-032L Copper + Salts 62,5
AT-030H (1000 + 3000) x 54 L-shaped AT-020F + 2 x AT-032L Copper + Salts 67
AT-032H 2000 (roscado) x 54 Vertical AT-020F + 2 x AT-032L Copper + Salts 58,5
AT-033H 3000 (roscado) x 54 Vertical AT-020F + 2 x AT-032L Copper + Salts 62,5
AT-102H 2000 x 28 Vertical AT-031L Copper + Salts 4
AT-103H 2500 x 28 Vertical AT-031L Copper + Salts 4,5
AT-108H (1000 + 2000) x 54 L-shaped 2 x AT-032L Copper + Salts 62,5
AT-104H (1000 + 3000) x 54 L-shaped 2 x AT-032L Copper + Salts 67
AT-105H 2000 x 54 Vertical 2 x AT-032L Copper + Salts 58,5
AT-106H 3000 x 54 Vertical 2 x AT-032L Copper + Salts 62,5
AT-035H 190 x 220 Charge for APLIROD
Charge for APLIROD
Salts 5,5
Meets UL 467, IEC 62305, EN 50164, UNE 21186, NFC 17102
The absence of free ions in the surrounding soil damages the proper
performance of the earthing. Dynamic Electrodes are based on the
contribution of ions to the ground.
The system consists mainly of a conductive electrode (APLIROD
) made of
copper and filled with a mixture of ionic compounds. The moisture condenser
absorbs environmental moisture and leaches out at the bottom of the rod,
lowering gradually the resistivity of the surrounding soil:
The efficacy of this earth electrode is improved by placing a ground
conductivity improver such as CONDUCTIVER PLUS
(AT-010L) around the

rod.
Soil resistivity and site characteristics are the main factors for determining the
model of electrode to be selected. Poor soil conditions or extremely sensitive
equipment will require longer rods, multiple rods, or a combination of both.
The adequate configuration in most cases is a triangular arrangement.
Vertical shapes are good to obtain low earth resistance values. L-shaped
models are better when are recommended horizontal configuration of earth
terminations.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
1. For vertical electrodes bore a hole, minimum 20cm diameter and 50cm
deeper than the length of the rod to be buried (AT-025H needs 40mm of
diameter). For the L-Shaped installation, bore a trench suitable to the
electrode dimensions.
2. Withdraw the covers of the leaching holes.
3. Mix the low resistivity compound APLIFILL
(AT-031l / AT-032l), supplied

together with the electrode, with water outside the excavation and
gradually fill the hole using the proportion of 1 kilo of APLIFILL
to 8 litres
of water. The mixture fills the perforation up.
4. Place the electrode in the hole so that the upper end is approximately
20cm below the surface. The filling will expand in few minuts.
5. Place the inspection pit so that the cover remains at surface level. The
electrode will stand out approximately 10 cm over the bottom of the
inspection pit, leaving the breathing holes uncovered.
6. WIthdraw the covers of the upper breathing holes.
7. Conect the grounding electrode to the test bonding bar.
8. More electrodes should be places at even intervals, and interconnected
with bare copper, buried at least 0.5m deep. Its is recommended to cover
the conductor with APLIFILL
.
EARTH ELECTRODES, GROUND ENHANCING PRODUCTS AND EARTH PITS
EARTHING 257
AT-025H AT-103H
AT-104H
AT-035H APLIROD

(description)
APLIROD

(description)
AT-030H
Low
resistivity
compound
APLIFILL
Breathing
holes
Ionic
mixture
Leach holes
Moisture
condenser
EARTHING 258
ENHANCED ELECTRODES FOR LOW-CONDUCTIVITY SOILS
GRAPHITE ELECTRODE
Graphite, with its high electrical and thermal conductivity, being unattackable and inert to chemical agents (apart from oxygen at a high temperature), is a very
good element to make an earth electrode. The materials used such as perforation filling (graphite powder and thin clay-like powder) assure the contact between
the electrode and the ground thanks to the capacity to even penetrate into rocky cracks.
INSTALLATION
This electrode is formed of a rigid graphite core surrounded by a layer of
graphite powder and salts, which whilst helping to avoid mechanical damage
during transportation and installation, also improves the conductivity of the
electrode. This ensemble is introduced into the perforation, which connects
to the test bonding bar installed in the earth pit, using cable of 8-10mm or
tape of 302mm.
In order to optimize its duration and effectiveness, the hole should be filled
with thin clay-like powder and special graphite powder for earthing:
Perforation of 200mm
Machinery needed:
Perforator with drill of 200mm and 2 meters length.
Mixer (recommended).
Material:
2kg of graphite powder (AT-020L).
6kg of thin clay-like powder (AT-030L).
PROCEDURE:
1. Make a perforation of 200mm with a depth of at least 2 meters.
2. Connect to the electrode the necessary length of cable of 8-10mm
or tape of 302mm to be able to make the connections in the earth pit
afterwards.
3. In an adequate recipient (preferably a mixer), mix the fine clay-like powder
(AT-030L) and the graphite powder (AT-020L) with 60 litres of water.
Note: If a mixer or adequate tool is not available, the filling of the
perforation will be done in batches. For example, the filling can be done
in four batches, using each time approximately 15 litres of water, 1,5kg of
thin clay-like powder and 0,5kg of graphite powder.
4. Empty the mixture into the perforation, making sure it reaches the bottom
of the hole.
5. Install the electrode with the wrapping in the perforation, being careful of
not making strong impacts.
6. Make the necessary connections to the test bonding bar installed in the
earth pit and close.
Hole of 1,5 1,5 2 meters
Machinery needed:
Retroexcavator.
Material:
2 bags of graphite powder 25kg (AT-020L).
6 bags of thin clay-like powder of 25kg (AT-030L).
Plenty of water.
PROCEDURE:
1. With the retroexcavator make a hole of 1,5 meters of width and 2 meters
of depth.
2. Mix two bags of thin clay-like powder (AT-030L) and enough earth to
sufficiently cover approximately 30cm height of the hole. Fill the bottom
of the excavation.
3. Connect to the electrode, the necessary meters of cable of 8-10mm or
tape of 302mm to be able to make afterwards the connections in the
earth pit.
4. Install the electrode with the wrapping in the perforation, being careful of
not making strong impacts.
5. Cover with water until you reach a level of 10 cm (approximately 225 litres
of water). Wait a few minutes for the filter of the water and the increase in
volume of the thin clay-like powder.
6. Continue filling the hole mixing a bag of thin clay-like powder, half a bag of
graphite powder and enough earth to fill another 30 cm of height. Empty
the mixture into the hole evenly.
7. Repeat steps 5 and 6 until you have used up the thin clay-like powder and
the graphite (3 times).
8. Make the necessary connections in the test bonding bar installed in the
earth pit and close.
Reference External size (mm) Shape Included Weight (kg)
AT-070H 600 x 150 Rigid graphite core + graphite powder with bag AT-020F 10
AT-073H 1500 x 50 Rigid graphite core AT-020F + AT-032L 35
AT-070H
AT-070H Application
1 bag of thin clay-
like powder 25kg
1/2 bag of graphite
powder 25kg
Soil
Water
2 bags of
thinclay-like
powder of 25kg
EARTHING 259
AT-003K
AT-002K
AT-072H
AT-041H
AT-041H Application
AT-041H (aplicacin tierras)
254m COPPERBOND EARTH RODS
Aplicaciones Tecnolgicas, S.A. has available copperbond earth rods of a
high quality which comply to the most demanding regulations, for efficient and
long lasting earthing. All these electrodes have a covering of electrolytic copper
with a width of 254m and purity 99,9% which allows a proven resistance to
corrosion. This type of electrolytic covering does not produce cracks or fissures,
which are produced in the exterior layer of the copperclad rods, worsening its
resistance to corrosion.
Numerous regulations specify that on the copperbond earth electrodes the
covering of copper should be at least 250m. This especially applies to the
regulations on lightning protection systems:
BS 7430: Code of practice of earthing.
UL 467: Grounding and bonding equipment.
Section 250 of National Electrical Code (NEC).
Application technical guide n 18 of Spanish Low Voltage Electrotechnical
Regulation.
IEC 62305-3 (international lightning protection standard).
EN 50164-2 (european lightning protection components standard).
UNE 21186 (spanish lightning protection standard).
Using the adequate accessories, threaded copperbond earth rods allow the
extension of the rod to get better earthing resistances.
INSTALLATION
The electrodes should be installed to a depth of at least 50cm.
It is preferable to use various conductors conveniently spread rather than only
one very long earth conductor.
In the case of an earth formed by various interconnected electrodes, it is
recommended that:
The buried rods are in a triangle or line and spaced out with a distance
apart of at least the same as the depth buried.
The buried rods are connected by an identical or compatible conductor
to the one used for the down-conductor.
The conductor which joins the rods is buried with a depth of at least 50cm.
Apply the ground enhancing product CONDUCTIVER PLUS
(AT-010L)
to the buried electrodes in order to obtain a lower earthing resistance.
Couplings of copperbond earth rods
Reference Denomination Nominal size (mm) Material
Weight (gr)
AT-002K 5/8" Threaded coupling 70 x 19 Aluminium Bronze 80
AT-003K 5/8" Threaded driving stud 54 x 22 Stainless steel 80
AT-004K 3/4" Threaded coupling 70 x 24 Aluminium Bronze 130
AT-005K 3/4" Threaded driving stud 54 x 25 Stainless steel 130
Reference Nominal size (mm) Shank diameter (mm) Shape
Weight (kg)
AT-076H 1200 x 16 14,23 Two threads 5/8" 1,5
AT-077H 1500 x 16 14,23 Two threads 5/8" 1,9
AT-078H 1800 x 16 14,23 Two threads 5/8" 2,28
AT-041H 2000 x 16 14,23 Two threads 5/8" 2,53
AT-016H 2400 x 16 14,23 Two threads 5/8" 3
AT-098H 3000 x 16 14,23 Two threads 5/8" 3,8
AT-069H 1200 x 14,23 14,23 No thread 1,5
AT-071H 1500 x 14,23 14,23 No thread 1,9
AT-053H 1800 x 14,23 14,23 No thread 2,28
AT-072H 2000 x 14,23 14,23 No thread 2,53
AT-026H 2400 x 14,23 14,23 No thread 3
AT-043H 3000 x 14,23 14,23 No thread 3,8
AT-086H 1200 x 19 17,28 Two threads 3/4" 2,15
AT-087H 1500 x 19 17,28 Two threads 3/4" 2,75
AT-017H 1800 x 19 17,28 Two threads 3/4" 3,27
AT-042H 2000 x 19 17,28 Two threads 3/4" 3,62
AT-018H 2400 x 19 17,28 Two threads 3/4" 4,35
AT-019H 3000 x 19 17,28 Two threads 3/4" 5,44
AT-079H 1200 x 17,28 17,28 No thread 2,15
AT-081H 1500 x 17,28 17,28 No thread 2,75
AT-027H 1800 x 17,28 17,28 No thread 3,27
AT-082H 2000 x 17,28 17,28 No thread 3,62
AT-028H 2400 x 17,28 17,28 No thread 4,35
AT-029H 3000 x 17,28 17,28 No thread 5,44
Meets BS 7430, UL 467, IEC 62305, EN 50164, NFPA 780, UNE 21186, NFC 17102
Other copper thickness as 100m and 300m are available on request.
dL
L
L
50 cm
L dL
EARTHING 260
SOLID COPPER EARTH RODS
STAINLESS STEEL EARTH RODS
Solid copper and stainless steel rods allow a long lasting earth in grounds with high corrosion level. Threaded electrodes with the correct accessories allow
the length to be increased, thus achieving a better resistance.
AT-031H
AT-006K
AT-007K AT-008K
AT-080H
AT-038H
AT-031H application
Reference Nominal size (mm) Shape Weight (kg)
AT-031H 1200 x 15 Internal 5/8" thread 1,63
AT-036H 1200 x 20 Internal 3/4" thread 3,35
AT-000H 1500 x 10 No thread 1,5
AT-099H 1000 x 16 No thread 1,6
AT-100H 1500 x 16 No thread 2,2
AT-080H 2000 x 16 No thread 3,33
AT-038H 1500 x 20 Extensible type AZ 3,75
AT-037H 1200 x 16 Internal 5/8" threads 1,65
Couplings of solid copper and stainless steel earth rods
Reference Denomination Nominal size (mm) Material Weight (kg)
AT-006K 15/16mm Driving stud 39 x 14 Stainless steel 40
AT-007K 15/16mm Spike 42 x 14 Stainless steel 40
AT-008K Coupling dowel 40 x 10 Stainless steel 20
AT-009K 20mm Driving stud 42 x 19 Stainless steel 60
AT-042K 20mm Spike 55 x 19 Stainless steel 80
Meets EN 50164
AT-038H application
EARTHING 261
Galvanized steel rods are a good option to obtain low resistances in unaggresive grounds. There are extendable models to reach longer lengths and achieve
better earth resistances.
AT-045H
AT-003H
AT-037K
AT-046H
AT-095H
AT-000K
AT-003H application
GALVANIZED STEEL EARTH RODS
GOOSE FOOT
AT-039H 1000 x 16 No thread 1,65
AT-044H 1500 x 16 No thread 2,53
AT-045H 2000 x 16 No thread 3,42
AT-046H 1500 x 20 Extensible type Z 3,71
AT-003H 1500 x 20 Extensible type S 3,71
AT-047H 1500 x 25 Extensible type Z 5,62
AT-049H 1500 x 25 Extensible type S 5,62
AT-093H 1000 x 50 x 50 x 5 X-shaped profile 3,9
Reference Nominal size Material Weight (kg)
AT-000K 30 x 2 mm (4 m + 3 x 7m) Tin-plated Copper Tape 13
AT-001K 30 x 2 mm (1 m + 3 x 3m) Tin-plated Copper Tape 5
Couplings of galvanized steel earth rods
Reference Denomination Nominal size (mm) Material Weight (kg)
AT-037K Impact tip for earth rods 20mm 40 x 20 Galvanized steel 50
AT-038K Impact tip for earth rods 25mm 45 x 25 Galvanized steel 70
Meets DIN 48-452
Meets EN 50164
Meets UNE 21186, NFC 17102
The duck foot is a configuration that the regulation of Lightning Protection UNE 21186 and NFC 17102 recommends in
order to obtain low earth inductances. It is formed with tin-plated copper tape of 30x2mm.
Installation:
Make ditches of at least half a meter depth.
Extend the tape and cut the corresponding lengths.
Unscrew the clamp and introduce the stretches of tape as indicated in the drawing with an angle of 45.
Firmly fix the screws of the clamp.
AT-095H application
EARTHING 262
EARTH PLATES
COPPER LATTICES AND GRIDS
AT-116H (Cu)
AT-122H (GS)
AT-070J AT-126H
The use of earth plates as electrodes reduces the resistance of earthing in stony grounds, as it increases the area of contact between the electrode and the
ground.
The references AT-116H and AT-122H comply with the minimum dimensions recommended in the n18 Technical Application Guide Earthing installations of
the 2002 Low Voltage Spanish Electrotechnical Regulation.
Reference Nominal size (mm) Included Material Weight (kg)
AT-050J 500 x 500 x 2 AT-020F Copper 4
AT-116H 1000 x 500 x 2 AT-020F Copper 8
AT-117H 600 x 600 x 1,5 - Copper 5
AT-118H 600 x 600 x 3 - Copper 10
AT-119H 900 x 900 x 1,5 - Copper 11
AT-120H 900 x 900 x 3 - Copper 22
AT-121H 500 x 500 x 3 - Galvanized steel 4
AT-122H 1000 x 500 x 3 - Galvanized steel 8
Meets IEC 62305, EN 50164, EN 13601, BS 2874, UNE 21186, NFC 17102, NFPA 780
Meets IEC 62305, EN 50164, EN 13601
Reference Nominal size (mm) Grids Weight (kg)
AT-128H 1000 x 1000 x 2 115 x 55 mm 3
AT-123H 2000 x 1000 x 2 115 x 55 mm 4
AT-070J 3000 x 1000 x 2 115 x 55 mm 5
AT-126H 600 x 600 x 3 120 x 120 mm 4
AT-125H 900 x 900 x 3 190 x 190 mm 7,3
Mesh earths are a more economical option than earth plates and still work well in stony ground, reducing the contact voltages that may occur. AT-070J is
recommended to avoid step voltages in public buildings with low resistivity soil.
EARTHING 263
AT-010L
AT-032L
Meets EN 50164, UNE 21186, NFC 17102
CONDUCTIVER PLUS is a non corrosive ground enhancing gel with low solubility but is very hygroscopic. It is made of an electrolyte base, which
contributes to the conductivity of the mixture.
The conductivity of the ground is almost exclusively of an electrolytic nature due to the salts dispersed in the water which impregnate it and which concentrate
on the surface due to an adhesive phenomenon of the sand grains and clay in the ground.
Therefore, it is possible to increase the conductivity of the ground, improving its absorption power, retention of water and increasing its richness in soluble salts.
It would be very easy to achieve this effect using a simple method, impregnating it with any electrolyte, such as common salt (NaCl) or sodium carbonate
(Na
2CO3), but the high solubility of these salts, as well as their low absorption in the ground mean that they are very quickly swept away by the infiltration waters,
making their action very short term. Another inconvenience of common salt is its corrosive effects on the earthing electrodes.
The components of the CONDUCTIVER PLUS
gel have been selected according to their solubility, in order to obtain from the soluble components, a low
soluble product, which will provide us with a long lasting conductor product deposit. The main advantage of this product is that a conductor gel is formed
below the soil near the electrode.
In summary, the CONDUCTIVER PLUS
gel is characterised by:

Having the capacity to create partially ionized electrolytes, with a high charge and a high capacity to retain water and to form gels.
Remaining in the ground for a long time, thanks to the formation of links with the particles.
Increasing conductivity (approximately 200%) of the ground during one year and rainfall of 700 litres/m
2
.
Not causing corrosion of the earth electrodes.
Being totally ecological.
METHOD OF APPLICATION
1. The ground can be dry, no previous preparation is necessary.
2. Prepare a mixture of the YELLOW product in 5 litres of water using the measuring recipient.
3. Empty the first solution to the ground and add another 5 litres of water.
4. Leave the product to disappear into the ground.
5. Clean the recipient before continuing with the next product.
6. Prepare a second solution with the WHITE product and 5 litres of water. Empty this mixture evenly on the ground. Add another 5 litres of water. Leave to
filter until complete absorption.
7. Once the second product has filtered, you can then take the earth resistance measurement.
Reference Denomination Description Weight (kg)
AT-010L CONDUCTIVER PLUS
Non-corrosive and ecological gel that improves soil conductivity 4,5

AT-020L Graphite powder Backfill specific for earth termination systems 25
AT-030L Thin clay-like powder Backfill specific for earth termination systems 25
AT-031L APLIFILL
Compound that reduces soil resistivity by retaining moisture 1

AT-032L APLIFILL
Compound that reduces soil resistivity by retaining moisture 25

GROUND ENHANCING PRODUCTS
EARTHING 264
JOINT PROTECTION
EARTH PITS
AT-000J
AT-010J
AT-010K
AT-012K
AT-010H
Strips to protect buried joints from corrosion.
Aplicaciones Tecnolgicas earth pits cover all industrial and commercial applications as they are
available in 3 materials: polypropylene, concrete and cast iron. AT-010H can withstand loads of 5.000
kg. The principle advantages of these earth pits are the following:
- Easily storage.
- Good resistance to chemical substances.
- Resistant to UV rays.
Reference Nominal size Material Weight (kg)
AT-000J 20 mm x 10 m roll Self-vulcanising strip 180
AT-010J 50 mm x 10 m roll Denso tape (Bituminous strip) 610
Reference Nominal size (mm) Material Weight (kg)
AT-010H 250 x 250 x 250 Polypropylene 1,5
AT-010K 410 x 410 x 300 Concrete 60
AT-012K 245 x 245 x 115 Iron cast 31
Meets EN 50164, UNE 21186, NFC 17102
EQUIPOTENTIAL BONDING
EARTHING 266
BONDING BARS FOR EARTH PITS
EQUIPOTENTIAL BONDING BAR
AT-020H application
AT-020H (NB)
AT-021J (SS)
AT-050F
AT-020H and AT-021J allow to disconnect the down-conductor of a lightning protection system from the earth electrode, to be able to measure the earth
resistance adequately. They are ready to be fixed to the earth pit AT-010H. You can fix up to 4 copper cables or rounds and 3 tapes.
AT-051F allows joints up to 7 copper cables or round conductors. This bar can be fixed to the earth pit AT-011K. The fixation holes at the end of the bar are
separated by 264mm and have a diameter of 16mm.
Equipotential bar which allows the jointing of various conductors (cable, tape, round). The fixation holes at the end of the bar are separated 164 x 35mm and
have a diameter of 8,5mm.
Reference Nominal size (mm)
Conductor range
Material
Weight
(kg)
Round Tape
AT-050F 190 x 52 x 42
7 x (2,5 - 25 mm
2
) /
1 x ( 6 - 11 mm) (25 - 70 mm
2
)
30 x 2 mm - 30 x 3,5 mm Tin-plated copper (contact bar) 200
Conductor range
Material
Weight
(kg)
Round Tape
AT-020H 235 x 40 x 25 4 x ( 8 - 10 mm) (50 - 70 mm
2
) 3 x (30 x 2 mm - 30 x 3,5 mm) Naval brass 0,5
AT-021J 235 x 40 x 25 4 x ( 8 - 10 mm) (50 - 70 mm
2
) 3 x (30 x 2 mm - 30 x 3,5 mm) Stainless steel 0,5
AT-051F 325 x 70 x 6 7 x ( 8 - 10 mm) (50 - 70 mm
2
) - Copper 1,5
Meets EN 50164, UNE 21186, NFC 17102
Meets BS 2874
AT-051F
AT-051F application
AT-050F application
EARTHING 267
AT-055J
AT-056J AT-057J AT-054J application
EARTH BARS
Equipotential bars which allow the jointing of various copper cables or round conductors with tin plated copper compression terminals (for instance AT-021K).
Reference Denomination
Nominal
size (mm)
Conductor
range
Material
Weight
(kg)
Round Tape
AT-053J Insulator 51 x 36 M10 bolt - Polyester 0,12
AT-054J Earth bar 6 way 400 x 90 x 90 M10 bolt - Copper 1,8
AT-116J Earth bar 6 way 400 x 90 x 90 M10 bolt - Stainless steel 1
AT-055J Earth bar 6 way with single disconnecting link 475 x 90 x 96 M10 bolt - Copper 2.3
AT-056J Earth bar 6 way with twin disconnecting links 550 x 90 x 96 M10 bolt - Copper 2,8
AT-057J Disconnecting link 125 x 90 x 90 M10 bolt - Copper 0,6
AT-117J Earth bar 8 way 500 x 90 x 90 M10 bolt - Stainless steel 1,2
AT-020J Earth bar 8 way with single disconnecting link 575 x 90 x 96 M10 bolt - Copper 2,7
AT-059J Earth bar 16 way 950 x 90 x 90 M10 bolt - Copper 4
AT-072J Earth bar 16 way with twin disconnecting links 1100 x 90 x 96 M10 bolt - Copper 5
AT-076J Earth bar 20 way 1200 x 90 x 90 M10 bolt - Copper 5
AT-078J Earth bar 20 way with twin disconnecting links 1350 x 90 x 96 M10 bolt - Copper 6
Meets BS 2874
AT-053J
AT-054J (Cu)
AT-116J (SS)
EARTHING 268
EARTH POINTS
AT-096J
AT-097J
AT-100J
AT-102J
AT-120J
AT-036K
AT-098J
AT-100J application
Equipotential earth points which are fixed to the structure to provide joints to earthing conductors.
Reference Denomination Nominal size (mm) Material Weight (gr)
AT-096J 1 hole (M8 x 15 mm) 80 x 33 Gunmetal 140
AT-097J 2 holes (M8 x 12 mm) 80 x 63 x 63 Gunmetal 280
AT-098J 4 holes (M8 x 14 mm) 80 x 63 x 63 Gunmetal 410
AT-099J 1 hole (M8 x 15 mm) with 500mm tail of 70 mm
2
80 x 33 Gunmetal / PVC covered copper 560
AT-100J 2 holes (M8 x 12 mm) with 500mm tail of 70 mm
2
80 x 63 x 63 Gunmetal / PVC covered copper 840
AT-101J 4 holes (M8 x 14 mm) with 500mm tail of 70 mm
2
80 x 63 x 63 Gunmetal / PVC covered copper 1140
Meets EN 50164
EARTH BOSS
FIXED EARTHING TERMINAL
DISTANCE HOLDER
Earth point to weld to a metallic structure.
Reference Nominal size Material Weight (gr)
AT-102J M10 x 50 x 50 mm Mild steel 800
Reference Nominal size Material Weight (gr)
AT-120J M10 x 80 x 200 mm Stainless steel 300
Terminal which is fixed to the structure to provide accessible earth point.
Allows the use of galvanized steel tape as a ground conductor at foundation level.
Reference
Nominal
size (mm)
Conductor range
Material
Weight
(gr)
Round Tape
AT-036K 280 x 35 x 8 8 - 10 mm / 50 - 70 mm
2
30 x 2 mm - 40 x 3,5 mm Galvanized steel 80
EARTHING 269
AT-050K AT-050K application
SUPPORT FOR TAPE CONDUCTORS
SPARK GAP FOR EARTH BONDING
Allows the formation of an equipotential ring using tape conductor.
Conductor range
Material
Weight
(gr)
Round Tape
AT-033K 60 x 36 x 27 - 30 x 2 mm - 50 x 6 mm Copper 120
AT-034K 60 x 36 x 27 - 30 x 2 mm - 50 x 6 mm Galvanized steel 120
AT-035K 60 x 36 x 27 - 30 x 2 mm - 50 x 6 mm Stainless steel 120
AT-039K 70 x 40 x 27 - 30 x 2 mm - 50 x 11 mm Copper 120
AT-040K 70 x 40 x 27 - 30 x 2 mm - 50 x 11 mm Galvanized steel 120
AT-041K 70 x 40 x 27 - 30 x 2 mm - 50 x 11 mm Stainless steel 120
Conductor range
Material
Weight
(kg)
Round Tape
AT-050K 216 x 57 x 38 8 - 10 mm (50 - 70 mm
2
) 3 x (30 x 2 mm - 30 x 3,5 mm) Naval brass (contact) 1
AT-040K (GS)
AT-039K (Cu)
AT-041K (SS)
In the lightning protection regulations it is recommended to join all earths,
including both electrical and lightning protection. In this way we avoid serious
problems of resistive earth couplings.
However, on some occasions this connection can not be made, for example,
because it would cause corrosion problems. In these cases the AT-050K is the
most appropriate means of making the earthing connections.
In normal conditions, this protector keeps the earths isolated, thus avoiding
corrosion problems. When a discharge occurs and the voltage increases in
the earths, the spark gap will activate, directly joining the earths and thus
preventing the passage of current from one to another through equipment and
internal installations.
INSTALLATION
For its installation, the protector has two joints AT-020F. It is recommended to
make the installation in a specific earth pit.
EARTH CLAMPING
EARTHING 272
MULTIPURPOSE CLAMP
ROD TO TAPE A CLAMP
ROD TO CABLE G CLAMP
Earth clamp for connection between copper cable, round or tape conductors to copper or copperbond earth rod.
Earth clamp for connection between copper tape and copper or copperbond earth rod.
Earth clamp for connection between cable or round conductor and copper or copperbond earth rod.
AT-090H
(application with cable)
Range
Material
Weight
(gr)
Earth Rod Tape
AT-080J 51 x 36 x 18 12 - 20 mm 25 x 3 mm - 26 x 12 mm Gunmetal 150
Range
Material
Weight
(gr)
Earth Rod Round / Tape
AT-090H 52 x 41 x 30 14 - 19 mm 8 - 10 mm (50 - 70 mm
2
) / 30 x 2 mm - 30 x 3,5 mm Naval brass 240
AT-083J application
AT-080J application
Range
Material
Weight
(gr)
Earth Rod Round
AT-083J 41 x 21 x 18 16 mm 16 - 50 mm
2
Gunmetal 60
AT-112J 41 x 21 x 18 16 mm 16 - 70 mm
2
Galvanized steel 60
AT-086J 48 x 30 x 19 20 mm 35 - 95 mm
2
Gunmetal 60
AT-083J (Gu)
AT-112J (GS)
Meets EN 50164, UNE 21186, NFC 17102
Meets EN 50164, BS 1400
Meets EN 50164, BS 2874, BS 1400
AT-080J
AT-090H
(application with tape)
EARTH CLAMPING
EARTHING 273
Earth clamp for connection between copper tape and earth rod or metal reinforcing bar.
Earth clamp for connection between copper cable or round conductor and earth rod or metal reinforced bar.
AT-087J
AT-094J
AT-087J application
AT-093J application
Reference
Range
Earth Rod Tape
AT-087J 16 mm 25 x 3 mm Gunmetal 260
AT-088J 20 mm 25 x 3 mm Gunmetal 260
Reference
Range
Earth Rod Round
AT-089J 14 20 mm 2 x (50 - 120 mm
2
) Naval brass 250
AT-094J 16 20 mm 35 - 70 mm
2
Gunmetal 390
AT-091J 16 20 mm 70 - 185 mm
2
Gunmetal 390
AT-092J 16 20 mm 150 - 300 mm
2
Gunmetal 620
Reference
Nominal
size (mm)
Range
Material
Weight
(gr)
Earth Rod Round
AT-093J 52 x 26 x 25 16 mm Tornillo M10 Gunmetal 300
AT-095J 50 x 29 x 28 20 mm Tornillo M10 Gunmetal 300
U-BOLT ROD E CLAMP
ROD TO CABLE CGUV CLAMP
Meets EN 50164, BS 1400
Meets EN 50164, UNE 21186, NFC 17102, BS 1400
ROD TO CABLE LUG B CLAMP
AT-089J
AT-093J
Earth clamp for connection between copper cable with copper compression terminal (for instance AT-021K) and copper or copperbond earth rod.
Meets EN 50164, BS 2874, BS 1400
EARTH CLAMPING
EARTHING 274
DISCONNECTING SLEEVE
UNI DISCONNECTING CLAMP FOR CABLE
UNIVERSAL CLAMP
Lineal earth clamp for connection between galvanized steel round conductor and galvanized steel earth rod.
AT-135J
Reference
Nominal
size (mm)
Range
Material
Weight
(gr)
Earth Rod Round
AT-135J 43 x 41 x 30 16 mm 7 - 10 mm (35 - 70 mm
2
) Galvanized steel 120
Reference
Nominal
size (mm)
Range
Material
Weight
(gr)
Earth Rod Round
AT-025F 48 x 44 x 20 16 mm 8 - 10 mm (50 - 70 mm
2
) Stainless steel 130
AT-126J 48 x 44 x 20 15 - 25 mm 8 - 10 mm (50 - 70 mm
2
AT-127J 48 x 44 x 20 16 mm 8 - 10 mm (50 - 70 mm
2
) Copper 130
AT-128J 48 x 44 x 20 16 mm 8 - 10 mm (50 - 70 mm
2
Reference
Nominal
size (mm)
Range
Material
Weight
(gr)
Earth Rod Round
AT-113J 58 x 30 x 20
16 mm
(Galvanized steel)
8 - 10 mm
(50 - 70 mm
2
) (Copper)
Bimetallic 150
AT-114J 58 x 30 x 20 16 mm 8 - 10 mm (50 - 70 mm
2
AT-115J 58 x 30 x 20 16 mm 8 - 10 mm (50 - 70 mm
2
Earth clamp for connection between cable or round conductor and galvanized steel or stainless steel earth rod.
AT-114J (GS)
AT-115J (SS)
AT-113J (GS/Cu)
L-shape earth clamp for connection between cable or round conductor to earth rod.
AT-025F (SS)
AT-127J (Cu)
AT-128J (GS)
AT-025F application
AT-114J application
EARTH CLAMPING
EARTHING 275
Range
Earth Rod Round
AT-136J 60 x 60 x 22 16 mm 8 - 10 mm (50 - 70 mm
2
AT-137J 60 x 60 x 22 16 mm 8 - 10 mm (50 - 70 mm
2
AT-138J 60 x 60 x 22 16 mm 8 - 10 mm (50 - 70 mm
2)
Copper 330
Reference
Nominal
size (mm)
Range
Material
Weight
(gr)
Earth Rod Round / Tape
AT-129J 108 x 30 x 22 20 mm 8 - 10 mm (50 - 70 mm
2
) / 30 x 2 mm - 30 x 3,5 mm Galvanized steel 370
AT-130J 108 x 30 x 18 16 mm 8 - 10 mm (50 - 70 mm
2
AT-131J 108 x 30 x 27 25 mm 8 - 10 mm (50 - 70 mm
2
AT-132J 108 x 30 x 22 20 mm 8 - 10 mm (50 - 70 mm
2
) / 30 x 2 mm - 30 x 3,5 mm Stainless steel 370
AT-133J 108 x 30 x 18 16 mm 8 - 10 mm (50 - 70 mm
2
) / 30 x 2 mm - 30 x 3,5 mm Stainless steel 370
AT-134J 108 x 30 x 27 25 mm 8 - 10 mm (50 - 70 mm
2)
/ 30 x 2 mm - 30 x 3,5 mm Stainless steel 370
AT-130J application
T, L CLAMP
Cross-shape earth clamp for connection between cable or round conductor to earth rod.
CONNECTING CLAMP
AT-136J (GS)
AT-137J (SS)
AT-138J (Cu)
Cross-shaped earth clamp for connection between cable, tape or round conductor to earth rod.
AT-130J (GS)
AT-133J (SS)
EARTH CLAMPING
APLIWELD
EXOTHERMIC WELDING
EXOTHERMIC WELDING 278
EXOTHERMIC WELDING: APLIWELD
The Apliweld
product developed by Aplicaciones Tecnolgicas S.A

comprises all the necessary equipment and technical support for
aluminothermic copper weldings.
Earthing
Referrals and connections between cables and rods
The Apliweld
welding is based on the reduction

of copper oxide by metallic aluminium through an
exothermic reaction
The reaction reaches temperatures over 1000C thus
achieving the fusion of the materials to be welded.
The conductors are joined by the resulting product of
the main reaction when it gets to the solid state. This
reaction-fusion-solidification process takes just a few
seconds.
The product is called Apliweld aluminothermic welding
due to the chemical reaction but it is also known
as exothermic welding because of its difference
with other soldering processes, which are usually
endothermic.
The reaction is produced by a starting reactant that
provides enough energy to activate the welding
reaction, which occurs quick and safely inside a
graphite mould. The mould is specifically designed for
each union, depending on the elements to be welded
and the required joint type.
There are many advantages of using exothermic
welding. The most important one being that the
process produces not just a mechanical but a
molecular joint between the conductors.
Technological advances in welding technology developed applications have resulted in improved
exothermic grounding rail systems.
Apliweld
has a super i or el ect r i cal

conductivity than the conductors themselves.
Apliweld
does not corrode oxide or degrade

with time and is resistant to galvanic coupling.
Apliweld
is able to withstand repeated

electrical discharges.
Apliweld
never increases its resistance.

Apliweld
has hi gher mechani cal and

squeezi ng resi stance than the conductors
themselves.
Apliweld
offers a permanent welding and a

low resistance connection, essential for achieving
longwearing and trustworthy results in earthings.
Apliweld
guarantees the most common

connections not only between copper cables but
also for welding tapes and metallic pieces made
of brass, stainless steel, copper coated steel
earth rods
SPECIFIC GRAPHITE MOULDS MULTIPLE-MOULD
The graphite mould is a block of this material that is used as the reaction recipient. Depending on the type
of union and the conductors to be welded a different mould is required, although each mould can make 80
to 100 connections. A summary of the most common connections is given on page 284 of this catalogue
and all references are available in our website www.at3w.com
This system allows the welding of the most
common connections for cables up to 95 mm,
earth rods up to 19mm diameter and tapes up
to 30x2mm using the same graphite pieces.
WELDING COMPOUND
The welding compound is the solid mixture that produces when reacting the
material melting the conductors to be welded. Apliweld
supplies the material

needed to make 10 connections on each material box. Each box includes:
10 packages of welding compound.
10 packages of starting powder.
10 Metallic disks.
Each graphite mould requires a specific ammount of welding compound to
perform the connection correctly. There are 8 different packages:
E0032 E0045 E0065 E0090 E0115 E0150 E0200 E0250
The adequate type of welding mixture can easily be calculated in our website www.
at3w.com
ACCESSORIES
Apart from the welding
powder, 2 to 5 cavity
sealers are required
to make a wel di ng.
Bot h ar e one- use
compounds.
The mai n el ements descri bed before are compl emented wi th the
corresponding clamps for each connection, the igniting and cleaning tools as
well as other elements that will be necessary in some other specific cases for
certain the welding or use conditions.
E0090 or E0115 welding packages cover the whole
range of recommended connections with multiple
mould system.
All pieces required to make 20 to 30 weldings with a multiple mould are
included in a practical case.
APLIWELD

PRODUCTS: MOULD + POWDER + ACCESSORIES
PRODUCTS AND CODES APLIWELD
Reference Description
68N Basic tool kit
69N 67N Double brush renewals
70N Flint igniter renewals 10u.
71N Sealer compound (2,25 Kg.)
72N Cable adapter sleeve (25 units)
72NC35 Cable adapter sleeve 35 mm
2
(25 units)
2
(25 units)
2
(25 units)
73N Safety gloves
74N Flint ignitor extension
75N Fire torch
76N Butane gas clynder 0,4L
77N Safety googles
79N Earth rod to earth rod clamp
80N Tool box
81N Ceramic tray
82N Vertical stand pliers
83N Ceramic sheet
84N Mini-blowtorch
85N Mini-blowtorch renewals
89N Cavity sealer
6089N 60 cavity sealers bag
TMS Multiple mould crucible
CHMS MMS horizontal lower piece
CVMS T14 MMS vertical lower piece for 14.3mm e.rod
CVMS T16 MMS vertical lower piece for 15.9mm e.rod
CVMS TX
MMS vertical lower piece for Xmm e.rod
X= required diameter.
Reference Description
E0032
10 welding mixtures of 32 grams +
10 starting powder + 10 metallic disks
E0045
E0065
E0090
E0115
E0150
E0200
E0250
50N
Universal Handle Clamp
for the 90% of connections
51N Vertical surfaces and pipes handle clamp
52N Rail base Handle Clamp
53SN Multiple mould handle clamp
54N Rail head and web handle clamp
58N Horizontal surface clamp accessory
59N Holding cable clamp
60N Flint Igniters
61N Conductors cleaning brush
62N Vertical moulds cleaning brush
63N Slag Scraper
64N Welding cavity clearing brush
65N Sealer compound (0,45Kg)
66N Sealer compound (0,9Kg)
67N Double brush for conductor cleaning
Codes for multiple mould.
Codes for specifc moulds.
1 2 3
4 5 6
7
1 2 3 4
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
Place the conductors in the mould and close
the handle clamps to avoid material leakages
during the reaction.
Obstruct the tap hole with the metallic disk. Empty the contents of the welding mixture
package.
Ignite the starting powder extended on the
side of the mould using the flint igniters.
Once started, the reaction will take 3-4
seconds during which it is recommended to
stand back the mould.
Empty 50% of the starting powder on the side
of the mould as a fuse, scattering the rest into
the welding mixture. Close the mould lid.
Place the correct inferior piece
and first cavity sealer.
Put t he c or r es pondent
conductors to be joined, and
then another cavity sealer.
Cl ose t he moul d cover.
Fol l owi ng st eps i ncl udi ng
ignition and clean up jobs are
similar to the case of specific
moulds.
Carefully remove the cavity
sealer to check the result. Be
aware: the system is at an
extremely high temperature.
M
U
L
T
I
P
L
E

M
O
U
L
D

S
P
E
C
I
F
I
C

M
O
U
L
D
Once open, clean the slag stick to
the mould with the relevant clearing
brush. Then the mould will be ready
to be used again without having to
reheat it with a gas welding torch, as
explained before.
PROCESS TO OBTAIN AN APLIWELD
WELDING
The material to be welded (cable, rod, tape...) must be clean and dry using the brush included in the set
of accessories. Then the oxide layer and superficial impurity is eliminated.
Given that the graphite mould also absorbs moisture, this should be removed by preheating with a gas
welding torch to avoid a porous welding. After the first welding is done, it is not necessary to re-heat the
mould if the next welding is done within 15 minutes as it conserves the previously generated heat.
The multiple mould parts should be purchased
separately or in a suitcase. The references and
the components vary only in part for rod, which
diameter has to be specified:
MULTIPLE MOULD
The Apliweld
multiple mould is a system to make

the most common welding with the same graphite
pieces, reducing expenses, materials and the
delivery time.
Joints between cables up to
95mm
2
, re-bar up to 12mm
of diameter, earth rods up
to19mm and cooper tape up to
30mm de width are allowed.
INSTRUCTIONS
There are two lower parts machined on both faces
so that just changing the lower part or turning it
around will get to make all possible weldings.
MULTIPLE MOULD PIECES
AT-53SN
Standard multiple
clamp.
Piece to make
all the possible
weldings with
capacity of 250
joints.
TMS
Standard multiple
crucible.
Graphite piece to
fix every union.
Able to withstand
more than 100
weldings.
AT-68N Basic tools set.
Tool set (Fire igniters, brush, sealing paste, etc.)
necessary for a correct use of the product.
AT-82N Vertical stand pliers.
Specific clamp to joint to vertical
pieces simplifying the preparation
process.
BASES AND ACCESSORIES
CHMS Lower piece.
Either for Cross or T connection
between cables and/or tapes.
CVMS TX Lower piece.
Graphite block joints between cables
up to 95mm section to earth rods
with a diameter "X" to be determined
by the user.
6069N Cavity sealers.
Isolating ceramic blanket made to
provide chamber in the system.
Each 6069N includes 60 pieces.
E0090-E0115:
All the multiple mould
connections can be done
using these two welding
packages.
A
B
C
D
E
A
C
D
E
B
Example:
In an earthing work, 30 cross shaped, cable to cable connections are required for 50mm conductor. Besides
this cable will be connected to a 10mm re-bar (10 weldings). There are 10 derivation weldings to carry out
with 35mm to 50mm. Finally, 30 earthings with 50mm cable to 14.3mm ground rod on T shapel.
Total = 80 weldings.
The selection of references will result as follows:
1. MM-P-T14
1. E0115v10
7. E0090v10
2. 6069N (Box includes 2 6069N)
If any piece of the box becomes worn, request for a new one. Pieces are also sold separately.
MM-C95-P-T "X" (x is the code for the rod T14, T16, T17)
Units Units
1 MCS Multiple crucible Standard 1 68N Basic tool kit
1 CHMS Inferior piece for horizontal Conductors 1 82N Vertical stand pliers
1 CVMS T "X" Inferior Piece for rod in T 2 6089 Cavity sealer (60uds)
1 53SN Standard multiple clamp 1 80N Tool box
MULTIPLE MOULD
The easiest way of working with the multiple moulds is acquiring the described case that includes all the accessories and
then request the needed welding mixture and sealers depending on the work to be done.
Conductor 1 Conductor 2 Union type WP Sealer
Cable Up to 70mm
2
Cable Up to 70 mm
2
T Horizontal 90 2
Cable 95 mm
2
Cable Up to 95 mm
2
T Horizontal 115 3
Cable Up to 50 mm
2
Cable Up to 50 mm
2
Cross 90 3
Cable 70 mm
2
Cable Up to 70 mm
2
Cross 115 4
Cable 95 mm
2
Cable Up to 95 mm
2
Cross 115 5
Cable Up to 70 mm
2
Rod Anyone T vertical 90 2
Cable 95 mm
2
Rod Anyone T vertical 115 3
Tape Anyone Tape Anyone T or Cross 90 2
Tape Anyone Rod Anyone T 90 2
REFERENCES: MOULDS AND CHARGES FOR THE MOST COMMON CONNECTIONS
Besides straight connections are possible using E0090 for the whole range of conductors
except 95mm
2
which requires E0115.
Make C70= V10 and C95=V12 for re-bar connections.
For tape to cable splices, tape = cable upon 50mm
2
.
Use E0115 for cable/cable parallel connection. Not recommended for cables bigger than 50mm
2
.
EXOTHERMIC WELDING 284 284
REFERENCES: MOULDS AND CHARGES
FOR THE MOST COMMON CONNECTIONS
Every reference and their corresponding welding powder can be consulted in
www.at3w.com. In this section, all the conductors and their most common
connections are summarized:
Cable section Code
35mm C35
50mm C50
70mm C70
95mm C95
120mm C120
150mm C150
Re-bar diameter Code
14,3mm T14
15,9mm T16
Re-bar diameter Code
20mm V20
Dimension Code
30x2mm P302
MOST COMMON CONDUCTORS
Code Mould Joint Mixture
P302/P302/21 H E0090
P302/P302/23 H E0090
P302/P302/29 V E0115
P302/C50/31 H E0090
P302/T14/64 V E0115
P302/T16/64 V E0150
Cable Moulds / T cable (H Mould)
C35/T14/64 - C35/T16/64 E0065
C50/T14/64 - C50/T16/64 E0090
C70/T14/64 C70/T16/64 E0090
C95/T14/64 C95/T16/64 E0115
C120/T14/64 C120/T16/64 E0115
C150/T14/64 C150/T16/64 E0150
Cable Moulds / parallel
cable (H mould)
C35/C35/15 E0065
C50/C50/15 E0090
C70/C70/15 E0090
C95/C95/15 E0115
C120/C120/15 E0150
C150/C150/15 E0200
Cable Moulds / Cable
in X (HA Mould)
C35/C35/16 E0115
C50/C50/16 E0150
C70/C70/16 E0200
C95/C95/16 E0250
C120/C120/16 E0250
C150/C150/16 2xE0150
Cable Moulds /Metallic
surface (O Mould)
C35/M/49 E0032
C50/M/49 E0045
C70/M/49 E0045
C95/M/49 E0065
C120/M/49 E0065
C150/M/49 E0090
Cable Moulds / Parallel
lightning rod (V Mould)
C35/V20/57 E0065
C50/V20/57 E0090
C70/V20/57 E0090
C95/V20/57 E0090
C120/V20/57 E0115
C150/V20/57 E0115
Cable Moulds/rod in T
(V Mould)
C35/T14/64 - C35/T16/64 E0065
C50/T14/64 - C50/T16/64 E0090
C70/T14/64 C70/T16/64 E0090
C95/T14/64 C95/T16/64 E0115
C120/T14/64 C120/T16/64 E0115
C150/T14/64 C150/T16/64 E0150
ADVISABLE ACCESSORIES AND EXCEPTIONS
REFERENCE SELECTION PROCESS:
ACCESSORIES FOR EACH TYPE MOULD
V, H, HA and VA Moulds
O Mould
OA Mould
The rest of the references are
required depending on each
working conditions. There are
some to carry out the process
conveniently for a particular case
and spare parts. They will be included
depending on each particular case.
90% of our references can be made using exclusively these products:
285
77N For all cases.
59N Recommended for all connections with pass-through cable.
65N Necessary in every rebar union.
58N, 79N and 52N are recommended clamps, respectively, for joints to a metallic horizontal piece, joints
vertical rod to rod and joints to rail base.
50N V Mould 68N
51N O Mould 68N
54N OA Mould 68N
H Mould
ANNEX: ACCEPTABLE WELDINGS AND INSPECTION
To achieve a welding which compiles with the minimum conditions, the mould
should be clean, with all the cavities clearly defined to holds the conductors,
but also the metallic disk closing the tap hole.
For a valid welding, the following conditions should be accomplished:
An acceptable welding covers at least the thickness that conductor had
before welding it, otherwise reject the result.
The result doesnt show deep porosity on the welding surface. (Pinholes
not deeper than 1mm.
Final welding has not slag on it (no more than 20%) after a convenient
cleaning.
The colour of the welding should vary from golden to bronze once cleaned.
A perfect welding shows solid appearance
turning from gold to bronze. It also covers the
whole surface of the conductor with the welding
cavity and with the least imperfections on it.
A welding can be unacceptable for different reasons ranging from the
inadequate use of the welding mixture packaging to faults in the structure of
the mould.
ACCEPTABLE WELDING
INSPECTION OF THE WELDING
The welding may be unacceptable. This
can be determined by a visual inspection:
1. - The welding shows pinholes on
the surface: This is due to moisture in
the mould. The best solution is to heat the
mould or to make a previous welding
using scrap conductors. It is also
probable that porosity is due to the
conductors which are wet, dirty, oily or
with organic contaminants on it. In the
same way, it is necessary to wipe and
heat them.
2. - There is too much slag in the
welding connection: The welding
powder drops through the retaining disk
before the ignition or not enough weld
metal was used.
3. - The welding mixture doesnt
completely cover the volume of the
conductors: Material leakages may
occur due to a worn mould or remaining
humidity. It could also be due to
inadequate packaging or an incorrect
positioning of the conductors in the
mould. Occasionally, conductors may
separate when melted making the
volume to be filled by the molten metal
bigger. In this case, it is not enough
material to fill the welding cavity.
4. - The molten leaks out of the
welding cavity during the reaction or
when checking the result that part of
the welding has exceeded the limits
of the cavity. This happens when the
mould isn't well-closed or because it is
already worn-out. It can be possible that
conductors are too small for a
determined mould. In these cases, the
best solution is to get a new mould
although the Sealer compound or the
cable adaptors may solve the problem for
a few connections.
Fault 4
Fault 1
Unacceptable welding Unacceptable welding
Acceptable welding Acceptable welding
Optimum welding Optimum welding
Fault 1
Fault 2
Fault 2
Fault 3
Fault 3
Fault 4
S
P
E
C
I
F
I
C

M
O
U
L
D

S
P
E
C
I
F
I
C

M
O
U
L
D

M
U
L
T
I
P
L
E

M
O
U
L
D

M
U
L
T
I
P
L
E

M
O
U
L
D

PROTECCIN PREVENTIVA
R
PREVENTIVE PROTECTION
PREVENTIVE PROTECTION 290
ATSTORM
v2 is a storm detector that measures

the environmental electric field. It is fully
automatic, without mobile parts, robust and
highly reliable.
Main advantages of ATSTORM
v2
Local detection of every stage of the storm thus allowing several tens of
minutes time for taking all the pre-established preventive actions.
No mobile parts thus avoiding breakdowns and service interruptions.
No special maintenance required.
Configurable detection thresholds according to the user necessities.
Universal outputs allowing connection to any alarm device, control
devices, etc.
With specific control software.
Internet connectable.
Integration of several detectors through an included licence ATSTORM

v2 WEB.
Possibility of GSM modem allowing SMS messages to be sent to cell
phones with data or alarms.
Possibility to achieve an efficient sound warning when there is a risk of
thunderstorm with amplifiers and repeaters.
v2
An important concept
PREVENTIVE PROTECTION against lightning storms
Who is it for?
Preventive protection means having information in advance (from a storm
detector) that allows the user to start temporary preventive measures before
the storm begins. These measures will be deactivated after the storm.
Preventive protection will be complementary to an installed Lightning
Protection System (LPS) in certain situations, while in others it will be
sufficient to act alone.
Having information about lightning storms is especially convenient for taking
decisions in some of the following situations involving people in open areas,
sensitive goods, losses in industrial procedures, guarantee of basic services,
infrastructures, civil defence organization, environmental protection,
accidents in workplaces, open areas structures
The most advanced
technological solution
All storm stages
detection /No mobile
parts
The most efficient method of detecting storms locally is to measure the
evolution of the electric field. Traditionally, the so-called field mills have
been employed. However, these detectors have got several disadvantages,
mainly due to their mobile parts, which cause obstruction and wear and tear
overtime. In order to solve these problems, Aplicaciones Tecnolgicas, S.A.
has developed and world patented the highly innovative purely electronic
detector, called ATSTORM
v2, that measures the electric field in a similar

manner to conventional mills but using no motor or mechanical parts.
Other type of detectors such as electromagnetic ones, need lightning
discharges to occur in order to detect the storm. Therefore they may raise
the alarm too late in cases where the storm is forming over the place to be
protected. ATSTORM
v2 does not need these discharges as it detects every

stage of a storm, from its outset, thus giving a far earlier warning.
ATSTORM STORM DETECTOR
STORM DETECTOR
1- Early detection of lightning hazard in the area to
be protected.
2- Lowering the risk of damage by starting preventive
actions before the beginning of the storm. These
measures are not permanent: when lightning risk
finishes then the preventive action stops as well.
A proper preventive
protection system
can avoid important
economic losses and
damage to living
beings.
There are around 50 cloud-to-ground discharges per second in the whole
world, that is, 2 million discharges every year. This causes important losses
of human and animal life, economic damage and production time due to
lightning or its consequences such as fire. All this can be avoided by taking a
proper protection and prevention measures.
Preventive protection relies upon having information that allows the user
to take temporary measures in advance. The steps required for correct
preventive protection are:
It is important to emphasize that preventive protection does not replace
external nor internal lightning protection (both are permanent), but it is
complementary to them. However, when external or internal lightning
protection cannot be achieved (as for example with persons or moving
elements) then preventive protection can be used alone.
Standards and methods for external and internal lightning protection exist, but
they do not cover some hazardous situations related to lightning storms that
can be dynamically prevented or lowered by temporary measures based on
the alarm given by a detection system.
STORM DETECTION: WHO IS INVOLVED?
Having information about lightning storms is essential for workplaces or sensitive locations. Storm
detectors are particularly useful for the people who are responsible for taking decisions (national
or local governments, private or public companies) involving some of the following situations:
People in open areas: workplaces, sports or
open air activities, competitions, multitudinous
events, farming, ranching or fishing activities.
Sensitive goods protection: computers,
electric or electronic controls, emergency, alarm
or security systems.
Prevention of losses in industrial processes
and operations.
Prevention of serious accidents involving
hazardous products (inflammable, radioactive,
toxic, explosive).
Operations where basic service continuity
has to be assured: telecommunications, power
supply, energy transport and distribution, health
and emergency services.
Infrastructures: harbours, airports, trains,
roads, highways, cable railway.
Protection to the people and the
environment.
Prevention of workplace risk: according to
national codes and standards.
Buildings, transport or facilities with their
external areas open to the public.
The storm detector ATSTORM
v2 basic configuration is the following:

SENSOR WITH FCES TECHNOLOGY INTERFACE
The sensor allows local detection, within a radius of 10 kilometers around,
of every stage of the storm* thus allowing several tens of minutes time for
executing the necessary preventive actions (that should have been
dened previously).
This technology improves upon traditional storm detection systems** as all
the sensor components are electronic; there are no mechanical or mobile
elements, for example a motor that could be blocked (by dust, insects, ice,
etc.) causing the system to fall out of service at critical moments. This also
avoids the need for continuous maintenance.
The sensor measurement system is based
on the FCES technology (Field-Controlled
Electrometric Sensor), developed and patented
by Aplicaciones Tecnolgicas, S.A.
The operational interface has to be installed inside
a building and is formed by two elements:
Interface main characteristics
The interface main characteristics are:
Alarm levels can be adapted since the ATSTORM
v2 series values
can be modified to the users needs.
All stages of a storms evolution can be viewed.
The alert type can be customized for each level of alarm.
The sensor with FCES technology is connected to the interface with a
communication cable.
It is designed to ensure the sensor is working correctly even in difficult weather
conditions and must be installed in the open air.
The sensor does not require calibration related to its height prior to installation.
The interface is configured with the following alarm levels (recommended
levels, suitable for every installation) that may be changed according to the
placement or to the users necessities:
* See Annex I: Lightning storms
** See Annex II: Storm detection
tecnhologies
Touchscreen for easy
use.
Interface between the
sensor and the screen.
Alarm
Level
Electric field
value
Description
LEVEL 0 < 3 kV/m No alert
LEVEL 1 3 a 4 kV/m Alert
LEVEL 2 4 a 7 kV/m Emergency
STORM > 7 kV/m Maximum risk
ATSTORM

v2 STORM DETECTOR. Characteristics.
The interface has to be connected to the sensor in order to:
Ensure a continuous power supply to the sensor.
Record the data.
It is equipped with membrane switches
and a display for easy use.
ATSTORM
v2 storm detector is the perfect tool for preventive protection

against the effects of storms and atmospheric discharges as it allows a time
in advance of several tens of minutes for taking specific measures when the
risk of a lightning storm is imminent, thus keeping people and equipment
safe from its destructive effects.
The sensor is equipped with the new patented FCES technology (Field-
Controlled Electrometric Sensor) where all the components are electronic.
ATSTORM
v2
STORM DETECTOR.
MAIN ADVANTAGES
The main advantages of ATSTORM
v2 are the following:

Local detection by electric feld measurement.
Detection of all the storm formation stages.
Entirely electronic. No mobile parts.
This makes the sensor very robust,
free from special maintenance due to
obstruction by dust, insects, ice
No need for height calibration
previous to every placement.
The lightning storm is foreseen several
tens of minutes before happening.
Reliable operation in adverse weather conditions.
Alarm levels are configurable so it is easily adapted to the users necessities.
The typical levels, recommended by Aplicaciones Tecnolgicas, S.A., are
also implemented as predetermined values in the equipment.
When the risk of lightning strike is high or when a given alarm level is reached,
ATSTORM
v2 can be programmed to execute different automatic actions that

will reduce potential damage, for example:
ATSTORM

v2 is provided with software that, when installed in a PC
connected to the interface, stores the data from the electric field every
second, for example, or according to the requirements of its uses, depending
on electric field threshold levels, etc., producing a record that can be analyzed
later.
ATSTORM
v2 can save electric field data (4 Gbytes) each second or when

an event happens, for historic analysis. It is possible to access these data
through an external USB memory stick or in a shared folder if the equipment
is connected to a network.
Send an SMS.
Activate a sonorous and/or visual alarm.
Connect UPS and generators.
Disconnect sensitive equipment.
Operating
Detection range 10 km around the sensor
Resolution 1V/m
Response time 1 second
Sensor measuring range -100 to +100 KV/m
Interface display Touchscreen
Alarm levels 4 configurable alarm levels
Interface
alarm sound level
80 dB
Electrical
Sensor DC Voltage 15Vdc
Interface power supply 230Vac (+/-15%)
Frequency 50Hz
Power 15 W
Relay outputs
4 configurable outputs (for
instance 3 storm alarms and one
communication failure
250Vac, 2A (block connector)
Protections
The interface is protected against
overcurrents and overvoltagesa
Mechanical
SENSOR
Weight 1 Kg
Dimensions 166 x 226 mm Cable 25m
Maximum separation distance 100m (with optional wire)
Framework material Polypropylene
IP Code IP54
Fixing Fixed to 1 " tube
Interface
Weight 4,6 Kg
Touchscreen weight 3,5 Kg
Dimensions 350 x 260 x 120 mm
Touchscreen dimension 12,1
Environmental
Sensor working temperature -40 a 85C
Interface
working temperature
-10 a 85C
Communications
Interface Configurable serial, Ethernet
Outputs Audio signal
Mounting
Mast*
1' ', 2m galvanised steel mast
included
Anchoring*
U-shaped anchorage consisting
of 2 galvanised steel, 30cm long
supports with screws for wall fixing
(all included)
Corrugated tube
Protection tube for communication
cable included
ATSTORM
v2
Technical Specifications
* Variable according to installation.
Electronic module with 4 contact-free outputs
An electronic module with 4 contact-free outputs
(2A, 250V) is included. These outputs can be
employed at the users convenience: for connection
to a sonorous alarm or to UPS equipment or
for warning about possible interruptions in the
communication between the interface and the
sensor.
Many other parameters can also be established by the user, such as the alert corresponding to each relay, the reaction delay after the alert or the time that the
alarm remains active, as in the following figure:
Software
ATSTORM
v2 is provided with
its own software that should
be installed in a computer
that will be connected to the
interface through Ethernet,
having the same advantages
as with the touchscreen:
a) Data saving:
Data frequency storage depending on the alarm levels.
Alerts about communication failures between the sensor and the
interface or the interface and the PC.
b) Long term analysis of the electric field evolution and the frequency and
effects of lightning storms within the area.
c) Verication of alarm activation when the electric field is maintained for
a predefined length of time.
ATSTORM
v2 is connectable
to a network, therefore
2 different licences are
available:
ATSTORM
v2 WEB
This option is included with the equipment, allowing a connection between
the ATSTORM
v2 and the server of Aplicaciones Tecnolgicas, S.A. with the

following advantages:
Remote access to every data from any terminal with Internet connection.
Historical display.
This server allows a safe way to store the data using double storage with our
mirror hard disk. The customer only has to connect.
ATSTORM
v2 NET
Several ATSTORM
v2 can be connected several to a network and integrated

into the customers server. This configuration requires a specific design
depending on the existing network.
Example of Web page view:
Amplifier with audio alarm and
3 horn speakers.
Ref.: AT-516
Amplifier with pre-recorded voice and
3 horn speakers.
Ref.: AT-517
Amplifier and repeater with audio alarm
and 3 horn speakers.
Ref.: AT-518
Amplifier and repeater with pre-recorded
voice and 3 horn speakers.
Ref.: AT-519
3G modem to send alerts when the
computer is not connected to the network.
Ref.: AT-511
ATSTORM
v2 NET
Ref.: AT-521
ATSTORM
v2 SPECIAL ACCESSORIES
INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE
The sensor works with FCES (Field-Controlled Electrometric Sensor) technology thus
measuring the electrostatic eld without employing mechanical elements.
The detector has to be installed in places situated far away from any elements that deform the electric
field such as trees, metallic structures or power supplies.
Measurements are independent of the height where it is placed. There is thus no need for calibration
according to height and no problems with the installation.
Mast, anchorages and corrugated tube for protecting the communication cable, are included with the
storm detector.
ATSTORM
v2 employs no mobile parts and therefore needs no special maintenance.

ATSTORM
V2 is easy to install
and no special maintenance is needed.
Sensor head
Connection
cable
Interface
ANNEX I: LIGHTNING STORMS
In normal conditions, there is a balance between positive and negative
charges in the atmosphere, where the earth is more negatively charged
than the atmosphere and the elements situated on the ground.
The stages and phenomena that
characterize a lightning storm
can be summarized as follows:
However,
the formation of storm clouds
creates a charge polarisation:
The lower part of the cloud is charged negatively producing a positive
charge on the ground and any elements on it. This can form an electrical
charge in the atmosphere in excess of tens of kilovolts.
When the electrical field becomes intense enough, the cloud begins
to discharge the energy towards the ground. The path formed by this
discharge is called the downward leader and produces a fast variation
in the electrical field. This is the process of lightning formation.
PHASE 1:
The charge separation can
be detected at ground level
before t he fi rst l i ght ni ng
discharge using electric eld
measuring devices.
PHASE 3:
Intra-cloud discharges are
often followed by the cloud-
to-ground discharges, that
are associated to a more
mature phase of the storm.
PHASE 4:
When the storm is over, then
the electric field decreases.
PHASE 2:
After the first electrification, the
first discharges occur. In most
cases the first discharges are
intra-cloud type.
ANNEX II: STORM DETECTION TECNHOLOGIES
Storm detectors can generally be classified into two groups:
lightning strike detectors and electric field measuring detectors.
LIGHTNING STRIKE DETECTORS: these provide information about already-occurred lightning strikes thus warning about distant storms that are
approaching.
ELECTRIC FIELD MEASURING DETECTORS: they give information about the local electric eld, from which the possibility of lightning strikes can
be deduced. Therefore, no rst lightning strike is required for getting an alert.
Detection by radiofrequency or electromagnetic eld record
Characteristics: Detectors by radiofrequency recognize the electromagnetic variations caused by lightning when crossing the atmosphere from the cloud
to the ground. They are efficient for detecting distant storms.
Disadvantages: they are not able to detect storms that are forming just over the detector since they can only detect the storm when electric discharges
already exist, not in the initial phases. Therefore, there is no time for taking early preventive actions if the first lightning strikes are in or close to the area to
be protected.
FIeld mills
Characteristics: They are detectors containing not electronic but mechanical sensors. They measure the electrostatic field continuously thus detecting
small (quitar) field variations coming both from the storm approaching or from its formation over the detector.
Disadvantages: The main inconvenience of this type of detectors is having a mechanical sensor. The measurement employs a rotatory motor that must
work 24 hours a day. If the motor stops due to malfunctioning, damage, obstruction, etc then the sensor becomes out of service, not giving the necessary
information for preventive purposes. They are high electricity consumers due to the continuously operating motor. As well as this, periodical maintenance
and cleaning of certain elements is required, especially in salty environments, in order to minimize measurement errors.
Field-Controlled Electrometric Sensor (technology used by ATSTORM
v2)
Aplicaciones Tecnolgicas, S.A. has developed and patented the Field-Controlled Electrometric Sensor (FCES) in order to overcome the problems of
the traditional field mills. ATSTORM
v2, based on the FCES technology, is a totally electronic eld measuring detector, without mobile parts,
robust and with maximum reliability.
DISADVANTAGES OF OTHER SYSTEMS ADVANTAGES OF ATSTORM
v2
FIELD MILLS
Due mainly to their mobile parts they are exposed to many problems
(obstructions, wear and tear, out of service time due to maintenance,
etc.).
Fully electronic, no mobile parts that could be affected by wear and
tear or external factors. ATSTORMv2 always responds and needs
no special maintenance.
ELECTROMAGNETIC DETECTORS
The main problem is that they need lightning discharges to occur in
order to detect a storm, so their alert may arrive too late in the case
where the storm is forming just over the place to be protected.
No previous discharges are required to have occurred. Even the
earliest stages of the storm are detected thus providing information
in advance and allowing the preventive measures to be adopted.
The best existing tool for preventive
protection against the effects of lightning.
The sensor detects all the stages of the
lightning storm formation.
Offers an essential time period for
adopting specific preventive measures.
Based on the new patented FCES
technology (Field-Controlled Electrometric
Sensor) where all components are
electronic.
No need for special maintenance.
Fully operational in bad weather
conditions.
Programmable alarm levels.
EXTERNAL PROTECTION 300 INDEX PAR LIGNE DE PRODUITS INDEX BY PRODUCT LINE
Aplicaciones Tecnolgicas has a policy of continuing product development.
Therefore, this catalogue is subject to change without notice. Aplicaciones Tecnolgicas, S.A. is not responsible
for any possible printing errors that may appear in the catalogue. Reproduction in any form whatsoever is
forbidden without Aplicaciones Tecnolgicas, S.A. authorisation.
2010 Aplicaciones Tecnolgicas, S.A. Legal deposit. V xxxx 2010
INDEX BY PRODUCT LINE
EXTERNAL
PROTECTION
INTERNAL
PROTECTION
EARTHING EXOTHERMIC
WELDING
PREVENTIVE
PROTECTION
PAGE 5 PAGE 81 PAGE 251 PAGE 277 PAGE 289
ESE AIR TERMINAL
DAT CONTROLER
PLUS AIR TERMINAL

PLUS 15 - PDC 18
PLUS 30 - PDC 18
PLUS 45 - PDC 18

PLUS 60 - PDC 18
TRAZOR - PDC AIR TERMINAL
AT-1465 TRAZOR T- PDC / 5 22
RODS AND MESHED CONDUCTORS
AIR TERMINATION ROD
AT-019A 20 x 400 mm chromed plated copper air termination rod 22
AT-023A 20 x 400 mm stainless steel air termination rod 22
AT-053L 20 x 300 mm stainless steel air termination rod 22
AT-055L 20 x 500 mm stainless steel air termination rod 22
AIR TERMINAL WITH MAST
AT-013A 1,4 m stainless steel air terminal with 1" mast 22
AT-015A 1,4 m chromed plated copper air terminal with 1" mast 22
TAPER POINTED AIR ROD
AT-004A 16 x 500 mm copper taper pointed air rod with M16 23
AT-007A 16 x 500 mm aluminium taper pointed air rod with M16 23
10 TAPER POINTED AIR ROD
THREADED LIGHTNING ROD
AT-114A 16 x 1500 mm aluminium threaded lightning rod with M16 23
LIGHTNING ROD FOR WEDGE
AT-025A 16 x 750 mm galvanized steel lightning rod for wedge 24
AT-032A 16 x 1000 mm stainless steel lightning rod for wedge 24
AT-036A 16 x 1000 mm copper lightning rod for wedge 24
AT-037A 16 x 1500 mm copper lightning rod for wedge 24
AT-038A 16 x 1000 mm aluminium lightning rod for wedge 24
AT-044A 16 x 1500 mm alum. lightning rod for wedge with reduct. 24
SELF-SUPPORTING AIR TERMINATION ROD
AT-100A 3 m self supporting air termination rod 24
AT-101A 3,5 m self supporting air termination rod 24
GUNMETAL MULTI-POINT
AT-000A Gunmetal multi-point 25
COPPER MULTI-POINT WITH MAST
AT-001A Copper multi-point with mast 25
MULTI-POINT
AT-002A Stainless steel multi-point 25
AT-003A Copper multi-point 25
STRIKE PAD
AT-112A Copper strike pad 25
AT-113A Aluminium strike pad 25
FIXINGS
ADAPTING PIECE
AT-010A 1" mast naval brass adapting piece for cable 26
AT-011A 1" mast naval brass adapting piece for cable and tape 26
AT-012A 1" mast naval brass adapting piece for cable 26
AT-020A 1" mast stainless steel adapting piece for cable 26
AT-021A 1" mast stainless steel adapting piece for cable and tape 26
AT-022A 1" mast stainless steel adapting piece for cable 26
RIDGE SADDLE
AT-110B Gunmetal ridge saddle 26
AT-111B Aluminium ridge saddle 26
AIR ROD BASE
AT-115B Gunmetal air rod base 27
AT-116B Aluminium air rod base 27
FLAT SADDLE
AT-112B 50 mm
2
gunmetal flat saddle 27
AT-113B 70 mm
2
AT-114B 95 mm
2
AT-124B M16 stainless steel flat saddle 27
AT-125B M20 stainless steel flat saddle 27
ROD BRACKETS
AT-104B Gunmetal rod brackets 27
AT-105B Aluminium rod brackets 27
ROD TO TAPE COUPLING
AT-100B Gunmetal rod to tape coupling 27
AT-101B Aluminium rod to tape coupling 27
REF. PRODUCT PAG. REF. PRODUCT PAG.
ROD TO CABLE COUPLING
AT-102B 50-70 mm
2
gunmetal rod to cable coupling 27
AT-103B 95 mm
2
gunmetal rod to cable coupling 27
VERTICAL AIR TERMINAL SADDLE
AT-122B Gunmetal vertical air terminal saddle 28
AT-123B Aluminium vertical air terminal saddle 28
HORIZONTAL AIR TERMINAL SADDLE
AT-120B Gunmetal horizontal air terminal saddle 28
AT-121B Aluminium horizontal air terminal saddle 28
NAVAL BRASS ROOF CLAMP
AT-011M Roof's ridge support 28
AT-022F Naval brass flat roof clamp 28
SPECIAL ROD SUPPORTS
AT-003M Vertical surface rod support 29
AT-030M Antenna's mast rod support 29
CONCRETE BASE
AT-029B 230 mm stackable wedged concrete base 29
AT-030B 325 mm stackable wedged concrete base 29
AT-095B 360 mm flat washer 29
AT-096B 270 mm flat washer 29
AT-097B 12 Kg threaded concrete base 29
MASTS AND ANCHORAGES
MASTS FOR WALL OR STRUCTURAL FIXING
AT-050A 1'' x 4 m galvanized steel mast 30
AT-056A 1'' x 6 m galvanized steel mast (2 sections) 30
AT-057A 1'' x 6 m galvanized steel mast (3 sections) 30
AT-060A 1'' x 1 m stainless steel mast 30
AT-066A 1'' x 6 m stainless steel mast (2 sections) 30
AT-067A 1'' x 6 m stainless steel mast (3 sections) 30
U SHAPED ANCHORAGE
AT-012B 30 cm U-shaped anchorage system to embed (1 support) 30
AT-013B 30 cm U-shaped anchorage system to embed (2 supports) 30
AT-015B 60 cm U-shaped anchorage system to embed (1 support) 30
AT-021B 30 cm U-shaped anchorage system to screw (1 support) 30
AT-023B 30 cm U-shaped anchorage system to screw (2 supports) 30
AT-025B 60 cm U-shaped anchorage system to screw (1 support) 30
ANGLE BAR ANCHORAGE
AT-034B 30 cm galvanized steel angle bar support (1 support) 31
AT-035B 30 cm galvanized steel angle bar support (2 supports) 31
AT-037B 60 cm galvanized steel angle bar support (1 support) 31
AT-044B 30 cm stainless steel angle bar support (1 support) 31
AT-045B 30 cm stainless steel angle bar support (2 supports) 31
AT-047B 60 cm stainless steel angle bar support (1 support) 31
AT-048B 60 cm stainless steel angle bar support (2 supporst) 31
MAST TO TRESTLE TOWER ANCHORAGE
AT-018B Mast to trestle tower anchorage (1 support) 31
AT-019B Mast to trestle tower anchorage (2 supports) 31
AT-020B Mast to trestle tower anchorage (3 supports) 31
LIGHT ANCHORAGE
AT-031B 30 cm light anchorage system to embed (1 support) 32
AT-032B 30 cm light anchorage system to embed (2 supports) 32
AT-033B 30 cm light anchorage system to embed (3 supports) 32
AT-041B 30 cm light anchorage system to screw (1 support) 32
AT-042B 30 cm light anchorage system to screw (2 supports) 32
AT-043B 30 cm light anchorage system to screw (3 supports) 32
PARALLEL ANCHORAGE
AT-051B Parallel anchorage system (1 support) 32
AT-052B Parallel anchorage system (2 supports) 32
AT-053B Parallel anchorage system (3 supports) 32
AT-061B H-shaped double bracket anchorage (1 support) 32
AT-062B H-shaped double bracket anchorage (2 supports) 32
AT-063B H-shaped double bracket anchorage (3 supports) 32
LAMPPOST ANCHORAGE
AT-067B Lamppost anchorage (1 support) 33
AT-068B Lamppost anchorage (2 supports) 33
AT-069B Lamppost anchorage (3 supports) 33
CROSS SHAPED ANCHORAGE
AT-071B Cross shaped anchorage (1 support) 33
AT-072B Cross shaped anchorage (2 supports) 33
AT-073B Cross shaped anchorage (3 supports) 33
ADJUSTABLE ANCHORAGE
AT-077B Adjustable anchorage (1 support) 33
AT-078B Adjustable anchorage (2 supports) 33
AT-079B Adjustable anchorage (3 supports) 33
MAST TO POST ANCHORAGE
AT-070B Mast to square post anchorage (1 support) 34
AT-074B Mast to square post anchorage (2 supports) 34
AT-075B Mast to square post anchorage (3 supports) 34
AT-076B Mast to round post anchorage (1 support) 34
AT-083B Mast to round post anchorage (2supports) 34
AT-086B Mast to round post anchorage (3supports) 34
ISOLATED CHIMNEY ANCHORAGE
AT-080B Chimney anchorage 4 DAT CONTROLER
PLUS 34
AT-081B DAT CONTROLER
PLUS rod isolated sup(x1) 34

AT-084B 4 m DAT CONTROLER
PLUS rod for chimneys 34

AT-085B 5 m DAT CONTROLER
PLUS rod for chimneys 34

AT-088B DAT CONTROLER
PLUS rod isolated sup(x2) 34

MAST ANCHORAGE FOR FLAT ROOF
AT-003B 3 m mast anchorage for flat roof 35
AT-006B 6 m mast anchorage for flat roof 35
FREE STANDING MAST
AT-006C 6 m free standing mast 35
TRESTLE TOWER
AT-031C 8,5 m trestle tower 36
AT-123E 20 x 3 mm copper tape clip 41
AT-124E 25 x 3 mm copper tape clip 41
AT-125E 25 x 3 mm copper PVC covered tape clip 41
AT-126E 20 x 3 mm aluminium tape clip 41
AT-127E 25 x 3 mm aluminium tape clip 41
PUSH-IN TAPE CLIP
AT-059E Push-in 25 x 3 mm tape clip 42
LIGHT BRACKET
AT-050E Galvanized steel light bracket 42
AT-051E Stainless steel light bracket 42
AT-218E Plastic block 42
POLYPROPYLENE TAPE CLIP
AT-196E Brown polypropylene 20 x 3 mm tape clip 43
AT-197E Grey polypropylene 20 x 3 mm tape clip 43
AT-198E Brown polypropylene 25 x 3 mm tape clip 43
AT-199E Grey polypropylene 25 x 3 mm tape clip 43
AT-200E Brown polypropylene 25 x 3 mm PVC covered tape clip 43
AT-201E Grey polypropylene 25 x 3 mm PVC covered tape clip 43
AT-202E Black polypropylene 25 x 3 mm PVC covered tape clip 43
AT-203E Green polypropylene 25 x 3 mm PVC covered tape clip 43
AT-204E Stone polypropylene 25 x 3 mm PVC covered tape clip 43
AT-205E White polypropylene 25 x 3 mm PVC covered tape clip 43
AT-206E Brown polypropylene 25 x 3 mm tape adhesive clip 43
AT-207E Grey polypropylene 25 x 3 mm tape adhesive clip 43
AT-208E Brown polyprop 25 x 3 mm PVC covered tape adhesive clip 43
AT-209E Grey polyprop 25 x 3 mm PVC covered tape adhesive clip 43
AT-210E Black polyprop 25 x 3 mm PVC covered tape adhesive clip 43
AT-211E Stone polyprop 25 x 3 mm PVC covered tape adhesive clip 43
AT-212E White polyprop 25 x 3 mm PVC covered tape adhesive clip 43
CLIPS FOR CABLE
NAVAL BRASS CABLE CLIP
AT-009E Naval brass cable clip for metallic wall 44
AT-010E Naval brass cable clip 44
AT-011E Naval brass cable clip for corner fixing 44
AT-013E Naval brass cable clip with 57 mm height 44
AT-014E Naval brass cable clip with 107 mm height 44
AT-025E Naval brass 95 mm
2
cable clip 44
DC CLIP
AT-190E 50 mm
2
gunmetal DC clip 44
AT-191E 50 mm
2
aluminium DC clip 44
AT-192E 70 mm
2
gunmetal DC clip 44
AT-193E 70 mm
2
aluminium DC clip 44
TOWER EARTH CLAMP
AT-026J 25 - 50 mm
2
aluminium tower earth clamp 45
AT-027J 16 - 70 mm
2
tower earth clamp 45
AT-028J 70 - 120 mm
2
AT-029J 120 - 185 mm
2
AT-030J 185 - 240 mm
2
METALLIC CABLE CLIP
AT-128E Stainless steel metallic cable clip with nylon support 45
AT-129E Stainless steel metallic cable clip 45
AT-130E Copper metallic cable clip 45
AT-131E Stainless steel metallic 16 mm cable clip with nylon sup. 45
AT-132E Stainless steel metallic 16 mm cable clip with metal sup. 45
KS CABLE CLIP
AT-000E Stainless steel KS cable clip (1 element) 46
AT-002E Galvanized steel KS cable clip (1 element) 46
AT-003E Galvanized steel KS cable clip (2 elements) 46
AT-004E Copper KS cable clip (1 element) 46
TRESTLE TOWER ACCESSORIES
AT-036C Trestle tower middle section 37
AT-037C Trestle tower wall anchorage 37
AT-038C Guy wire kit 37
AT-040C Guy wire ring 37
AT-041C Guy wire anchorage 37
AT-042C Turnbuckle 37
AT-043C Guy wire clamp 37
AT-044C Cable to trestle tower clip 37
AT-045C Tape to trestle tower clip 37
AT-046C Cable to Guy wire clamp 37
SELF SUPPORTED TOWER
AT-050C 14 m self supported tower 38
DOWN-CONDUCTORS
CLIPS FOR TAPE
NAVAL BRASS TAPE CLIP
AT-006E Naval brass tape clip for metallic wall 40
AT-015E Naval brass tape clip 40
AT-216E Naval brass tape clip 58 mm height 40
AT-217E Naval brass tape clip 108 mm height 40
DC TAPE CLIP
AT-100E 20 x 3 mm gunmetal DC tape clip 40
AT-114E 25 x 3 mm gunmetal DC PVC covered tape clip 40
AT-117E 20 x 3 mm aluminium DC tape clip 40
AT-121E 25 x 3 mm aluminium DC PVC covered tape clip 40
AT-122E 50 x 6 mm aluminium DC PVC covered tape clip 40
B BOND
AT-022J Copper B bond 41
AT-023J Aluminium B bond 41
METALLIC TAPE CLIP
AT-027E Copper metallic tape clip 41
AT-028E Stainless steel metallic tape clip 41
TAPE CLIP
AT-072F Tin-plated copper tape clip 41
AT-005E Copper KS cable clip (2 elements) 46
PUSH-IN CABLE CLIP
AT-133E 50 mm
2
push-in cable clip with nylon support 46
AT-134E 70 mm
2
push-in cable clip with nylon support 46
AT-135E 50 mm
2
push-in cable clip with metallic support 46
AT-136E 70 mm
2
push-in cable clip with metallic support 46
AT-137E 50 mm
2
push-in cable clip 46
NYLON CABLE CLIP
AT-043E Nylon 6 - 10 mm cable clip 47
AT-044E Nylon 6 - 10 mm cable clip with integrated plug 47
AT-045E Nylon 13 mm cable clip 18 mm height 47
AT-049E Nylon 16 mm cable clip with integrated plug 47
NYLON HOLDFAST CABLE CLIP
AT-020E Nylon holdfast 8 mm cable clip 18 mm height 48
AT-021E Nylon holdfast 8 mm cable clip with integrated plug 48
AT-022E Nylon holdfast 8 mm cable clip with anti-humidity plug 48
AT-039E Nylon holdfast 10 mm cable clip with integrated plug 48
CLAMPING FRAME
AT-138E Stainless steel clamping frame 49
AT-139E Copper clamping frame 49
AT-140E Aluminium clamping frame 49
ONE HOLE CABLE CLIP
AT-056E Copper one hole 50 mm
2
cable clip 49
2
cable clip 49
2
cable clip 49
AT-141E One hole PVC covered copper 50 mm
2
cable clip 49
AT-142E Aluminium one hole 50 mm
2
cable clip 49
AT-143E Aluminium one hole 70 mm
2
cable clip 49
AT-144E PVC covered aluminium one hole 50 mm
2
cable clip 49
CLIPS FOR TAPE AND CABLE
CONDUCTOR-MAST SUPPORT CLIP
AT-033A Conductor - 1" mast support clip 50
AT-048A Conductor - 1 " mast support clip 50
NYLON CONDUCTOR CLIP
AT-030E Nylon conductor clip with 17 mm height 50
AT-031E Nylon conductor clip with integrated plug 50
SUPPORTS
PYRAMIDAL ROOF CONDUCTOR HOLDER
AT-005M Pyramidal holder (empty) 51
AT-040E Pyramidal roof cable holder (empty) 51
AT-041E Pyramidal roof conductor holder (empty) 51
AT-145E Pyramidal roof conductor clamp (empty) 51
AT-183E Pyramidal roof conductor holder (full) 51
AT-184E Pyramidal roof cable holder (full) 51
ROOF CONDUCTOR HOLDER
AT-042E Concrete roof cable holder 51
PLASTIC SUPPORT BLOCK
AT-147E Plastic square support block 51
AT-148E Plastic round support block with 40 mm height 51
AT-149E Plastic round support block with 60 mm height 51
METALLIC SUPPORT
AT-178E 100 mm metallic support 52
AT-179E 80 mm metallic support 52
CURVE TILE SUPPORT
AT-090E 170 - 240 mm stainless steel curve tile support 52
AT-150E 190 - 300 mm stainless steel curve tile support 52
AT-151E 170 - 240 mm copper curve tile support 52
AT-152E 190 - 300 mm copper curve tile support 52
SPRING TILE SUPPORT
AT-091E Spring tile support 52
SANDWICH ROOF SUPPORT
AT-095E Sandwich roof support with 15 mm height 53
AT-169E Sandwich roof support with 25 mm height 53
CLIP SUPPORT FOR ROOFS
AT-092E 180 mm flat tile angled support 53
AT-159E 210 mm flat tile elevated support 53
AT-162E 210 mm flat tile smooth support 53
AT-163E 260 mm flat tile smooth support 53
AT-164E 210 mm flat tile support with tabs 53
AT-165E 260 mm flat tile support with tabs 53
AT-166E 210 mm flat tile support (against-hook) 53
AT-167E 260 mm flat tile support (against-hook) 53
TILE SUPPORT
AT-094E Universal tile support 54
AT-156E 15 20 mm tile support 54
GUTTER CLAMP
AT-040F Stainless steel gutter clamp 54
AT-153E Copper gutter clamp 54
EXTENSION
AT-016E 50 mm naval brass extension 54
AT-017E 100 mm naval brass extension 54
BACK PLATE HOLDFAST
AT-170E Gunmetal back plate holdfast 55
AT-171E Aluminium back plate holdfast 55
GLAZING BAR HOLDFAST
AT-018E 18 mm width galvanized glazing bar hodfast 55
AT-172E Gunmetal glazing bar hodfast 55
AT-173E Aluminium glazing bar hodfast 55
AT-174E 26 mm width galvanized glazing bar hodfast 55
SCREWDRIVER DOWNPIPE SUPPORT
AT-070E 50 - 70 mm spiral pipe support 56
AT-076E 25 - 27 mm tube clip support 56
AT-077E 31 - 34 mm tube clip support 56
EARTHING PIPE CLAMP
AT-097E 3/4 - 2" earthing pipe clamp 56
AT-185E 3/4 -3" pipe clamp for antenna mast 56
AT-186E 3/4 -6" pipe clamp for antenna mast 56
AT-116F Copper straight clamp 61
AT-117F Stainless steel straight clamp 61
AT-118F Galvanized steel straight clamp 61
AT-134F Aluminium square tape and cable clamp 61
AT-135J Disconnecting sleeve 61
PARALLEL CLAMP
AT-009F Aluminium parallel clamp 61
AT-011F Naval brass cable and tape parallel clamp 61
AT-013F Cu / Al bimetallic parallel clamp 61
AT-016F Naval brass cable parallel clamp 61
UNIVERSAL CLAMP
AT-025F Stainless steel cable and rod universal clamp 62
AT-112F Copper miniature universal clamp 62
AT-113F Stainless steel miniature universal clamp 62
AT-115F Aluminium universal clamp 62
AT-121F Copper universal clamp 62
AT-122F Stainless steel universal clamp 62
AT-125F Galvanized steel universal clamp 62
AT-127J Copper cable and rod universal clamp 62
AT-128F Cu / Al bimetallic universal clamp 62
AT-128J Galvanized steel cable and rod universal clamp 62
SPLIT BOLT CLAMP TYPE H
AT-096F 10 / 2,5 - 8 mm
2
splitbolt clamp 62
AT-097F 10 - 16 / 2,5 - 16 mm
2
splitbolt clamp 62
AT-098F 16 - 25 / 2,5 - 25 mm
2
splitbolt clamp 62
AT-099F 16 - 35 / 2,5 - 35 mm
2
splitbolt clamp 62
AT-100F 25 - 50 / 2,5 - 50 mm
2
splitbolt clamp 62
AT-101F 35 - 70 / 2,5 - 70 mm
2
splitbolt clamp 62
AT-102F 50 - 95 / 10 - 95 mm
2
splitbolt clamp 62
AT-103F 50 - 120 / 10 - 120 mm
2
splitbolt clamp 62
AT-104F 50 - 185 / 10 - 185 mm
2
splitbolt clamp 62
METAL SHEET CLAMP
AT-043K Galvanized steel 5 - 18 mm metal sheet clamp (type KS) 63
AT-044K Galvanized steel 1 - 12 mm metal sheet clamp (type KS) 63
AT-045K Galvanized steel metal sheet - cable clamp 63
AT-046K Galvanized steel metal sheet - double cable clamp 63
AT-047K Copper metal sheet universal clamp 63
AT-048K Stainless steel metal sheet clamp 63
AT-049K Zinc alloy metal sheet clamp 63
AT-052K Galvanized steel metal sheet clampa 63
AT-053K Copper metal sheet clamp 63
AT-054K Galvanized steel metal sheet universal clamp (type L) 63
AT-055K Galvanized steel metal sheet universal clamp (type U) 63
AT-056K Copper metal sheet - tape clamp 63
AT-057K Galvanized steel metal sheet - tape clamp 63
TAPE TEST CLAMP
AT-081F 25 x 3 mm gunmetal oblong test clamp 64
AT-083F 25 x 3 mm aluminium oblong test clamp 64
AT-084F Plate type test clamp 64
AT-085F Screwdown test clamp 64
UNI DISCONNECTING TAPE CLAMP
AT-111F UNI disconnecting tape clamp 64
UNI DISCONNECTING CABLE CLAMP
AT-108F Cu / Gal bimetallic UNI disconnecting cable clamp 64
AT-110F Galvanized steel UNI disconnecting cable clamp 64
AT-113J Cu / Gal bimetallic UNI disconnecting cable and rod clamp 64
AT-114J Galvanized steel UNI disconnecting cable and rod clamp 64
AT-115J Stainless steel UNI disconnecting cable and rod clamp 64
AT-124F Stainless steel UNI disconnecting cable clamp 64
UNI DISCONNECTING CABLE AND TAPE CLAMP
AT-107F Cu / Gal bimetallic UNI disconnecting cable and tape clamp 64
DOWNPIPE CLAMP
AT-082E Copper downpipe clamp 57
AT-083E Stainless steel downpipe clamp 57
DOWNPIPE SUPPORT
AT-096E Adjustable tensioning strap up to 160 mm 57
AT-069E 14 x 0,3 mm continuous tensioning strap (50 m) 57
AT-029E 14 x 0,3 mm continuous tensioning strap (100 m) 57
AT-067E Separate grip holder 57
AT-066E Downpipe clip holder 57
DOWNPIPE CABLE HOLDER
AT-084E 50 - 70 mm downpipe cable holder 57
ALUMINIUM DOWNPIPE CABLE HOLDER
AT-065E Aluminium downpipe cable holder 57
PIPE BOND
AT-175E Gunmetal pipe bond 58
AT-176E Aluminium pipe bond 58
WATERMAIN PIPE BOND
AT-177E Watermain pipe bond 58
RAINWATER PIPE (RWP) BOND
AT-024J Copper rainwater pipe (RWP) bond 58
AT-025J Aluminium rainwater pipe (RWP) bond 58
CLAMPS
SQUARE TAPE CLAMP
AT-026F Galvanized steel square tape clamp 59
AT-029F Copper square tape clamp 59
AT-033F Gunmetal square 25 x 3 tape clamp 59
AT-039F Aluminium square 25 x 3 tape clamp 59
AT-131F Stainless steel square tape clamp 59
SQUARE CABLE CLAMP
AT-023F Galvanized steel square 50 - 70 mm
2
cable clamp 59
AT-028F Stainless steel square 50 - 70 mm
2
cable clamp 59
AT-032F Copper square 50 - 70 mm
2
cable clamp 59
AT-036F Gunmetal square 50 mm
2
cable clamp 59
2
cable clamp 59
2
cable clamp 59
AT-089J-1 Naval brass square 50 - 120 mm
2
cable clamp 59
AT-136J Galvanized steel square 50 - 70 mm
2
cable - 16 mm rod clamp 59
AT-137J Stainless steel square 50 - 70 mm
2
AT-138J Copper square 50 - 70 mm
2
SQUARE TAPE AND CABLE CLAMP
AT-020F Naval brass square tape and cable clamp 60
AT-031F Galvanized steel square tape and cable clamp 60
AT-130F Galvanized steel tape and cable clamp 60
AT-136F Stainless steel square tape and cable clamp 60
AT-133F Copper square tape and cable clamp 60
AT-135F Gunmetal straight clamp 60
T CLAMP
AT-012F Naval brass T clamp 60
AT-119F Gunmetal T clamp 60
AT-120F Galvanized steel T clamp 60
STRAIGHT CLAMP
AT-015F Naval brass straight clamp 61
AT-090H Multipurpose clamp 61
AT-105F Aluminium straight clamp 61
AT-109F Galvanized steel UNI disconnecting cable and tape clamp 64
AT-123F Stainless steel UNI disconnecting cable and tape clamp 64
CABLE AND TAPE TEST CLAMP
AT-010F Naval brass cable and tape test clamp 65
AT-086F 35 mm
2
- (25 x 3 mm) gunmetal test clamp 65
AT-087F 50 mm
2
AT-088F 70 mm
2
AT-089F 95 mm
2
AT-090F 120 mm
2
AT-091F Aluminium cable and tape test clamp 65
AT-095F Nickel plated brass cable and tape test clamp 65
TEST JOINT
AT-106F Test joint 65
BIMETALLIC CONNECTOR
AT-092F Cu / Al bimetallic cable connector 65
AT-093F Cu / Al bimetallic cable and tape connector 65
AT-094F Cu / Al bimetallic tape connector 65
AT-107F Cu / Gal bimetallic UNI disconnecting cable and tape clamp 65
AT-108F Cu / Gal bimetallic UNI disconnecting cable clamp 65
SPARK GAP FOR AERIAL MAST
LIGHTNING EVENT COUNTER
AT-000G Lightning event counter support 67
AT-001G Lightning event counter 67
GUARD TUBE
AT-050G 3 m galvanized steel guard tube for cable 68
AT-051G 2 m galvanized steel guard tube for cable 68
AT-053G 3 m stainless steel guard tube for cable 68
AT-054G 2 m stainless steel guard tube for cable 68
AT-056G 2,5m plastic 3mm guard tube for cable 68
AT-055G 2 m galvanized steel guard tube for cable and tape 68
AT-057G Lead-in earthing rod 68
AT-060G 2 m galvanized steel guard tube for tape 68
EXPANSION UNIT
AT-012G Expansion unit 69
BRIDGING BRAID
AT-032G Tinned copper bridging braid 69
AT-033G Aluminium bridging braid 69
FLEXIBLE BRAID BOND
AT-001F Tinned copper flexible braid bond 69
AT-032J Copper flexible braid bond 69
AT-033J Aluminium flexible braid bond 69
WATERTIGHT CONE
AT-090B Watertight cone 70
COVER PLATE
AT-014G Cover plate 70
ASPHALT STRIP
AT-071F Asphalt Strip 70
PUDDLE FLANGE
AT-015G Copper puddle flange
AT-016G Aluminium puddle flange 71
HANGING GUY WIRE KIT
AT-080G Hanging guy wire kit 71
WIRE STRAIGHTENER
AT-040G Wire straightener with coils 72
AT-041G Wire straightener 72
ANTI-CORROSION SPRAY
AT-023G Anti corrosion spray 72
BIMETALLIC SHEET (CUPAL)
AT-030G Copper-aluminium bimetallic sheet 72
AT-031G Aluminium-copper bimetallic sheet 72
AT-070F 0.5 x 40 x 500 mm Cu / Al bimetallic sheet (Cupal) 72
CONDUCTORS
BARE COPPER TAPE CONDUCTORS
AT-006D 12,5 x 1,5 mm bare copper tape 74
AT-007D 12,5 x 3 mm bare copper tape 74
AT-008D 20 x 1,5 mm bare copper tape 74
AT-009D 20 x 3 mm bare copper tape 74
AT-010D 25 x 1,5 mm bare copper tape 74
TINNED COPPER TAPE CONDUCTORS
AT-000D 12,5 x 1,5 mm tinned copper tape 74
AT-002D 25 x 6 mm tinned copper tape 74
PVC COVERED COPPER TAPE CONDUCTORS
AT-029D 12,5 x 1,5 mm black PVC covered copper tape 75
AT-030D 25 x 3 mm black PVC covered copper tape 75
AT-031D 25 x 6 mm green PVC covered copper tape 75
AT-139D 25 x 3 mm grey PVC covered copper tape 75
AT-141D 25 x 3 mm brown PVC covered copper tape 75
AT-142D 25 x 3 mm stone PVC covered copper tape 75
AT-143D 25 x 3 mm white PVC covered copper tape 75
ALUMINIUM TAPE CONDUCTORS
AT-033D 12,5 x 1,5 mm aluminium tape 75
AT-034D 20 x 3 mm aluminium tape 75
PVC COVERED ALUMINIUM TAPE CONDUCTORS
AT-040D 12,5 x 1,5 mm PVC covered aluminium tape 75
AT-041D 20 x 3 mm PVC covered aluminium tape 75
AT-042D 25 x 3 mm black PVC covered aluminium tape 75
AT-144D 25 x 3 mm brown PVC covered aluminium tape 75
AT-145D 26 x 3 mm grey PVC covered aluminium tape 75
AT-146D 27 x 3 mm stone PVC covered aluminium tape 75
GALVANIZED STEEL TAPE CONDUCTORS
AT-130D 20 x 2,5 mm galvanized steel tape 76
AT-131D 30 x 3,5 mm galvanized steel tape 76
AT-132D 30 x 4 mm galvanized steel tape 76
STAINLESS STEEL TAPE CONDUCTORS
AT-135D 30 x 3,5 mm stainless steel tape 76
FLEXIBLE COPPER BRAID CONDUCTORS
AT-043D 12 x 1 mm flexible copper braid 76
AT-044D 15 x 1,5 mm flexible cooper braid 76
AT-045D 10 x 2 mm flexible tinned cooper braid 76
AT-046D 16 x 2 mm flexible tinned cooper braid 76
AT-049D 25 x 3,5 mm flexible tinned cooper braid 76
AT-051D 32 x 6 mm flexible cooper braid 76
AT-053D 30 x 3,5 mm flexible tinned cooper braid 76
HARD DRAWN COPPER BARS
AT-080D 25mm x 3mm x 3m hard drawn copper bar 76
AT-084D 50mm x 6mm x 3m hard drawn tinned copper bar 76
STRANDED ELECTROLYTIC COPPER CABLE
AT-035D 35 mm
2
stranded electrolytic copper cable 77
AT-050D 50 mm
2
AT-070D 70 mm
2
AT-095D 95 mm
2
AT-120D 120 mm
2
AT-150D 150 mm
2
BARE SOLID ROUND
AT-058D Copper bare solid round 77
AT-060D 8mm galvanized steel bare solid round 77
AT-061D 10mm galvanized steel bare solid round 77
AT-110D Aluminium alloy (AlMgSi) semi-hard bare solid round 77
AT-125D Aluminium bare solid round 77
AT-128D 8mm stainless steel bare solid round 77
AT-129D 10mm stainless steel bare solid round 77
AT-138D Aluminium alloy (AlMgSi) soft bare solid round 77
PVC INSULATED STRANDED COPPER CABLE
AT-113D 35 mm
2
PVC insulated stranded copper cable 77
AT-114D 50 mm
2
AT-115D 70 mm
2
AT-116D 95 mm
2
AT-117D 120 mm
2
AT-118D 150 mm
2
PVC COVERED SOLID ROUND
AT-123D PVC covered copper solid round 78
AT-124D PVC covered aluminium solid round 78
AT-126D 8mm PVC covered galvanized steel solid round 78
AT-127D 10mm PVC covered galvanized steel solid round 78
TIN-PLATED COPPER COMPRESSION TERMINALS
AT-015K 16mm
2
M6 tin-plated copper compression terminal 78
AT-016K 16mm
2
AT-017K 25mm
2
AT-018K 25mm
2
AT-019K 35mm
2
AT-020K 35mm
2
AT-021K 50mm
2
AT-022K 70mm
2
AT-023K 70mm
2
AT-024K 95mm
2
AT-025K 95mm
2
AT-026K 95mm
2
AT-027K 120mm
2
AT-028K 120mm
2
AT-029K 150mm
2
AT-030K 150mm
2
AT-031K 185mm
2
AT-032K 240mm
2
INTERNAL PROTECTION
PROTECTION AGAINST TRANSIENT OVERVOLTAGES
POWER SUPPLY LINES
AT-8350 ATSHOCK L 112
AT-8351 ATSHOCK L-130 112
AT-8352 ATSHOCK L-400 112
AT-8399 ATSHOCK N 112
AT-8310 ATSHOCK L30 114
AT-8311 ATSHOCK L30-130 114
AT-8312 ATSHOCK L30-400 114
AT-8398 ATSHOCK N60 114
AT-8603 ATSHIELD 400T 116
AT-8604 ATSHIELD 230T 116
AT-8611 ATSHIELD L Mod. 117
AT-8612 ATSHIELD L-130 Mod. 117
AT-8613 ATSHIELD N Mod. 117
AT-8607 ATSHIELD 230M 118
AT-8608 ATSHIELD 130M 118
AT-8601 ATSHIELD L 120
AT-8602 ATSHIELD N 120
AT-8214 ATSUB 140-230 122
AT-8215 ATSUB 140-130 122
AT-8218 ATSUB 140-N 122
AT-8282 ATSUB-4P 15 TT 124
AT-8285 ATSUB-4P 40 TT 124
AT-8287 ATSUB-4P 65 TT 124
AT-8283 ATSUB-4P 15-120 TT 124
AT-8286 ATSUB-4P 40-120 TT 124
AT-8289 ATSUB-4P 65-120 TT 124
AT-8281 ATSUB-4P 15-400 TT 124
AT-8284 ATSUB-4P 40-400 TT 124
AT-8248 ATSUB Mod. 40 125
AT-8205 ATSUB Mod. N 125
AT-8296 ATSUB Mod. 40-120 126
AT-8297 ATSUB Mod. 15-120 126
AT-8298 ATSUB Mod. 65-120 126
AT-8205 ATSUB Mod. N 126
AT-8249 ATSUB Mod. 40-400 127
AT-8229 ATSUB Mod. 15-400 127
AT-8232 ATSUB-2P 15 TT 128
AT-8235 ATSUB-2P 40 TT 128
AT-8238 ATSUB-2P 65 TT 128
AT-8234 ATSUB-2P 15-120 TT 128
AT-8237 ATSUB-2P 40-120 TT 128
AT-8280 ATSUB-2P 65-120 TT 128
AT-8233 ATSUB-2P 15-400 TT 128
AT-8236 ATSUB-2P 40-400 TT 128
AT-8000 ATSUB-4P 15 TNS 132
AT-8003 ATSUB-4P 15-120 TNS 132
AT-8004 ATSUB-4P 40-120 TNS 132
AT-8005 ATSUB-4P 65-120 TNS 132
AT-8006 ATSUB-4P 15-400 TNS 132
AT-8007 ATSUB-4P 40-400 TNS 132
AT-8010 ATSUB-2P 15 TN 136
AT-8009 ATSUB-2P 40 TN 136
AT-8011 ATSUB-2P 65 TN 136
AT-8012 ATSUB-2P 15-120 TN 136
AT-8013 ATSUB-2P 40-120 TN 136
AT-8014 ATSUB-2P 65-120 TN 136
AT-8015 ATSUB-2P 15-400 TN 136
AT-8016 ATSUB-2P 40-400 TN 136
AT-8222 ATSUB-P 15 140
AT-8242 ATSUB-P 40 140
AT-8262 ATSUB-P 65 140
AT-8202 ATSUB-P N 140
AT-8290 ATSUB-P 15-120 140
AT-8291 ATSUB-P 40-120 144
AT-8292 ATSUB-P 65-120 140
AT-8226 ATSUB-P 15-400 140
AT-8246 ATSUB-P 40-400 140
AT-8223 ATSUB-PR 15 144
AT-8243 ATSUB-PR 40 144
AT-8263 ATSUB-PR 65 144
AT-8203 ATSUB-PR N 144
AT-8227 ATSUB-PR 15-400 144
AT-8247 ATSUB-PR 40-400 144
AT-8293 ATSUB-PR 15-120 144
AT-8294 ATSUB-PR 40-120 144
AT-8295 ATSUB-PR 65-120 144
AT-8220 ATSUB 15 148
AT-8240 ATSUB 40 148
AT-8260 ATSUB 65 148
AT-8201 ATSUB N 148
AT-8224 ATSUB 15-400 148
AT-8244 ATSUB 40-400 148
AT-8264 ATSUB 65-400 148
AT-8230 ATSUB 15-120 148
AT-8250 ATSUB 40-120 148
AT-8270 ATSUB 65-120 148
AT-8221 ATSUB-R 15 152
AT-8241 ATSUB-R 40 152
AT-8261 ATSUB-R 65 152
AT-8204 ATSUB-R N 152
AT-8225 ATSUB-R 15-400 152
AT-8245 ATSUB-R 40-400 152
AT-8265 ATSUB-R 65-400 152
AT-8299 ATSUB-R 15-120 152
AT-8208 ATSUB-R 40-120 152
AT-8209 ATSUB-R 65-120 152
AT-8217 ATSUB-D T 156
AT-8216 ATSUB-D M 158
AT-8132 ATCOVER 230T 160
AT-8133 ATCOVER 400T 160
AT-8152 ATCOVER TNC 230T 162
AT-8153 ATCOVER TNC 400T 162
AT-8111 ATCOVER 130M 164
AT-8112 ATCOVER 230M 164
AT-8435 ATLINK 35 166
AT-8463 ATLINK 63 166
AT-8131 ATCOMPACT M2 30kA 168
AT-8130 ATCOMPACT T2 30kA 168
AT-8114 ATBARRIER MFF 181
AT-8125 ATBARRIER MF 181
AT-8118 ATBARRIER MM 181
AT-8134 ATBARRIER TFF 181
AT-8141 ATBARRIER TF 181
AT-8121 ATBARRIER TM 181
PROTECTION OF SPECIAL EQUIPMENT POWER SUPPLY
AT-8901 ATPV 192
AT-8905 ATPV3 195
AT-8505 ATVOLT 5 196
AT-8512 ATVOLT 12 196
AT-8515 ATVOLT 15 196
AT-8524 ATVOLT 24 196
AT-8530 ATVOLT 30 196
AT-8548 ATVOLT 48 196
AT-8560 ATVOLT 60 196
AT-8580 ATVOLT 80 196
AT-8510 ATVOLT 110 196
AT-3501 RF SPD TESTER 196
AT-8513 ATVOLT 12 Mod. 197
AT-8590 ATVOLT P5 199
AT-9320 ATCOMBO 12 201
AT-8115 ATCOMBO 130 201
AT-8113 ATCOMBO 230 201
POWER SUPPLY PROTECTION
OF AREAS WITH
LOW OVERVOLTAGES
AT-9402 ATFILTER 16 205
AT-9501 ATSOCKET 207
AT-9601 ATPLUG 209
PROTECTION FOR DATA AND TELECOMMUNICATION LINES
AT-9101 ATFONO 214
AT-9107 ATFONO Mod. 215
AT-9104 ATFONO RJ11 216
AT-9108 ATFONO RJ45 218
AT-9105 ATFONO R&M1 220
AT-9106 ATFONO R&M2 220
AT-9109 ATFONO KRONE 220
AT-9205 ATLINE 5 222
AT-9212 ATLINE 12 222
AT-9215 ATLINE 15 222
AT-9224 ATLINE 24 222
AT-9230 ATLINE 30 222
AT-9248 ATLINE 48 222
AT-9260 ATLINE 60 222
AT-9280 ATLINE 80 222
AT-9210 ATLINE 110 222
AT-9206 ATLINE 5 Mod. 223
AT-2107 ATLAN 100 BASE-T 225
AT-2204 ATLAN 100 BASE-T POE 225
AT-2207 ATLAN 1000 BASE-T 225
AT-2213 ATLAN 1000 BASE-T CAT6 227
AT-2221 ATLAN-C 8 229
AT-2206 ATLAN 8 231
AT-2209 ATLAN 16 231
AT-2208 ATLAN 24 231
AT-2215 ATLAN 8 PCB 232
AT-2201 ATLAN 8/24 232
AT-2217 ATLAN 4 CAT6 233
AT-2300 ATDB9 235
AT-2109 ATFREQ-400UHF 237
AT-2118 ATFREQ-400BNC 237
AT-2108 ATFREQ-400BNC015 237
AT-2111 ATFREQ-400N 237
AT-2115 ATFREQ-50BNC 237
AT-2105 ATFREQ-50BNC015 237
AT-2106 ATFREQ-50N 237
AT-2110 ATFREQ-7/16 237
AT-2103 ATFREQ-F 237
AT-2104 ATFREQ-TV 237
AT-2102 ATFREQ-50UHF 237
PERMANENT OVERVOLTAGE PROTECTION

AT-9001 IGA TEST M 25 242
AT-9006 IGA TEST T 25 243
AT-8704 ATCONTROL/B PT-M. Imax=15kA. Up=1,5kV 244
AT-8702 ATCONTROL/B PT-T. Imax=40kA. Up=1,8kV 245
AT-8711 KIT ATCONTROL/B PT-M 25. Imax=15kA 246
AT-8716 KIT ATCONTROL/B PT-T 25. Imax=40kA 247
AT-8707 ATCONTROL/D P-M 248
AT-8708 ATCONTROL/D PT-M. Imax=15kA. Up=1,5kV 248
AT-8705 ATCONTROL/D T-M 249
AT-8706 ATCONTROL/D PT-T. Imax=40kA. Up=1,8kV 249
EARTHING

EARTH ELECTRODES, GROUND
ENHANCING PRODUCTS AND EARTH PITS
APLIROD
DYNAMIC ELECTRODE
AT-012H APLIROD
54mm (1+2m) Dynamic electrode 256

AT-024H 28 x 2000 mm APLIROD
dynamic electrode with AT-020F 256


AT-030H 54 x (1000 + 3000) APLIROD



AT-035H Charge for APLIROD
256
dynamic electrode 256


AT-104H 54 x (1000 + 3000) mm APLIROD



AT-108H 54 x (1000 + 2000) mm APLIROD

GRAPHITE ELECTRODE
AT-070H 150 x 600 mm graphite electrode 258
AT-073H 50 x 1500 mm graphite electrode 258
254m COPPERBOND EARTH RODS
AT-002K 5/8" threaded coupling 259
AT-003K 5/8" threaded driving stud 259
AT-004K 3/4" threaded coupling 259
AT-005K 3/4" threaded driving stud 259
AT-016H 5/8" x 2400 mm threaded 254m copperbond earth rod 259
AT-026H 5/8" x 2400 mm 254m copperbond earth rod 259
SOLID COPPER EARTH RODS
AT-031H 15 x 1200 mm solid copper earth rod 260
AT-036H 20 x 1200 mm solid copper earth rod 260
STAINLESS STEEL EARTH RODS
AT-000H 10 x 1500 mm stainless steel earth rod 260
AT-006K 15/16mm driving stud 260
AT-007K 15/16mm spike 260
AT-008K Coupling dowel 260
AT-009K 20mm driving stud 260
AT-037H 16 x 1200 mm threaded stainless steel earth rod 260
AT-038H 20 x 1500 mm AZ threaded stainless steel earth rod 260
AT-042K 20mm spike 260
GALVANIZED STEEL EARTH RODS
AT-003H 20 x 1500 mm S-threaded galvanized steel earth rod 261
AT-037K Impact tip for galvanized steel earth rods 20mm 261
AT-038K Impact tip for galvanized steel earth rods 25mm 261
AT-039H 16 x 1000 mm galvanized steel earth rod 261
AT-046H 20 x 1500 mm Z-threaded galvanized steel earth rod 261
AT-047H 25 x 1500 mm Z-threaded galvanized steel earth rod 261
AT-049H 25 x 1500 mm S-threaded galvanized steel earth rod 261
AT-093H 1000 x 50 x 50 x 5 mm X-shaped galvanized steel earth rod 261
GOOSE FOOT
AT-000K 4 m + 3 x 7m goose foot 261
AT-001K 1 m + 3 x 3m goose foot 261
EARTH PLATES
AT-050J 500 x 500 x 2 mm earth plate 262
AT-116H 1000 x 500 x 2 mm earth plate 262
AT-117H 600 x 600 x 1,5 mm earth plate 262
AT-119H 900 x 900 x 1,5 mm earth plate 262
AT-121H 500 x 500 x 3 mm galvanized steel earth plate 262
AT-122H 1000 x 500 x 3 mm galvanized steel earth plate 262
COPPER LATTICES AND GRIDS
AT-128H 1000 x 1000 x 2 copper grid 262
AT-123H 2000 x 1000 x 2 mm copper grid 262
AT-070J 3000 x 1000 x 2 copper grid 262
AT-125H 900 x 900 x 3 mm copper lattice 262
AT-126H 600 x 600 x 3 mm cooper lattice 262
GROUND ENHANCING PRODUCTS
AT-010L CONDUCTIVER PLUS 263
AT-020L Graphite powder 263
AT-030L Thin clay-like powder 263
AT-031L 1kg bag APLIFILL
263
AT-032L 25kg bag APLIFILL
263
JOINT PROTECTION
AT-000J Self-vulcanising strip 264
AT-010J Denso tape (Bituminous strip) 264
EARTH PITS
AT-010H Polypropylene earth pit 264
AT-010K Concrete earth pit 264
AT-012K Iron cast earth pit 264
BONDING BARS FOR EARTH PITS
AT-020H 235 x 40 x 25 mm bonding bar for polypropylene earth pit 266
AT-021J Bonding bar 235 x 40 x 25 mm for polypropylene earth pit 266
AT-051F Bonding bar 325 x 70 x 6 mm for concrete earth pit 266
EQUIPOTENTIAL BONDING BAR
AT-050F Nylon equipotential bonding bar 266
EARTH BARS
AT-020J Earth bar 8 way with single disconnecting link 267
AT-053J Insulator 267
AT-054J Earth bar 6 way 267
AT-056J Earth bar 6 way with twin disconnecting links 267
AT-057J Disconnecting link 267
AT-116J Stainless steel earth bar 6 way 267
EARTH POINTS
AT-096J Earth point 1 hole (M8 x 15 mm) 268
AT-097J Earth point 2 holes (M8 x 12 mm) 268
AT-098J Earth point 4 holes (M8 x 14 mm) 268
AT-099J Earth point 1 hole (M8 x 15 mm) with 500mm tail of 70 mm
2
268
AT-100J Earth point 2 holes (M8 x 12 mm) with 500mm tail of 70 mm
2
268
AT-101J Earth point 4 holes (M8 x 14 mm) with 500mm tail of 70 mm
2
268
EARTH BOSS
AT-102J M10 x 50 x 50 mm earth boss 268
FIXED EARTHING TERMINAL
AT-120J Fixed earthing terminal M10 with connecting plate 80 mm 268
DISTANCE HOLDER
AT-036K Distance holder 268
SUPPORT FOR TAPE CONDUCTORS
AT-033K 30 x 2 mm - 50 x 6 mm copper support for tape conductors 269
AT-034K 30 x 2 mm - 50 x 6 mm galvanized steel support for tape conductors 269
AT-035K 30 x 2 mm - 50 x 6 mm stainless steel support for tape conductors 269
AT-039K 30 x 2 mm - 50 x 11 mm copper support for tape conductors 269
AT-040K 30 x 2 mm - 50 x 11 mm galvanized steel support for tape conductors 269
AT-041K 30 x 2 mm - 50 x 11 mm stainless steel support for tape conductors 269
SPARK GAP FOR EARTH BONDING
AT-050K Spark gap for earth joint 269
MULTIPURPOSE CLAMP
AT-090H Multipurpose clamp 272
ROD TO TAPE A CLAMP
AT-080J 25 x 3 mm - 26 x 12 mm rod to tape A clamp 272
ROD TO CABLE G CLAMP
AT-083J Gunmetal rod to cable G clamp 272
AT-086J 20 mm rod to cable G clamp 272
AT-112J Galvanized steel rod to cable G clamp 272
U-BOLT ROD E CLAMP
AT-087J U-bolt rod E clamp 273
AT-088J 20 mm U-bolt rod E clamp 273
EARTH CLAMPING
ROD TO CABLE CGUV CLAMP
AT-089J Naval brass rod to cable CGUV clamp 273
AT-091J 70 - 185 mm
2
rod to cable CGUV clamp 273
AT-092J 150 - 300 mm
2
AT-094J 16 - 70 mm
2
ROD TO CABLE LUG B CLAMP
AT-093J Rod to cable lug B clamp 273
AT-095J 20 mm rod to cable lug B clamp 273
DISCONNECTING SLEEVE
AT-135J Disconnecting sleeve 274
UNI DISCONNECTING CLAMP FOR CABLE
AT-113J Cu / Gal bimetallic UNI disconnecting cable and rod clamp 274
AT-114J Galvanized steel UNI disconnecting cable and rod clamp 274
AT-115J Stainless steel UNI disconnecting cable and rod clamp 274
UNIVERSAL CLAMP
AT-025F Stainless steel cable and rod universal clamp 274
AT-126J 15 - 25 mm universal clamp 274
AT-127J Copper cable and rod universal clamp 274
AT-128J Galvanized steel cable and rod universal clamp 274
T, L CLAMP
AT-136J Galvanized steel square 50 - 70 mm2 cable - 16 mm rod clamp 275
AT-137J Stainless steel square 50 - 70 mm2 cable - 16 mm rod clamp 275
AT-138J Copper square 50 - 70 mm2 cable - 16 mm rod clamp 275
CONNECTING CLAMP
AT-129J 20 mm galvanized steel connecting clamp 275
AT-132J 20 mm stainless steel connecting clamp 275
EXOTHERMIC WELDING: APLIWELD

WELDING MIXTURE
E0032 Welding mixture-10 units 32gr 280
ACCESSORIES
50N Universal clamp 280/285
51N Specific vertical clamp 280/285
52N Tube specific handle clamp 280
53SN Clamp for Standard multiple-mould 280/282
54N Cable to rail welding clamp 280/285
58N Accessory for horizontal welding Clamp 280/285
59N Holding cables clamp 280/285
60N Flint igniter 280
61N Conductors brush 280
62N Mould cleaning brush 280
63N Slag removal spade 280
64N Weld cavity cleaning brush 280
65N Sealer compund 0.45Kg 280/285
66N Sealer compound 0,9Kg 280/285
67N Double brush for conductor 280
68N Basic tool set 280/282/285
69N Recharge for brush 67N 280
70N Flint igniter renewal 10 units 280
71N Sealing paste (2,25 Kg) 280
72N Adaptors for cables (25 units) 280
72NC35 Adaptors for cables de 35 mm
2
(25 units) 280
2
(25 units) 280
2
(25 units) 280
73N Security gloves 280
74N Flint ignitor extension 280
75N Blow torch 280
76N Butane gas cylinder 0.4Kg 280
77N Safety glasses 280/285
78N Ground rod sleeve 280
79N Ground rod clamp for parallel union 280
80N Case 280
81N Ceramic tray 280/282/283
82N MMS vertical stand pliers 280/282
83N Ceramic blanket 280
84N Mini-blowtorch 280
85N Mini-blowtorch recharge 280
89N Cavity sealer (for unit) 280
6089N 60 cavity sealer 280/282
TMS Standard multiple crucible 280/282
CHMS MMS cable/cable lower piece 280/282
CVMS T14 MMS Cab-tae/ground rod lower piece 14.3mmp 280
CVMS T16 MMS cable/ground rod lower piece. 15.9mm 280
CVMS TX MMS cable/ground rod lower piece Xmm 280/282

EXTERNAL PROTECTION 313 INDEX PAR LIGNE DE PRODUITS INDEX BY PRODUCT LINE INDEX BY REFERENCE
MULTIPLE MOULD
MM-C95-P-T14 Multiple mould kit (earth rod 14mm) 283
MM-C95-P-T16 Multiple mould kit (earth rod 16mm) 283
SPECIFIC GRAPHITE MOULDS
C35/C35/12 T shape cable/cable mould 284
C35/C35/16 Cross shape cable over cable mould 284
C35/C35/17 Parallel cable over cable mould 284
C35/M/49 Parallel cable/surface mould 284
C35/T14/64 T cable over ground rod mould 284
C35/V20/57 Parallel cable/rebar vertical mould 284
C70/C70/12 T shape cable/cable moul 284
P302/C50/31 Lineal tape to tape mould 284
P302/P302/21 Lineal tape to tape mould 284
P302/P302/23 Cross shape tape/tape mould 284
P302/P302/29 Parallel tape/tape-end mould 284
P302/T14/71 T shape tape over e.rod mould 284
P302/T16/71 T shape tape over e.rod mould 284

STORM DETECTOR
AT-520 ATSTORM

v2 storm detector 294
AT-513 ATSTORM

v2 storm detector (DC/DC) 294
ACCESSORIES
AT-511 GSM Modem module ATSTORM
console 297
AT-516 Amplifier 2000 feet with sound alarm 297
AT-517 Amplifier 2000 feet w. voice messages 297
AT-518 Amplifier/RF Transmit. w. sound alarm 297
AT-519 Amplifier/RF Transmi w. voice message 297
AT-521 ATSTORM

v2

NET 297
INDEX BY REFERENCE
EXTERNAL
PROTECTION
PAGE 5
INTERNAL
PROTECTION
PAGE 81
EARTHING
PAGE 251
EXOTHERMIC
WELDING
PAGE 277
PREVENTIVE
PROTECTION
PAGE 289
AT-036F 59
AT-036H 260
AT-036K 268
AT-037A 24
AT-037B 31
AT-037C 37
AT-037D 75
AT-037E 48
AT-037F 59
AT-037H 260
AT-037K 261
AT-038A 24
AT-038B 31
AT-038C 37
AT-038D 75
AT-038E 48
AT-038F 59
AT-038H 260
AT-038K 261
AT-039A 24
AT-039B 31
AT-039D 75
AT-039E 48
AT-039F 59
AT-039H 261
AT-039K 269
AT-040A 24
AT-040C 37
AT-040D 75
AT-040E 51
AT-040F 54
AT-040G 72
AT-040K 269
AT-041A 24
AT-041B 32
AT-041C 37
AT-041D 75
AT-041E 51
AT-041G 72
AT-041H 259
AT-041K 269
AT-042A 24
AT-042B 32
AT-042C 37
AT-042D 75
AT-042E 51
AT-042H 259
AT-042K 260
AT-043A 24
AT-043B 32
AT-043C 37
AT-043D 76
AT-043E 47
AT-043H 259
AT-043K 63
AT-044A 24
AT-044B 31
AT-044C 37
AT-044D 76
AT-044E 47
AT-044H 261
AT-011F 61
AT-011M 28
AT-012A 26
AT-012B 30
AT-012C 35
AT-012D 74
AT-012F 60
AT-012G 69
AT-012K 264
AT-013A 22
AT-013B 30
AT-013D 74
AT-013E 44
AT-013F 61
AT-014A 22
AT-014B 30
AT-014D 74
AT-014E 44
AT-014G 70
AT-015A 22
AT-015B 30
AT-015C 35
AT-015D 74
AT-015E 40
AT-015F 61
AT-015G 71
AT-015K 78
AT-016A 22
AT-016B 30
AT-016D 74
AT-016E 54
AT-016F 61
AT-016G 71
AT-016H 259
AT-016K 78
AT-017A 22
AT-017B 30
AT-017D 74
AT-017E 54
AT-017H 259
AT-017K 78
AT-018B 31
AT-018D 74
AT-018E 55
AT-018H 259
AT-018K 78
AT-019A 22
AT-019B 31
AT-019D 74
AT-019H 259
AT-019K 78
AT-020A 26
AT-020B 31
AT-020C 35
AT-020D 74
AT-020E 48
AT-020F 60
AT-020H 266
AT-020J 267
AT-020K 78
AT-020L 263
AT-000A 25
AT-000D 74
AT-000E 46
AT-000G 67
AT-000H 260
AT-000J 264
AT-000K 261
AT-001A 25
AT-001F 69
AT-001G 67
AT-001K 261
AT-002A 25
AT-002D 74
AT-002E 46
AT-002K 259
AT-003A 25
AT-003B 35
AT-003D 74
AT-003E 46
AT-003H 261
AT-003K 259
AT-003M 29
AT-004A 23
AT-004D 74
AT-004E 46
AT-004K 259
AT-005A 23
AT-005D 74
AT-005E 46
AT-005K 259
AT-005M 51
AT-006A 23
AT-006B 35
AT-006C 35
AT-006D 74
AT-006E 40
AT-006K 260
AT-007A 23
AT-007D 74
AT-007K 260
AT-008A 23
AT-008C 35
AT-008D 74
AT-008K 260
AT-009A 23
AT-009D 74
AT-009E 44
AT-009F 61
AT-009K 260
AT-010A 26
AT-010C 35
AT-010D 74
AT-010E 44
AT-010F 65
AT-010H 264
AT-010J 264
AT-010K 264
AT-010L 263
AT-011A 26
AT-011D 74
AT-011E 44
AT-021A 26
AT-021B 30
AT-021D 74
AT-021E 48
AT-021J 266
AT-021K 78
AT-022A 26
AT-022D 74
AT-022E 48
AT-022F 28
AT-022J 41
AT-022K 78
AT-023A 22
AT-023B 30
AT-023D 74
AT-023F 59
AT-023G 72
AT-023J 41
AT-023K 78
AT-024A 22
AT-024B 30
AT-024D 74
AT-024H 256
AT-024J 58
AT-024K 78
AT-025A 24
AT-025B 30
AT-025C 35
AT-025D 74
AT-025E 44
AT-025F 62
AT-025F 274
AT-025H 256
AT-025J 58
AT-025K 78
AT-026A 24
AT-026B 30
AT-026D 74
AT-026F 59
AT-026H 259
AT-026J 45
AT-026K 78
AT-027A 24
AT-027B 30
AT-027D 74
AT-027E 41
AT-027H 259
AT-027J 45
AT-027K 78
AT-028A 24
AT-028D 74
AT-028E 41
AT-028F 59
AT-028H 259
AT-028J 45
AT-028K 78
AT-029A 24
AT-029B 29
AT-029D 75
AT-029E 57
AT-029F 59
AT-029H 259
AT-029J 45
AT-029K 78
AT-030A 24
AT-030B 29
AT-030D 75
AT-030E 50
AT-030G 72
AT-030H 256
AT-030J 45
AT-030K 78
AT-030L 263
AT-030M 29
AT-031A 24
AT-031B 32
AT-031C 36
AT-031D 75
AT-031E 50
AT-031F 60
AT-031G 72
AT-031H 260
AT-031K 78
AT-031L 263
AT-032A 24
AT-032B 32
AT-032C 36
AT-032D 75
AT-032F 59
AT-032G 69
AT-032H 256
AT-032J 69
AT-032K 78
AT-032L 263
AT-033A 50
AT-033B 32
AT-033C 36
AT-033D 75
AT-033F 59
AT-033G 69
AT-033H 256
AT-033J 69
AT-033K 269
AT-034A 24
AT-034B 31
AT-034C 36
AT-034D 75
AT-034E 48
AT-034F 59
AT-034K 269
AT-035A 24
AT-035B 31
AT-035C 36
AT-035D 77
AT-035E 48
AT-035F 59
AT-035H 256
AT-035K 269
AT-036A 24
AT-036B 31
AT-036C 37
AT-036E 48
REF. PAG. REF. PAG. REF. PAG. REF. PAG. REF. PAG.
AT-053J 267
AT-053K 63
AT-053L 22
AT-054C 38
AT-054E 50
AT-054G 68
AT-054J 267
AT-054K 63
AT-054N 285
AT-055C 38
AT-055D 74
AT-055G 68
AT-055J 267
AT-055K 63
AT-055L 22
AT-056A 30
AT-056C 38
AT-056D 75
AT-056E 49
AT-056G 68
AT-056J 267
AT-056K 63
AT-057A 30
AT-057D 75
AT-057E 49
AT-057G 68
AT-057J 267
AT-057K 63
AT-058A 30
AT-058D 77
AT-058E 49
AT-058J 267
AT-059E 42
AT-059J 267
AT-059N 285
AT-060A 30
AT-060D 77
AT-060E 42
AT-060F 66
AT-060G 68
AT-060N 285
AT-061B 32
AT-061D 77
AT-061N 285
AT-062A 30
AT-062B 32
AT-062J 267
AT-062N 285
AT-063A 30
AT-063B 32
AT-063J 267
AT-063N 285
AT-064J 267
AT-064N 285
AT-065E 57
AT-065J 267
AT-065N 285
AT-066A 30
AT-066E 57
AT-066J 267
AT-066N 285
AT-044K 63
AT-045A 24
AT-045B 31
AT-045C 37
AT-045D 76
AT-045E 47
AT-045H 261
AT-045K 63
AT-046A 24
AT-046B 31
AT-046C 37
AT-046D 76
AT-046E 47
AT-046H 261
AT-046K 63
AT-047A 24
AT-047B 31
AT-047D 76
AT-047E 47
AT-047H 261
AT-047K 63
AT-048A 50
AT-048B 31
AT-048D 76
AT-048E 47
AT-048K 63
AT-049B 31
AT-049D 76
AT-049E 47
AT-049H 261
AT-049K 63
AT-050A 30
AT-050C 38
AT-050D 77
AT-050E 42
AT-050F 266
AT-050G 68
AT-050J 262
AT-050K 269
AT-050N 285
AT-051A 30
AT-051B 32
AT-051C 38
AT-051D 76
AT-051E 42
AT-051F 266
AT-051G 68
AT-051N 285
AT-052A 30
AT-052B 32
AT-052C 38
AT-052D 74
AT-052K 63
AT-052N 285
AT-053A 30
AT-053B 32
AT-053C 38
AT-053D 76
AT-053E 50
AT-053G 68
AT-053H 259
AT-093F 65
AT-093H 261
AT-093J 273
AT-094A 23
AT-094E 54
AT-094F 65
AT-094H 261
AT-094J 273
AT-095A 23
AT-095B 29
AT-095D 77
AT-095E 53
AT-095F 65
AT-095H 261
AT-095J 273
AT-096A 22
AT-096B 29
AT-096E 57
AT-096F 62
AT-096H 261
AT-096J 268
AT-097A 22
AT-097B 29
AT-097E 56
AT-097F 62
AT-097H 261
AT-097J 268
AT-098A 22
AT-098B 29
AT-098E 56
AT-098F 62
AT-098H 259
AT-098J 268
AT-099A 22
AT-099B 29
AT-099E 56
AT-099F 62
AT-099H 260
AT-099J 268
AT-100A 24
AT-100B 27
AT-100E 40
AT-100F 62
AT-100H 260
AT-100J 268
AT-101A 24
AT-101B 27
AT-101E 40
AT-101F 62
AT-101J 268
AT-102A 24
AT-102B 27
AT-102E 40
AT-102F 62
AT-102H 256
AT-102J 268
AT-103A 24
AT-103B 27
AT-103E 40
AT-103F 62
AT-103H 256
AT-067A 30
AT-067B 33
AT-067E 57
AT-067J 267
AT-068A 30
AT-068B 33
AT-068E 42
AT-068J 267
AT-068N 285
AT-069B 33
AT-069E 57
AT-069H 259
AT-069J 267
AT-070B 34
AT-070D 77
AT-070E 56
AT-070F 72
AT-070H 258
AT-070J 262
AT-070N 285
AT-071B 33
AT-071E 56
AT-071F 70
AT-071H 259
AT-071J 267
AT-072B 33
AT-072E 56
AT-072F 41
AT-072H 259
AT-072J 267
AT-073B 33
AT-073E 56
AT-073H 258
AT-073J 267
AT-073N 285
AT-074B 34
AT-074J 267
AT-074N 285
AT-075B 34
AT-075J 267
AT-075N 285
AT-076B 34
AT-076E 56
AT-076H 259
AT-076J 267
AT-076N 285
AT-077B 33
AT-077E 56
AT-077H 259
AT-077J 267
AT-077N 285
AT-078B 33
AT-078H 259
AT-078J 267
AT-078N 285
AT-079B 33
AT-079H 259
AT-079J 267
AT-079N 285
AT-080B 34
AT-080D 76
AT-080G 71
AT-080H 260
AT-080J 272
AT-081B 34
AT-081D 76
AT-081F 64
AT-081H 259
AT-081J 272
AT-082D 76
AT-082E 57
AT-082H 259
AT-082J 272
AT-082N 285
AT-083B 34
AT-083D 76
AT-083E 57
AT-083F 64
AT-083J 272
AT-084B 34
AT-084D 76
AT-084E 57
AT-084F 64
AT-085A 30
AT-085B 34
AT-085D 76
AT-085E 57
AT-085F 64
AT-086B 34
AT-086D 76
AT-086E 57
AT-086F 65
AT-086H 259
AT-086J 272
AT-087D 76
AT-087E 57
AT-087F 65
AT-087H 259
AT-087J 273
AT-088B 34
AT-088E 57
AT-088F 65
AT-088J 273
AT-089E 57
AT-089F 65
AT-089J 273
AT-089J-1 59
AT-090B 70
AT-090E 52
AT-090F 65
AT-090H 61
AT-090H 272
AT-090J 267
AT-091E 52
AT-091F 65
AT-091J 273
AT-092A 23
AT-092E 53
AT-092F 65
AT-092J 273
AT-093A 23
AT-093E 53
AT-104A 24
AT-104B 27
AT-104E 40
AT-104F 62
AT-104H 256
AT-105A 24
AT-105B 27
AT-105E 40
AT-105F 61
AT-105H 256
AT-106A 24
AT-106E 40
AT-106F 65
AT-106H 256
AT-107A 24
AT-107E 40
AT-107F 64
AT-107F 65
AT-108A 24
AT-108E 40
AT-108F 64
AT-108F 65
AT-109A 24
AT-109E 40
AT-109F 64
AT-110A 24
AT-110B 26
AT-110D 77
AT-110E 40
AT-110F 64
AT-111A 24
AT-111B 26
AT-111E 40
AT-111F 64
AT-112A 25
AT-112B 27
AT-112E 40
AT-112F 62
AT-112J 272
AT-113A 25
AT-113B 27
AT-113D 77
AT-113E 40
AT-113F 62
AT-113J 64
AT-113J 274
AT-114A 23
AT-114B 27
AT-114D 77
AT-114E 40
AT-114J 64
AT-114J 274
AT-115A 23
AT-115B 27
AT-115D 77
AT-115E 40
AT-115F 62
AT-115J 64
AT-115J 274
AT-116A 23
AT-116B 27
AT-116D 77
AT-116E 40
AT-116F 61
AT-116H 262
AT-116J 267
AT-117A 23
AT-117D 77
AT-117E 40
AT-117F 61
AT-117H 262
AT-117J 267
AT-118A 23
AT-118D 77
AT-118E 40
AT-118F 61
AT-118H 262
AT-118J 267
AT-119A 23
AT-119E 40
AT-119F 60
AT-119H 262
AT-119J 267
AT-120B 28
AT-120D 77
AT-120E 40
AT-120F 60
AT-120H 262
AT-120J 268
AT-121A 22
AT-121B 28
AT-121E 40
AT-121F 62
AT-121H 262
AT-122A 22
AT-122B 28
AT-122E 40
AT-122F 62
AT-122H 262
AT-123B 28
AT-123D 78
AT-123E 41
AT-123F 64
AT-123H 262
AT-124B 27
AT-124D 78
AT-124E 41
AT-124F 64
AT-125B 27
AT-125D 77
AT-125E 41
AT-125F 62
AT-125H 262
AT-126D 78
AT-126E 41
AT-126H 262
AT-126J 274
AT-127D 78
AT-127E 41
AT-127J 62
AT-127J 274
AT-128D 77
AT-128E 45
AT-128F 62
AT-128H 262
AT-128J 62
AT-128J 274
AT-129D 77
AT-129E 45
AT-129J 275
AT-130D 76
AT-130E 45
AT-130F 60
AT-130J 275
AT-131D 76
AT-131E 45
AT-131F 60
AT-131J 275
AT-132D 76
AT-132E 45
AT-132J 275
AT-133D 76
AT-133E 46
AT-133F 60
AT-133J 275
AT-134D 76
AT-134E 46
AT-134F 61
AT-134J 275
AT-135D 76
AT-135E 46
AT-135F 60
AT-135J 61
AT-135J 274
AT-136E 46
AT-136F 59
AT-136J 59
AT-137E 46
AT-137J 59
AT-137J 275
AT-138D 77
AT-138E 49
AT-138J 59
AT-138J 275
AT-139D 75
AT-139E 49
AT-140D 75
AT-140E 49
AT-141D 75
AT-141E 49
AT-142D 75
AT-142E 49
AT-143D 75
AT-143E 49
AT-144D 75
AT-144E 49
AT-145D 75
AT-145E 51
AT-1465 22
AT-1467 22
AT-1469 22
AT-146D 75
AT-1470 22
AT-147E 51
AT-148E 51
AT-149E 51
AT-150D 77
AT-150E 52
AT-1515 19
AT-151E 52
AT-152E 52
AT-1530 19
AT-153E 54
AT-1545 19
AT-1560 19
AT-156E 54
AT-157E 54
AT-158E 54
AT-159E 53
AT-160E 53
AT-161E 53
AT-162E 53
AT-163E 53
AT-164E 53
AT-165E 53
AT-166E 53
AT-167E 53
AT-168E 53
AT-169E 53
AT-170E 55
AT-171E 55
AT-172E 55
AT-173E 55
AT-174E 55
AT-175E 58
AT-176E 58
AT-177E 58
AT-178E 52
AT-179E 52
AT-182E 56
AT-183E 51
AT-184E 51
AT-185E 56
AT-186E 56
AT-190E 44
AT-191E 44
AT-192E 44
AT-193E 44
AT-194E 56
AT-195E 56
AT-196E 43
AT-197E 43
AT-198E 43
AT-199E 43
AT-200E 43
AT-201E 43
AT-202E 43
AT-203E 43
AT-204E 43
AT-205E 43
AT-206E 43
AT-207E 43
AT-208E 43
AT-209E 43
AT-2102 237
AT-2103 237
AT-2104 237
AT-2105 237
AT-2106 237
AT-2107 225
AT-2108 237
AT-2109 237
AT-210E 43
AT-2110 237
AT-2111 237
AT-2112 237
AT-2115 237
AT-2118 237
AT-211E 43
AT-212E 43
AT-216E 40
AT-217E 40
AT-218E 42
AT-2201 232
AT-2206 231
AT-2207 225
AT-2208 231
AT-2209 231
AT-2215 232
AT-511 297
AT-513 294
AT-516 297
AT-517 297
AT-518 297
AT-519 297
AT-520 294
AT-2102 237
AT-2103 237
AT-2104 237
AT-2105 237
AT-2106 237
AT-2108 237
AT-2109 237
AT-2110 237
AT-2111 237
AT-2115 237
AT-2118 237
AT-2201 232
AT-2107 225
AT-2204 225
AT-2206 231
AT-2207 225
AT-2208 231
AT-2209 231
AT-2211 233
AT-2212 233
AT-2213 227
AT-2215 232
AT-2217 233
AT-2221 229
REF. PAG. REF. PAG.
AT-2300 235
AT-3501 196
AT-8000 132
AT-8001 132
AT-8002 132
AT-8003 144
AT-8004 152
AT-8005 132
AT-8006 132
AT-8007 132
AT-8009 136
AT-8010 136
AT-8011 136
AT-8012 136
AT-8013 136
AT-8014 181
AT-8015 136
AT-8016 136
AT-8111 164
AT-8112 164
AT-8113 201
AT-8115 201
AT-8117 168
AT-8118 181
AT-8119 168
AT-8120 168
AT-8121 181
AT-8122 168
AT-8125 181
AT-8130 168
AT-8131 168
AT-8132 160
AT-8133 160
AT-8134 181
AT-8139 168
AT-8140 168
AT-8141 181
AT-8149 168
AT-8150 168
AT-8152 162
AT-8153 162
AT-8160 168
AT-8161 168
AT-8201 148
AT-8202 140
AT-8203 144
AT-8204 152
AT-8205 126
AT-8208 152
AT-8209 152
AT-8214 122
AT-8215 122
AT-8216 158
AT-8217 156
AT-8220 148
AT-8221 152
AT-8222 140
AT-8223 144
AT-8226 140
AT-8224 148
AT-8225 152
AT-8226 140
AT-8227 144
AT-8228 125
AT-8229 127
AT-8230 148
AT-8232 128
AT-8233 128
AT-8234 128
AT-8235 128
AT-8236 128
AT-8237 128
AT-8238 128
AT-8240 148
AT-8241 152
AT-8242 140
AT-8243 144
AT-8244 148
AT-8245 152
AT-8246 140
AT-8247 144
AT-8248 125
AT-8249 127
AT-8250 148
AT-8260 148
AT-8261 152
AT-8262 140
AT-8263 144
AT-8264 148
AT-8265 152
AT-8266 152
AT-8267 152
AT-8268 125
AT-8269 152
AT-8270 148
AT-8280 128
AT-8281 124
AT-8283 124
AT-8284 124
AT-8285 124
AT-8286 124
AT-8287 124
AT-8289 124
AT-8290 140
AT-8291 144
AT-8292 140
AT-8293 144
AT-8294 144
AT-8295 144
AT-8296 126
AT-8297 126
AT-8298 126
AT-8299 152
AT-8310 114
AT-8312 114
AT-8350 112
AT-8351 112
AT-8352 112
AT-8398 114
AT-8399 112
AT-8435 166
AT-8463 166
AT-8505 196
AT-8510 196
AT-8511 198
AT-8512 196
AT-8513 197
AT-8515 196
AT-8514 199
AT-8516 197
AT-8524 196
AT-8525 197
AT-8526 199
AT-8530 196
AT-8531 197
AT-8548 196
AT-8549 199
AT-8550 198
AT-8560 196
AT-8561 198
AT-8580 196
AT-8581 198
AT-8590 199
AT-8601 120
AT-8602 120
AT-8603 116
AT-8604 116
AT-8607 118
AT-8608 118
AT-8611 117
AT-8612 117
AT-8613 117
AT-8702 245
AT-8704 244
AT-8705 249
AT-8706 249
AT-8707 248
AT-8708 248
AT-8711 246
AT-8712 246
AT-8713 246
AT-8714 246
AT-8715 246
AT-8716 247
AT-8717 247
AT-8718 247
AT-8719 247
AT-8720 247
AT-8901 192
AT-8905 195
AT-9001 242
AT-9002 242
AT-9003 242
AT-9004 242
AT-9005 242
AT-9006 243
AT-9007 243
AT-9008 243
AT-9009 243
AT-9010 243
AT-9101 214
AT-9104 216
AT-9105 220
AT-9106 220
AT-9107 215
AT-9108 218
AT-9109 220
AT-9205 222
AT-9206 223
AT-9210 222
AT-9211 224
AT-9212 222
AT-9213 223
AT-9215 222
AT-9216 223
AT-9224 222
AT-9225 223
AT-9230 222
AT-9231 223
AT-9248 222
AT-9249 224
AT-9260 222
AT-9261 224
AT-9280 222
AT-9281 224
AT-9320 201
AT-9325 201
AT-9326 201
AT-9401 205
AT-9402 205
AT-9403 205
AT-9501 207
AT-9601 209
C120/C120/12 284
C120/C120/16 284
C120/C120/17 284
C120/M/49 284
C120/T14/64 284
C120/T16/64 284
C120/V20/57 284
C150/C150/12 284
C150/C150/16 284
C150/C150/17 284
C150/M/49 284
C150/T14/64 284
C150/T16/64 284
C150/V20/57 284
C35/C35/12 284
C35/C35/16 284
C35/C35/17 284
C35/M/49 284
C35/T14/64 284
C35/T16/64 284
C35/V20/57 284
C50/C50/12 284
C50/C50/16 284
C50/C50/17 284
C50/M/49 284
C50/T14/64 284
C50/T16/64 284
REF. PAG. REF. PAG.
C50/V20/57 284
C70/C70/12 284
C70/C70/16 284
C70/C70/17 284
C70/M/49 284
C70/T14/64 284
C70/T16/64 284
C70/V20/57 284
C95/C95/12 284
C95/C95/16 284
C95/C95/17 284
C95/M/49 284
C95/T14/64 284
C95/T16/64 284
C95/V20/57 284
E0032 280
E0045 280
E0065 280
E0090 280
E0115 280
E0150 280
E0200 280
E0250 280
MM-C95-P-T14 283
MM-C95-P-T16 283
P302/C50/31 284
P302/P302/21 284
P302/P302/23 284
P302/P302/29 284
P302/T14/71 284
P302/T16/71 284
REF. PAG.
HEADQUARTERS

At3w Catalogue English

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

At3w Catalogue English

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Our goal as a company is to provide safe and

technologically advanced solutions within

PLUS radii of protection.

PLUS has been submitted to a withstand current

PLUS has obtained the AENOR Product Certification for

PLUS has been tested under

PLUS Air Terminal employs the environmental

PLUS must be installed following the relevant

Plus. The body of the Dat

Plus and the rod (AT-084B or AT-085B), and right

PLUS rod isolated support

PLUS rod for

PLUS rod for

POWER SUPPLY SYSTEMS

Autoextinguish enclosure: V-0 Type according to UNE-EN 60707 (UL94)

Autoextinguish enclosure: V-0 Type according to UNE-EN 60707 (UL94)

Autoextinguish enclosure: V-0 Type according to UNE-EN 60707 (UL94)

Autoextinguish enclosure: V-0 Type according to UNE-EN 60707 (UL94)

Autoextinguish enclosure: V-0 Type according to UNE-EN 60707 (UL94)

Autoextinguish enclosure: V-0 Type according to UNE-EN 60707 (UL94)

Autoextinguish enclosure: V-0 Type according to UNE-EN 60707 (UL94)

Autoextinguish enclosure: V-0 Type according to UNE-EN 60707 (UL94)

Autoextinguish enclosure: V-0 Type according to UNE-EN 60707 (UL94)

Autoextinguish enclosure: V-0 Type according to UNE-EN 60707 (UL94)

Autoextinguish enclosure: V-0 Type according to UNE-EN 60707 (UL94)

Autoextinguish enclosure: V-0 Type according to UNE-EN 60707 (UL94)

Autoextinguish enclosure: V-0 Type according to UNE-EN 60707 (UL94)

Autoextinguish enclosure: V-0 Type according to UNE-EN 60707 (UL94)

Autoextinguish enclosure: V-0 Type according to UNE-EN 60707 (UL94)

Autoextinguish enclosure: V-0 Type according to UNE-EN 60707 (UL94)

Autoextinguish enclosure: V-0 Type according to UNE-EN 60707 (UL94)

Autoextinguish enclosure: V-0 Type according to UNE-EN 60707 (UL94)

Autoextinguish enclosure: V-0 Type according to UNE-EN 60707 (UL94)

Autoextinguish enclosure: V-0 Type according to UNE-EN 60707 (UL94)

Autoextinguish enclosure: V-0 Type according to UNE-EN 60707 (UL94)

Autoextinguish enclosure: V-0 Type according to UNE-EN 60707 (UL94)

Autoextinguish enclosure: V-0 Type according to UNE-EN 60707 (UL94)

Autoextinguish enclosure: V-0 Type according to UNE-EN 60707 (UL94)

Autoextinguish enclosure: V-0 Type according to UNE-EN 60707 (UL94)

Autoextinguish enclosure: V-0 Type according to UNE-EN 60707 (UL94)

Autoextinguish enclosure: V-0 Type according to UNE-EN 60707 (UL94)

Autoextinguish enclosure: V-0 Type according to UNE-EN 60707 (UL94)

Autoextinguish enclosure: V-0 Type according to UNE-EN 60707 (UL94)

Autoextinguish enclosure: V-0 Type according to UNE-EN 60707 (UL94)

Autoextinguish enclosure: V-0 Type according to UNE-EN 60707 (UL94)

Autoextinguish enclosure: V-0 Type according to UNE-EN 60707 (UL94)

Autoextinguish enclosure: V-0 Type according to UNE-EN 60707 (UL94)

Autoextinguish enclosure: V-0 Type according to UNE-EN 60707 (UL94)

Autoextinguish enclosure: V-0 Type according to UNE-EN 60707 (UL94)

Autoextinguish enclosure: V-0 Type according to UNE-EN 60707 (UL94)

Autoextinguish enclosure: V-0 Type according to UNE-EN 60707 (UL94)

Autoextinguish enclosure: V-0 Type according to UNE-EN 60707 (UL94)

Autoextinguish enclosure: V-0 Type according to UNE-EN 60707 (UL94)

Autoextinguish enclosure: V-0 Type according to UNE-EN 60707 (UL94)

Autoextinguish enclosure: V-0 Type according to UNE-EN 60707 (UL94)

Autoextinguish enclosure: V-0 Type according to UNE-EN 60707 (UL94)

Autoextinguish enclosure: V-0 Type according to UNE-EN 60707 (UL94)

Autoextinguish enclosure: V-0 Type according to UNE-EN 60707 (UL94)

Autoextinguish enclosure: V-0 Type according to UNE-EN 60707 (UL94)

Autoextinguish enclosure: V-0 Type according to UNE-EN 60707 (UL94)

Autoextinguish enclosure: Type V-0 according to UNE-EN 60707 (UL94)

Charge for APLIROD

(AT-010L) around the

(AT-031l / AT-032l), supplied